Home

TM-11-6625-3061-14 - Liberated Manuals

1. So oe a AEAT FRONT SWITCH aw FRONT SWITCH ATP STEP GAIN ABA FRONT 7 eee 22 LOG AMPLIFIER 1 H a
2. E E M ME 301 4 MHz nm CE ON ME 20 dBm 2 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 10 Remove W7P1 from A10J2 Connect signal generator through adapters to W7P1 3 Adjust signal generator frequency until spectrum analyzer trace is at peak Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to position trace at top graticule line 4 21 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 16 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY Cont d 4 Tune signal generator until trace drops to 2 divisions above graticule baseline Record signal generator frequency MHz 5 Tune signal generator in direction opposite to that of step 4 until trace peaks and then drops to 2 divisions above graticule baseline Record signal generator frequency MHz 6 Calculate and record resolution bandwidth at 60 dB points difference between frequencies recorded in steps 4 and kHz 7 Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps 3 through 6 kHz 8 Set RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps 3 through 6 kHz 9 Set spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps through 6 kHz 10 Reconnect W7P1 to A10J2 Set display LINE power to OFF and remove extender cable assembly Install plug in in mainframe and set LINE power to ON 11 Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to
3. 5060 0303 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 BNC Cable 30 cm 12 in 750 202 2000 0000000 000000 HP 11652 60012 A crystal short consists of a 01 capacitor HP Part 0160 0161 and a 90 9 ohm resistor HP Part No 0757 0400 connected in series Two square terminal connectors HP Part No 0362 0265 are used to connect the crystal short across the test points 5 23 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 21 CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS Cont d CAPACITOR RESISTOR TERMINAL CONNECTORS Figure 5 7 Crystal Short Configuration PROCEDURE NOTE Allow 30 minutes warmup time before performing adjustments 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows START CENTER n eme eee iens ce e ee ieri CENTER 280 2 FREQ 5 kHz RESOLUTION BW 1 2 0 dB REFERENGE LEVEL rtr e tad cad cec c d ded d 20 dBm 002 30 dBmV Amplitude Scale ene vede e ea ide eee nee LIN SWEEP tes Dre ee ees dues deo 10 mSEC
4. AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER m VIDEO FILTER OFF Digital Voltmeter HANGE Ee EE MEM FUNCTION RR DC Volts TRIGGER INTERNAL MATH OFF VEMM ON Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 10 Set signal generator frequency to 21 4 MHz Set OUTPUT LEVEL for approximately 5 dBm Connect output of signal generator across 51 1 ohm resistor on special board using BNC to clip lead adapter The red lead center conductor should be connected to pin 5 of extender board Set signal generator frequency for peak amplitude on CRT display Connect output of signal generator to power meter through power sensor and set OUTPUT LEVEL to 1 dBm Reconnect signal generator output to clip lead adapter 001 5 dBm 002 6 dBm Adjust A12R4 GAIN adjustment for signal one division from top graticule line DVM should indicate 700 mV 30 mV Remove special extender board and replace Third Converter Assembly A9 NOTE Front panel VERTICAL GAIN and VERTICAL POSN control settings can affect the voltage measured at A15TP1 Vertical calibration should be checked after adjusting A12R4 for 700 mV Refer to Operator s Che
5. 100 kHz BW 1 10kHz Prid 1MHz 10MHz 10kHz BW 65 BW Signal Resolution vs Frequency Separation 75 NOLLET AOD LUIS MHZ 100 MHZ S Ghe Frequency AMPLITUDE CHARACTERISTICS ___ Option 002 AMPLITUDE RANGE AND ACCURACY Average Noise Level and Frequency Response DYNAMIC RANGE Maximum power ratio of two signals simultaneously Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 1 2 Model 8558B 180 Series Supplemental Characteristics 2 of 3 SUPPLEMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS Values in this table are not specifications They are typical characteristics included for user information GAIN COMPRESSION Gain compression is typically less than 1 dB for a 10 dBm input level with 0 dB input attenuation 001 5 input level 002 45 dBmV input level AMPLITUDE SCALE SWITCHING Reference Level variation is typically less than 1 dB for any change in Amplitude Scale SPURIOUS RESPONSES SECOND HARMONIC AND THIRD ORDER INTERMODULATION DISTORTION The graphs below illustrate typical second harmonic and third order intermodulation distortion SWEEP CHARACTERISTICS SWEEP TIME CALIBRATED SWEEP TIME ACCURACY Sec DIV mSec DIV Sweep times are typically 10 of indicated value MANUAL Spectrum analyzer may be swept manually in either direction with front panel contr
6. caduto FREQ SRAN DIV site ESAE HEIN hata RHESOPBUTIONIBW ESAE TROIANI MIRI DON REFERENCE LEVEC m ninm MANUI eibi tested 002 30dBmV Amplitude Scale DRM o o ee Pat ta SWEEP SWEEPS RIGGER E BASELINE CURP ER stat a et euet eL be Mises rr 11 6625 3061 14 2 Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to position LO feedthrough signal at center graticule line of display Press FREQUENCY CAL switch and reposition LO feedthrough signal at center graticule line as required Adjust FREQ ZERO control for zero indication on FREQUENCY MHz readout LO feedthrough signal should still be positioned at center graticule line of display 3 Connect equipment as shown in 4 Set comb generator controls as follows COMB FREQUENCY 2 INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE 1 MHZ eene OUTPUT AMPLEITUDE 5 Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control until FREQUENCY MHz readout indicates 10 0 MHz Press FREQUENCY CAL switch Comb generator spectral line displayed on CRT should be MHZ of center graticule line NOTE within 5 2 divisions 1 04
7. os 5000pF 1 1 i o 1 n 1 I A J m E OR FROM T 4 OSCILLATOR d 0046 5086 7080 d I Al6w2 1 FROM RIPE lt Ye I FROM 3 I 1 FROM a L L Figure 8 18 Input Attenuator A4 First Converter 5 Second Converter and A6 YIG Oscillator Schematic 8 35 8 36 blank PIN SIGNAL To rnow FONCTION A7 FREQUENCY CONTROL 08558 60126 t SENSE GND FREQ ANAL 9 1 2 AISPI ME YOR YDR 3 vc 25 Yor 5 TUNE FREQCAL FRED 2 80 7 SENSE GND pn ABPIIZ 9 GND 9 6403 482135 to ev 32 yao GND 33 NEG BIAS REAR PANEL P1 28 REAR PANEL Pt 28 YFM 21 18358 15V 21 31 GND 5 PI 9 1146 22 38 1 7 28 PI 12 34 IN i26v SERIAL PREFIX 2147A 14 5 REGULATOR POWER SUPPLIES 6 00V REFERENCE VOLTAGE REGULATOR MAIN COIL GATE MAIN COIL SWEPT DRIVER 14 5V SWEEP BUFFER R60 3830 14
8. dd 5 IN Figure 8 34 A13 Bandwidth Filter No 2 Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 78 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 79 through 8 80 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A14 LOG AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Description The Log Amplifier Assembly provides the ability to display signals in either a linear mode or 70 dB LOG mode It also operates with the Step Gain Assembly A12 to provide the last 40 dB of step gain amplification of the 21 4 MHz IF signal The Log Amplifier Assembly has seven amplifier stages with each stage capable of providing both linear and logarithmic amplification Following the amplifier stages the amplified IF signal is detected to produce the vertical signal for the display An offset circuit following the detector is used in the log mode to offset the vertical output in steps equivalent to 40 dB of IF gain Log Mode of Operation The seven amplifier stages limit the gain in sequence to provide 70 dB of log amplification Each stage consists of an emitter follower used as a voltage source to drive a common base amplifier whose gain decreases with increasing signal level Log Amplifier Gain The operation of the second stage is described In the log mode of operation Q24 Gain Control Lines circuit is on forward biasing the log diodes CR10 and CR11 which are Schottky diodes with a for
9. CENTER I CE 30 MHz FREQ 5 REM 200 kHz RESOLUTION BW 30 kHz 70 dB MAR d RR 0 dBm 001 10dBm 002 40dBmV 1 dB DIV sudduisbipC AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER FREE RUN BASELINE io RIA OFF Mlszexll amp gi 2 o clock Signal Generator COUNTER MODE cf INT D OFF eT OFF FREQUENCY TUNE 77 30 0 MHz OUTPUT LEVE N 0 dBm sao ON 2 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 18 with step attenuator set at 0 dB Locate signal on CRT and adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until signal peak is 6 divisions
10. FUNCTION PIN SIGNAL TO FROM 1 7 GND 2 68D 8 GND Serm e POWER SUPPLIES 9 GND 9 uy 4 pm ca 19 100 e p 5 9 facae G Tee n P128 6 GND 25 e SERIAL PREFIX 2147A E A9 SIGNAL TO FROM GND REAR PANEL P128 2 8 83 2 THIRD CONVERTER 08558 60009 280 MHz OSCILLATOR FER AMPLIFIER 280 MHz 104 E FREQ ANAL END ATUS GND REAR PANEL P129 REL LEVEL LT GND 214 Mhz IF GND GND 0000 00 00 BALANCED MIXER 260 MHz 6 em as ri CABLE 1 wa 422 280 MHz 230 CAL OUTPUT TO FRONT PANEL CABLE 2 WT 3014 MHz 2 FROM 1042 12 695 Pi 9 UNI 15V S S UNI o GND 126 i Figure 8 26 A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Schematic 8 61 8 62 blank PI 4UN REF LEVEI MATCHING FILTER 130 Lio 95 20097 19 9 15 1 21 4 MHZ AMPLIFIER 4 Lis L Pi 5 DRIVER SLOPE PI 2 UN FRE
11. Replaceable Parts Conversion Table Deviation Manual Change Requirement by Linear Serial Number 4 12 Vernier 4 4 59 Replaceable Parts CHANGE A 4 13 Amplitude Log Display 4 63 Replaceable Parts CHANGE A 4 14 Sample Computations of Amplitude Linear Gain Adjustment Limits Log Display 162 Log Fidelity 4 15 Performance Test Record 4 69 Log Gain Adjustment Limits 5 1 Adjustable 5 4 5 3 Replaceable Parts CHANGE 5 2 Factory Selected Components Service Information Alpha Numeric Order 5 7 i Residual FM Troubleshooting 5 3 HP Part Numbers of Standard Value 8 11 Replacement Components 1 5 8 8 3 Truth Table for A2DSI Display 8 20 APPENDICES APPENDIX dotate ee mE ae aE ce COMPONENTS OF END ITEM B 1 C ADDITI
12. A16 Motherboard Schematic Diagram 8 97 A17 Inverter Assembly Component Locations 8 102 A17 Inverter Schematic Locations of Major Assemblies 8 105 Page Recommended Test Equipment Side Stop Kit 08558 60131 2 1 HP Model 8558B Mainframe 2 4 Performance Tests 4 1 TM 11 6625 3061 14 LIST OF TABLES Table Page Page Narrow Span Width Error Measurement Related 5 Tuning Accuracy REF LEVEL FINE Control Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity REFERENCE LEVEL Control Check Frequency Response 5 MHz to 1500 MHz Log Fidelity Frequency Response 100 kHz to 5 MHz Linear Gain Adjustments Amplitude Accuracy Switching Between Log Gain Adjustment Limits Bandwidths 2 2 Log Amplifier Output Limits Input Attenuator Reference Designations and Abbreviations IF Gain Accuracy in LOG Mode Manufacturers Code List IF Gain Accuracy in Linear
13. A8 Sweep Generator Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 52 Sweep Generator Schematic Bandpass Amplifier Tank Circuit Simplified Schematic A9 Third Converter Assembly and A10 Second IF Assembly Component Locations eseeseeede 8 60 A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Schematic Crystal Pole Simplified Schematic LC Pole Simplified Schematic A11 Bandwidth Filter No 1 Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 68 A11 Bandwidth Filter No 1 Schematic 8 69 Equivalent Circuit for Step Gain Amplifiers A12 Step Gain Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 74 A12 Step Gain Schematic A13 Bandwidth Filter No 2 Assembly Component and Test Point Locations A13 Bandwidth Filter No 2 Schematic Simplified Log Amplifier 8 81 A14 Log Amplifier Assembly Component Locations A14 Log Amplifier Assembly Schematic 8 85 Simplified Vertical Driver Circuit 8 91 Simplified Blanking A15 Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembl Component and Test Point Locations A15 Vertical Driver and Blanking 8 95 A16 Motherboard Assembly Components and Test Point Locations
14. OdB 60 002 10 dBm V Amplitude Scale edd ees aerate ae ee e ees 10 dB DIV SWEEP SM 10 mSEC SWEEP TRIGGER FREE RUN BASELINE CLIPPER irre teer pete ru Eo RATER EX ERR AERE OFF VIDEO FILTER 12 o clock should be less than 107 2 Adjust TUNING until LO feedthrough is not on screen Set VIDEO FILTER to MAX not in detent and observe CRT Figure 4 12 display of noise level from 1 MHz to 1000 MHz Noise level as shown in 001 Change 107 dBm to 100 dBm throughout procedure in Figure 4 12 002 Change 107 dBm 53 dBmV throughout procedure in Figure 4 12 lt 107 dBm 3 Set START CENTER switch to START Observe average noise level from 500 MHz to 1500 MHz should be less than 107 dBm Noise level 107 dBm 4 25 Model 8558B PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 17 AVERAGE NOISE LEVEL Cont d TM 11 6625 3061 14 4 Set START CENTER switch to CENTER and FREQ SPAN DIV to 1 MHz Adjust TUNING for a FREQUENCY MHz readout of 6 MHz and momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch 5 Observe average noise level from MHz to 11 MHz Noise level should be less than 107 dBm
15. Ce Gee GEM PIN 059359 000 This fine document Was brought to you by me Liberated Manuals free army and government manuals Why do I do it I am tired of sleazy CD ROM sellers who take publicly available information slap watermarks and other junk on it and sell it Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell free information come up first in search engines They did not create it They did not even scan it Why should they get your money Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends I am setting this document FREE This document was made by the US Government and is NOT protected by Copyright Feel free to share republish sell and so on I am not asking you for donations fees or handouts If you can please provide a link to liberatedmanuals com so that free manuals come up first in search engines A HREFzhttp www liberatedmanuals com Free Military and Government Manuals lt A gt Sincerely Igor Chudov http igor chudov com
16. Light emitting diode Transistor PNP Transistor NPN MOS FET N Channel Surface Acoustic Wave Resonator SAWHR Indicates a factory select component Indicates shielding conductor for cables Indicates a plug in connection Indicates a soldered or mechanical connection Indicates a single pin of a PC board edge connector Figure 8 1 Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Diagrams 1 of 4 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SYMBOLS USED IN SCHEMATICS AND BLOCK DIAGRAMS BASIC COMPONENT SYMBOLS Connection symbol indicating a Jack except for PC board edge connectors Connection symbol indicating a Plug except for PC board edge connectors Test Point Terminal prov ided for test probe Measurement Point Used to indicate a convenient point for measurement No terminal prov ided for test probe Indicates wire or cable color code Color code same as resistor color code First number indicates base color second and third numbers indicate colored stripes Earth ground Instrument chassis ground May be accompanied by a number or letter to specify a particular ground Screwdriver adjustment Front panel control COMMONLY USED ASSEMBLY AND CIRCUIT SYMBOLS Oscillator Operational amplifier 2 Inverter buffer Figure 8 1 Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Diagrams 2 of 4 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SYMBOLS USED IN SCHEMATIC AND BLOCK D
17. Unhardened V Vanadium Variable Violet Volt Voltage scili mui Vacuum Volts Alternating Current VAC DC olts Alternating and Direct Current ck Variable MD eei Volts Direct Current Watt Wattage White Wide Width Wire W CP Wire Conductive Plastic With Switch Wire Wound X By Used With Dimensions Reactance Transistor Y MI Yttrium ron Garnet Z ZNR siete Zener Model 8558B Mfr No 00000 01121 01295 02111 02660 03888 04713 06665 11236 13606 18736 19701 24046 24546 28480 3L585 30983 33095 52763 56289 71041 72136 72982 74970 78707 9N171 92830 Table 6 1 Reference Designations and Abbreviations 3 of 3 MULTIPLIERS Abbreviation Prefix tera giga mega kilo deka deci centi milli micro nano pico femto atto Multiple Table 6 2 Manufacturers Code List Manufacturer Name ANY SATISFACTORY SUPPLIER ALLEN BRADLEY CO TEXAS INSTR INC SEMICOND CMPNT DIV SPECTROL ELECTRONICS CORP BUNKER RAMO CORP AMPHENOL CONN DIV K DIPYROFILM CORP MOTOROLA SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS PRECISION MONOLITHICS INC CTS OF BERNE INC SPRAGUE ELECT CO SEMICONDUCTOR DIV VOLTRONICS CORP MEPCO ELECTRA CORP TRANSITRON ELECTRONIC CORP CORNING GLASS WORKS BRADFORD HEWLETT PACKARD CO CORPORATE HQ RCA CORP SOLID STAT
18. O 2 X c mum Figure 8 43 A16 Motherboard Assembly Components and Test Point Locations Figure 8 44 A16 Motherboard Schematic Diagram 1 of 2 8 97 8 98 A16 MOTHERBOARD ASSEMBLY 08558 60159 SHEET 2 OF 2 3RD CONV XA gina u vato un 9229 9 gt FROM SHEET 10F2 E P SWEEP GEN XAB TRIG RETRACE BLANK XA15 19 A1GJ1 38 CR3 _ SINGLE Sic MUTA 16 43 sm 16J1 35 RB 8790 28 1061 VERT 918 4241 qna bol E NOM XAN 29 XA129 6 n 6 1 23 XA13 30 BiG B XA gin NOISE MEASURE A16J1 17 VIDEO FILTER ATTEN SP XAT XA 31 003 NT on 4 FS 12151 m FSI ANGJI 8 XA7 44 m 24 00901 11 SWEEP At T 19 7 078 FS 6 1410 572 61 2 XAT 45V 5n 6 su A168 1 28 V AI 576 815 16 9246 At67148 12 XAR35 901245 XA9 98 i FREQ CONTR a FREQ ANAL NFN 5 4 yan re 7 5 XABA REFLEVELCAL 5 i Sut uas Yoo 2886 4 314 38 ye d 5 FINETUNE wil iia 8 LN m 5 i 00 yg U T X84 10
19. T X 9 9 n we 16 L Figure 3 1 HP 8558B Installed in HP 182T Display Mainframe Model 8558B REAR PANEL FEATURES P1 Connector Connects spectrum analyzer plug in to display mainframe HORIZ GAIN Allows 1 2 major division of horizontal gain adjustment to calibrate spectrum analyzer plug in with display mainframe AUX A Vertical Output BNC output provides detected video signal from a 50 ohm output impedance Typical 0 800 mV range corresponds to full 8 division display deflection AUX PENLIFT BLANKING OUTPUT BNC output provides a 15V penlift blanking signal from a 10K ohm output impedance when CRT trace is blanked Otherwise output is low at OV low impedance 150 mA max for an unblanked trace AUX C 21 4 MHz IF OUTPUT BNC output provides 21 4 MHz IF signal linearly related to spectrum analyzer RF input from 50 output impedance Output bandwidth controlled by spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW setting output amplitude controlled by INPUT ATTEN REFERENCE LEVEL FINE and first six REFERENCE LEVEL positions i e with 0 dB input attenuation 10 through 60 dBm for Option 002 40 through 10 dBmV AUX D Horizontal Output BNC output provides horizontal sweep voltage from a 5Kohm output impedance 5V to range corresponds to full 10 division display deflection Z Axis Input BNC input with a 5K ohm impedance allows external modulation of CRT tr
20. dann 1 H ED i 4 n ELM Yad 1 ALPER Sr mF 1 P EI RR E ament VOMAR CO METEO EE a Sr 0 MT Serr NER a neum i H 4 1 iam 188 aa e516 FAST N E 4 300 A 4 3 visu con L 2 1 ee RIVER BLANK a ae aT aa 1 LL P 1 In 1 voo j H arm xm MN AE 1001 1 pes x SWEEP 5 es PM ETT mem 1 n t 4 6 82 H 41 CENTER 44 sweer ceneratoa __ 90 REN 1 n 4l mz i E 1 iid 5 556 _ gt 19 1 2 DPM DRIVER 3 1 MAMUAL SWEEP PE E 17 NVERTER 1 d rune I t H onim SWEEP TW Dens 7 zum ul Pu SWEEP TRIGGER 1 sweer 1077100 0 otad o m rower rower a SS ee i E SHEER 1 uir eurem 3 sone mm o at Yid 1 um EET Lr 1 wer M X368 4 TREE UR 4 135 8D rr Ta A EAEN i MT 19 7100 FSB PIE L
21. ses Cu xe M bien FREE RUN BASELINE 9 aata OFF VIDEO FILTER I a eie e e aae iaaa OFF Digital Voltmeter RANGE denied tee ci OE DAE AAAA AAN NIA NI LAU 100 ESUINGATUOIN edt Mete o eae a ADM Mete V DC AUTO eth oet feas aote etis AUTO TRIGGERS Sette biete Nou Stel E INTERNAL M OFF Signal Generator cM 30 MHz COUNTE RN O D E e c Se INT OUTPUT tette Sek CNRS MRR eai tele CA DM 0 dBm Div M E E OFF tee op SE art CM ME MEM UA Ms d M M OFF 2 With no signal at INPUT measure and record the vertical output AUX A offset of the spectrum analyzer mV 3 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 20 Tune signal generator to 30 MHz and set power output for approximately 0 dBm Set step attenuator to 0 dB 4 Set spectrum analyzer Amplitude Scale to 10 dB DIV and adjust TUNING control to center the signal on CRT display 5 Set the FREQ SPAN DIV control to zero 0 and RESOLUTION BW
22. EH eee FREE RUN Crystal Alignment 2 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 6 NOTE If A8 Sweep Generator has been replaced or adjusted perform steps 3 through 9 If not proceed to step 10 3 Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 500 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz 4 Center the signal with TUNING control Using REF LEVEL FINE control place signal at 7 1 divisions 0 9 division from top graticule line 5 24 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 21 10 11 12 CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS Cont d CHECK CENTERING CHECK SYMMETRY Figure 5 8 Adjusting Crystal Symmetry and Crystal Centering Adjust A8R85 LC until signal is two divisions wide at the fifth graticule line 1 MH4z wide at 3 dB points Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 5 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz Using REF LEVEL FINE control place signal at 7 1 divisions Adjust 72 XTL until signal is two divisions wide at the fifth graticule line 10 kHz wide at 3 dB points Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 5 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz Center signal with TUNING control It might be necessary to increase FREQ SPAN DIV temporarily to find the signal Set REF LEVEL FINE control to place signal at sixth graticule line Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 20 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz NOTE A non metallic tuning tool is required for adjustments on the Al1 and A13 bandwidth filter assemblies Connect crystal shorts
23. HP 5060 0303 PROCEDURE 1 Set Digital Voltmeter as follows RANGE sesati sate AUTO PUG TION dcV AUTO X eee ON TRIGGER e INTERNAL 2 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 12 Connect digital voltmeter to A12TP8 left side of A12R7 19 5V adjustment 3 Adjust A12R7 19 5V adjustment for 19 5 0 1 V 5 39 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 26 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A9 A12 A14 and A15 Schematics DESCRIPTION Step attenuators are used to change in calibrated steps the input signal level of the spectrum analyzer The output of Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15 is monitored and adjustments are performed to calibrate Log Amplifier Assembly A14 DISPLAY DIGITAL VOLTMETER SIGNAL GENERATOR EET L829 QO AF OUTPUT STEP STEP ATTENUATOR ATTENUATOR rh ADAPTER teen ASSEMBLY Figure 5 13 Log Amplifier and Linear Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT SIGNal Generator 86408 Digital EM HP 3455A 10 dB Step HP 355D Opt 82 1 9 Step Attenuator HP 355C Opt H80 Adapter m to SMC
24. Number 08558 60160 1901 0025 1902 0064 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0485 0757 0447 2100 3340 2100 2681 2100 3332 0757 0444 2100 1412 2100 3331 0757 0317 3101 2213 3101 2124 018558 60168 08558 60037 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0485 5086 7363 08495 60004 08558 60004 1250 1020 1250 1020 1250 1020 1250 1020 0E8558 00052 08558 20042 08558 20043 0698 7212 0698 7221 0698 7216 0698 7202 0698 7216 08550 60152 08558 60097 0160 3036 0160 3036 0160 4959 0140 0075 1901 0950 1250 1157 1250 1435 1250 0829 9100 2255 08558 80009 08550 00034 08558 00033 08558 00033 08558 20122 08558 20121 00 O CO 00 00 CO 0 4 Qty N Na OEE Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description SWITCH BOARD ASSEMBLY DIODE GEN PRP 1 200 DO 7 DIODE ZNR 7 5V 5 0DO 35 PD 4W 05 DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H LED LAMP LUM INT280OUCD RESISTOR 16 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR VAR CONTROL CCP 1K 20 LIN RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 CCP TOP ADJ I TRN RESISTOR TRMR 10 20 CC TOP ADS 1 TRN RESISTOR 12 1K 196 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 500 20 CCP TOP ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 10K 20 MC TOP
25. HP 1250 1023 Adapter Type m to BNC f 2 required HP 1250 0780 BNG Gable 206 cC 18502 120 HP 18503A Cable Assembly Banana Plug to Alligator Clip HP 11102A Test Gable f to ern Pet eue ce eee ede ee dee eet vdd HP 11592 60001 Extender Cable 5060 0303 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 26 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment as follows Spectrum Analyzer sizes dM 0 RESOLUTION BW RM 300 kHz stasis 10 dB REFERENCE 50 dBm 002 0 dBmV Amplitude 5 RM LIN Suddddiss EEEE AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER EE FREE RUN Digital Voltmeter RANGE cece A EEE E E EE 10 FUNG TION A dcV TRIGGER INTERNAL OFF AUTO oa eo nae a cote a pepe Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 13 Set 1 dB step attenuator to 10 dB Set signal generator frequency to 301 4 MHz and OUTPUT LEVEL to 13 dBm Remove W7 from A9J1 Connect signal generator output through step atte
26. QPOWER SUPPLIES Pi 29 NI 10 EE 0 Figure 8 35 A13 Bandwiath Filter No 2 Schematic 8 79 8 80 blank SS A __ ___ _ ET A EI ___ __ ___ __ _ __ ___ icm rur i 6 OUTPUT BUFFER 4064 WF o 7845 W ay u a ol 1207 j J NOTE 6 T NOTES 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS 0 CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES ul 3 REFER TO FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIONS amp TEMPERATURE COMPENSATING CA PACITOR 5 ASTERISK DENOTES FACTORY LECTED COMPONENT NOMINAL VALUE IS SHOWN 6 SOURCE VOLTAGE SHOULD BE 1 5V GREATER THAN THE GATE VOLTAGE 7 VOLTAGES SHOULD BE MEASURED WITH 1 OR GREATER AT PROBE TIP TO PREVENT OSCILLATION AND ERRONEOUS READINGS BW CON TROL LINES TYPICAL VOLTAGES 1 2 DESIGNATES SHIELOING BEAD A13 TM 11 6625 3061 14 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Model 85598 HU NM LOIRE FU EZ NESSES GI _ _ ___ DS CONUS D E ___ _
27. TIME DIV 1 25 12 Al amp J1 10 14 6 asdi 4 A69 8 ABJ at PI 29 39 FS2 ABPI I6 FS3 TO FS TO ABPI I5 754 TO 57 F55 361 FS6 28 POWER SUPPLIES soms amp C 4 20mskc mst 4 4 smscE 4 L 2 4 4 4 2 4 4 Red qe 1 1 1 BIER 872 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 514 575 o o lt SWEEP TRIGGER SINGLE mem 4 Line 4 E p i 1 i M usal Figure 8 13 A2 Front Switch Schematic Diagram 8 27 8 28 blank 0 33 BL CLIP TO AISPI 8 35 20 2 AI6JI 26 29 Ale4i 30 AISJI 24 AI6 I 40 TRIG TO ABPI 23 ST ST S ST4 815 _ 4161 38 SINGLE 24 1 7 i 0 4 SYNC 2 TO 3 PI 9
28. 1 xs f MER p BLU RAM 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RF INPUT CABLE i LOW PASS FILTER LOW PASS FILTER Mer mee we 1 tn RESISTANCE IN OHMS 9 gl 6 T En ge mont 5 CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS uF LB EN PAS eve us i T T T penes INOUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH 9 5 e oO 2 C 2 dS mu i i f wia wis 5 ju I 3 REFER TO FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASURE 1 4 4 n 04470 MENT CONDITIONS gt 1 z 22 23 1 1 348 POWER SPLITTER H INPUT 4 L SECOND LOCAL OSCILLATOR 1748 6 4 TRANSMISSION LINES ARE SHOWN AS OPTION 001 or 002 2 05 TO 3 55 GHz s Roce oases 1 FULLY mers o FOLLOWS WI RF INPUT CABLE UAM 2 05 TO 3 55 GHz 1 1 2 8 GHz CRI TL RI va LO IN Te OSC HOUSING p l mixer Ol 435 Pl gt 9 5 5 es i i 86 6 1 348 m sib SEC CONV OSC ee 1 I 5 RIPPLE MEASURED WITH SWEEP TIME 1 1 OUT OUTPUT 2nd LO DIV CONTROL SET TD MAN Ee i 08558 60028 FREQUENCY 14 5V iz 4p 5V 1
29. TRIGGER MEME CHAN 2 VOLTS DIV DC WAITE Ueber MM III MI ON MME DIV cece ies eee MI M IE 2 mSEC MAG XS LLL IM IM Iu OFF EXIP LBIGGER MODE MAIN Digital Voltmeter RANGE E AUTO FING TION pose dcV AUTO ON TRIGGER IM DM MS INTERNAL MI MI MM MI MIL M MI MM MM OFF TIMER COUNTER 10 us PER B 2 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 14 Connect oscilloscope to AUX D HORIZONTAL OUT PUT rear of display mainframe or to ABTP5 of HP 85588 Connect digital voltmeter to A8TP6 located to the left and below A8TP4 3 Adjust 10IOV adjustment 40 02 V NOTE The 10V must be adjusted while analyzer is still cold during first five minutes after turn on If instrument has been operating turn off mainframe and remove A8 Sweep Generator assembly Let A8 assembly cool on bench for 15 minutes Replace A8 and proceed with adjustment of A8R7 during the first five minutes after turn on 4 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows Bd sisi 1 ms SWEEP TRIGGER irren FREE RUN 5 Check oscill
30. BNC Cable 20 cm 911 BNC Cable 120 cm 48 in Type cable 180 cm 721 4 1 Adapter m to 0000201 Adapter m to Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Adapter m to BNC 750 Adapter Type m to SMA f 500 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 PROCEDURE 1 Set controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer STAR p ded sce ds od ed sad ed aea dad ud usc FREQ SPAN DIV RESOLUTION BW INPUT ATTEN REFERENCE LEVEL tette edet eode 002 40 dBmV Amplitude Scale eee SWEEP SWEEP TRIGGER BASELINE CLIPPER 435 REMANERE HP 11667A 10502 MEME HP 10503A o t LIEU D HP 11500A DD E E HP 8491B Opt 010 1250 1475 1250 0780 n HP 1250 1288 AEN 1250 1250 mm HP 08558 60031 2 Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING to peak LO feed
31. Figure 8 11 A1A2 DPM Driver and DPM Display Schematic 8 23 8 24 TM 11 6625 3061 14 NOTES 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS 92 CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH 3 REFER TO FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIONS 4 MNEMONIC TABLE DEC DECIMAL POINT LINE LOW OFF DPM ANALOG GROUND DPM DIGITAL GROUND LAMP TEST GND TEST DPM VOLTAGE DPM REFERENCE VOLTAGE FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SIGNAL NAMES AND MNEMONICS SEE A16 MOTHERBOARD SCHEMATIC 2 FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY 08558 60100 FREQUENCY CAL A2A1 FRONT SWITCH BOARD ASSEMBLY 08558 60160 1 is gt 94 lt 4 GND 5 eee FREQUENCY ZERO 9 COARSE D 1 946 m 698 0 AIBJI 49 TUNE TO 7 5 o 938 1 558 1 Al6JI 50 FINE TUNE TO A7PI 4 26 032 o 6 41 FROM PI 29 Q REF LEVEL FINE 9 958 i 958 gt 6 45 FINE CW FROM AlZPI 40 ow 956 1 556 25 44 FINE alzPi 41 EC 1 VIDEO FILTER 1 1 1 1 1 1 Er 2 1 i 1 5000 1 S49 948
32. Fully clockwise Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 13 RESIDUAL FM Cont d 2 Connect OUTPUT of comb generator to spectrum analyzer INPUT connector as shown in Figure 4 5 NOTE The HP 8558B is sensitive to vibration Be sure the instrument is in a vibration free environment 3 Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to display 500 MHz signal produced by comb generator Adjust REFERENCE LEVEL and REF LEVEL FINE controls to position peak of signal at top graticule line 4 Keep 500 MHz signal centered on CRT while reducing FREQ SPAN DIV to zero 5 Set RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz and SWEEP TIME DIV to 1 SEC 6 Slightly readjust fine TUNING control of spectrum analyzer until trace appears between fourth and seventh graticule lines Peak to peak variation of trace should not exceed one major vertical division for each major horizontal division See div 4 12 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 14 NOISE SIDEBANDS SPECIFICATION More than 65 dB below CW signal 50 kHz or more away from signal with a 1 kHz resolution bandwidth and full video filtering DESCRIPTION A stable 400 MHz CW signal is applied at a 20 dBm level to the spectrum analyzer and is displayed on the CRT The test is designed to measure the amplitude of noise associated sidebands and unwanted responses SPECTRUM SIGNAL GENERATOR ANALYZER ADAPTER ADAPTER Figure 4 7 Noise Sideband Test Setup EQUIP
33. VIDEO FROM 4 2 VERT TO ABPI 4 AIBPI 13 A8PI 331 lt 5 FROM PI 29 RESOLUTION BW tt START 9 FREQ SPAN DIV 9 56 PUSH COUPLE WITH 55 eee V 1 1 57 i9 ST 15 TO ABP 41 CENTER i AleJl 21 TO ABPi lI AlGyI 25 TO ABPI 10 29 EW2 TO ABPI 9 i lt BWI TO ABPI B 1 al6yi 23 BW5 TO 30 50 ABPI BO Q SWEEP TIME DIV MANUAL SWEEP o 1 R4 43 10K T cw TIME OIV 87 25 POWER SUPPLIES 1 1 0 FROM Pi 29 AI6JL 39 GNO 0 o 6 6 10 FS3 TO 59 lt ANB I 14 FSI TO I5 T 6 54 ABPL 371 lt 4 55 TO 361 O 6 f 6 TO ABPI 38 SWEEP TIME DIV Qs ss ssec 25 ISEC 55 25 50 5 1 20mstC 10 5 Te sms
34. __ __ A14 LOG AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY 5061 5411 STAGE o STAGE ww 56 18 0 It STAGE INGTON 9 00 Wo 0 GND 9 vided 0 9 9 21 441 POWER SUPPLIES Pl 2 IN IT a t HN 41 R65 4 P8 25 1 3 13 24 26 28 30 32 33 34 31 41 43 n i PI 25 IN 1261 GND SHEET 2 91 39114 2 m I SHEET 2 m 0 IIV REGULATED POWER SUPPLY 3 SHEET 2 M mom ioe Tm E Lid RE 088 LOG LIN 8v1 0 SHEET 2 gs SS OS amp m X X m 2 A14 SERIAL PREFIX 2147A GND 44 NAMH IF 9 e LOG LIN SERIAL PREFIX 2147A Figure 8 38 A14 Log Amplifier Assembly Schematic 1 of 2 8 85 8 86 blank TM 11 6625 3061 14 n H eo NOTES AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY sat 51 STAGE Gth STAGE STAGE 0 LOG MODE TEMPERAT JRE 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN CONTROLLED VARIABL E i THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED GAIN AMPLIFIER 0 DETECTOR
35. yap 5 E v XM544 n 03 uy Yn nav XD yag LOGILIN lt 1 mV PP RIPPLE VIDEO FILTER M vores 288 i 128 LINETRIGGER 128V gn Xen seme Xt Mi yn TV 099 5 cep m 3B XA8 19 52 2 XAB 30 XA11 90 XAT3 30 BWS MEM m LI 32410 m y X aut a mv quA 43 Xt gm 89 29 crit a Xe hd VERTGANN S XASM ARD sy m AED 4 37 1 GND 39 TRIG Qn N OO ya X3 FINEGH ay 90 m FREOZERO XAT __FREQCAL X ALS ME 49 XAT 4 7 26 FINE TUNE gt 50 47 9 YFM 925 7 37 926 Q 5 5 wl D XA 32 Y 69 wa one sal miens TENET ULT XADI5 _ Yo pes pe xu Y al XAO MN 97 XAMB BIAS 0 N L SECOND _ By 98 CONVERTER XN ASSY NOSE MEASURE 2 we voo sd ae vice FRONT SWITCH XABA VERT _ 98 9 m afl 0 0 0 V Figure 8 44 A16 Motherboard Schematic Diagram 2 of 2 8 99 8 100 blank NOTES 1
36. FOR 10 dB 750 20 Log 1 0 20 Log 10 20 dB 251 L REF LEVEL dBm Figure 8 31 Equivalent Circuit for Step Gain Amplifiers 8 72 8 73 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A12 A12R7 195 _ Q 19 5V Y 8 A12R6 E 2r d oz BR RE EE C cr 048 gt eum m 1284 CERE A12R3 A12R2 RE Alla RE St er fO la c P c Om 6 EA m LL o jo amem 58 Ou mile BERE 58 st m lt SSE 23 12 1 40 dB o Figure 8 32 A12 Step Gain Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 74 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 75 through 8 76 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A13 BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 2 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION The Bandwidth Filter No 2 Assembly is very similar to the Bandwidth Filter No 1 Assembly A11 and corresponding components have the same reference designators The differences between the two board assemblies are as follows 1 A13 has a limiting diode CR18 connected between the input P1 23 and ground A11 does not 2 The values of some resistors and capacitors in A13 are different from their counterparts in A11 3 A13 has about 0 5 dB less gain than A11 8 77 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B
37. Pun NL Q42 Reo 022 21 4 35 943 g ona T rah 7 VERT pi 33 NOISE MEASURE Figure 8 23 A8 Sweep Generator Schematic 2 of 2 8 55 8 56 blank TM 11 6625 3061 14 NOTES 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FDR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS 0 CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE tN MICROHENRIES uH REFER TO FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIDNS BW CONTROL LINE TYPICAL VOLTAGES MODE BW CONTROL LINE TYPICAL VOLTAGES RESOLUTION XTAL E 10KH LC 1 AND FET PIN CONFIGURATIONS TOP VIEW ABUI U2 U3 8929 A802 3 25 TO 28 30 1 IS A THERMAL LINK A807 PROVIDES TEMPERATURE COMPENSA TION FOR A804 A805 IS A 1 mA CURRENT LIMITER REFER TO SHEET 1 FOR MNEMONIC TABLE A8 A10 SECONDIF 08558 60010 BANDPASS AMPLIFIER BANDPASS FILTER SEE NOTE 4 cis e Al 2 5 5d CABLE 3 8 5014 MHz T FEE 12 dBM Rosas 1508 8 5 T 6 2 F 08 85 Nor T N 7 e c2 CABLE 6 6 301 4 MHz E 25dBM FROM ABJZ
38. T CURRENT H POSH 1 M 7 SOURCE qw en NS TAXIS VERTICAL DRIVER AND BLANKING ATTENUATOR GB ne i M amos Pd oa coe o pom a H Soe 0 Aa converter ow SECOND CONVERTER Tum SECOND IF 1 AB THIRD CONVERTER 1 ANDITOTH PINE A13 BANDWIDTH gt AEN 5 Ain H d 0 mupenss FILTER i 1 FILTER NO 2 H 5 P LIMITER 5 d 1 OFFSET SAN a 1 190 we MATCHING 1 wa id la her LOG ONLY CR LI gt ao FILTER eo gt FILTER _____ vert bs 1 worse ay i Erro ano rove p Jemen k 1 ERT our i gt TYPICALLY ews UJ j 1 5 PT _ ov ET 1 1 AC AT FRONT SWITCH 1 t 44 ARAN FRONT SWITCH aS E E a TT ows 1 em i pese ms 1 2 H H Ex 1 EX GE series m o I ARAT FRONT SWITCH 4 mmm EL RR 31 LS aux averricn H pre i E TM pez i Ads t 389 225 1 pm 1 1 L af FRONT SWITCH yr I RS un 2 1 s 1 a 7 O ws Live
39. em 5 R27 N ims R 4 9 R38 9 C29 spo R99 AE CRI9 cs 19 Figure 7 5 A14 Log Amplifier Component Test Point Locations CHANGE B 7 24 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 7 25 through 7 26 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A9 914 BRN RED A9R1 LO SLOPE COMP pri 5 0 co o N2 Sg 5 ASRS 380 LO PRW ADJUSTED THRU 1 P1 BOTTOM 8558B BLUE RED BANDPASS ADJ J2 c 2ND IF TUNING ADJUSTED THRU BOTTOM OF 8558B Figure 7 7 A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Component Locations CHANGE C 7 27 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 OSCILLATOR 12 6VF Figure 7 8 P O A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Schematic Diagram CHANGE C 7 28 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A9 914 BRN RED A9R1 LO FREQ SLOPE COMP Jl Q A9R5 3RD LO PRW ADJUSTED THRU BOTTOM OF 85588 BLUE RED d 2ND IF TUNING ADJUSTED THRU BOTTOM OF 8558B Figure 7 9 A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Component Locations CHANGE F 7 29 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Q 21 4 MHZ AMPLIFIER Q PIN DRIVER 15V SLOPE PI 2 UN COMP FREQ ANAL RI PI 4 IN CO REF LEVEL CAL Figure 7 10 P O A9 Third Converter and A10 Second I
40. ziii Normally Open Number M Nominal NPN Negative Positive Negative Transistor Non Shorting Nose Numeric Numerical NY Din its Nylon Polyamide BJ a ah E d Other Restricted Articles Group A Restricted p Articles Code Over All avi Olive Drab Outside Diameter OP Operational Amplifier Optical Option Optional P PA Picoampere Power Amplifier Pressure Angle Protactinium TM 11 6625 3061 14 Reference Designations and Abbreviations 2 of 3 Parallel Parity Lead Metal Push Button nl PANEM icocoulomb Piece Printed Circuit Printed Circuit Board P Channel Pad Palladium Pitch Diameter Power Dissipation Picofarad Pipe Female Connection Power Factor MCI Package PLSTG ueni Plastic Panel RN PNP ioe Transistor OLYC Polycarbonate POLYE acetate th Polyester POT Potentiometer POZI Pozidriv Recess PREG Precision maid E Purple Purpose PSTN Piston Part Pint Platinum Point Pulse Time PW Power Wirewound Pulse Width Q Figure of Merit R Range Red
41. 2 980 o END o 05 21 4 AUX QUT 5 o T ano o no o ono o o 1554 GNO o D A 580 o 66 o GND o al o 22 GND o 44 13 122 ISt STAGE 2nd STAGE ard STAGE 4 STAGE sth STAGE si STAGE 7th STAGE ms 17 9 GAIN CONTROL ei so tut LINES no Kn Ras ap 39 o gt ES io cras Rio eno ED Q 106 MODE TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED ATTENUATOR DETECTOR 11 6625 3061 14 Low z omver as 9 Fiore ss 2 po AMPLIFIER 5550 166 Aux LOG OFFSET mit 91 20007 VIDEO srr Ries 464 Riza BH 8250 MEL m al S 168 Tet Te oop le pud a23 n A AX IMM X s MARRE UR Em EN NOTES cam is 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN AUXILIARY LOG OUTPUT AS OPTION iil HP ATTENUATION EH MEER E Lees 2 25 zt Lem lom SERES o u 24
42. DS1 PIN 19 MOST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT ENABLE NOTE 2 par gd gg 11 11 Proud Vg 4 0V ps2 18 SECOND MOST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT ENABLE Lp gr 11 1 DS3 17 ov HIRD MOST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT ENABLE 1 1 1 1 1 4 0 ov LEAST SIGNIFICANT DIGIT ENABLE NOTES TRIGGER OSCILLOSCOPE EXTERNALLY USING EOC END OF CONVERSION A1A2U1 PIN 14 DURING THE TIME INTERVAL THAT DS1 LINE IS HIGH THE DATA ON PINS 20 THROUGH 23 IS NOT STANDARD BCD CODE SEE TABLE 8 2 Figure 8 9 A1A2U1 Outputs for FREQUENCY MHz Display of 1296 MHz 8 21 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 LT LAMP TEST Figure 8 10 A1A2 DPM Driver Component Locations 8 22 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 23 through 8 24 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A2 FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Functions of the switches and potentiometers on Front Switch Assembly A2 and Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 are covered in the circuit descriptions for the electronic assemblies they control Disassembly and repair procedures for the Front Switch Assembly are at the back of this section following Figure 8 47 8 25 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 n FEST TRF uth AN 2 Cape F
43. HP 8483A Adapter GR 874 to BNC m 75 000002 00000000000000 0000000 nnns General Radio 0874 9754 Adapter GR Type 874 to f 750 General Radio 0874 9751 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNO m to BNG t HP 1250 0216 Adapter SMA P to SMA f addas alata ea deren dete dn HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA HP 1250 1200 BNC Cable 30 cm 12 750 2 21 1 1 1 020000000000000000000000000 nennt nennen nennen HP 11652 60012 PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows START SGENTER n Aaa Escenas cei eia e Ee CENTER PEIPER 280 MHz EBREG SPAN BIM 1 MHz RESOLUTION BW Aske RUE RID RE 1MHz iic t at i ete cer 10 dB REFERENCE E VE s utei 20 dBm 002 30dBmV Amplitude Scale 10 dB DIV udsdduAsseem AUTO udisdd2 iccc FREE RUN OFF 2 Set signal
44. Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 Mfr Part Number 08558 60161 08558 60164 08558 60165 08558 00114 08558 00121 08558 00122 08558 00116 08558 00115 08558 00003 5061 5426 08565 20093 08558 20037 08558 20036 08565 20051 08558 20038 08565 20096 5021 3229 08558 00030 08558 20164 08557 60045 2200 0165 2360 0194 2200 0104 2360 0201 0624 0099 0624 0206 2200 0103 2360 0115 2200 0170 0380 0005 2260 0003 2200 0105 2200 0164 2200 0168 08558 00108 08558 00089 08558 00088 08558 00087 0380 0005 3050 0105 1400 0082 2420 0001 2190 0016 2950 0043 2190 0068 2950 0054 0370 0606 5040 8817 08565 40011 1460 0532 08558 60166 08558 60167 08558 00123 08565 00043 0510 0089 08565 60047 08558 20161 08558 20162 5040 8819 0590 1251 0370 1121 08558 60170 08558 60031 08558 60038 0370 3021 08558 20163 08559 20050 0370 3006 0370 3004 08565 60170 2190 0390 2950 0001 2200 0119 3050 0929 6 31 6 32 blank Figure 6 2 Mec
45. Note the counter frequency and tune the signal generator 1500 Hz below the center frequency noted Record the new counter frequency Adjust A8R72 XTL to bring signal level to the fifth graticule line three divisions from the top graticule line Increase signal generator frequency until signal on CRT display peaks and then decreases to the fifth graticule line Record counter frequency Compare new frequency with frequency recorded in step 14 The difference between the two frequencies should be 2800 to 3200 Hz If the bandwidth is not within limits repeat steps 12 through 17 slightly readjusting ABR72 XTL until the specified limits are achieved Set RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz Tune signal generator to peak signal on CRT display Adjust REF LEVEL FINE to place signal at 7 1 divisions Note the counter frequency and tune the signal generator 5 kHz below the center frequency noted Record the new counter frequency Increase the signal generator frequency until the signal on the CRT display peaks and then decreases to the fifth graticule line Record counter frequency Compare new frequency with frequency recorded in step 20 The difference between the two frequencies should be 9 000 kHz to 11 000 kHz 5 31 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 5 22 23 24 25 26 27 ADJUSTMENTS 3 dB BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT Cont d NOTE A8R72 XTL may be further adjusted to bring the 10 kHz and 1 kHz bandwidths within limits however
46. PI 23 0UT pem FREQ ANAL MAIN COIL FILTER R56 46 4K METER RANGING cw R67 50024 R57 V PI 30010 2 2 980 ov P 2 2V 12 6 Vv R20 5 D ov fW ha USB 024 R30 5 05 EON i u50 300K 12 6V SINGLE SHOT 1 CL Q TUNE SUMMING AMPLIFIER 1650 RON 3 513 pica eile I 08 Ju FINE YIG COIL DRIVER Q VIG FM COIL GATE 6 Ey eT ass 1 15 57 OUT R23 R38 LSM 38v 196K 42 V2 K USE Lt 5 12 54 3 Figure 8 20 A7 Frequency Control Schematic 8 43 8 44 blank RS3 2760 Ave TM 11 6625 3061 14 NOTES 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS 9 CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH 3 REFER TO FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIONS 4 RIPPLE MEASURED WITH SWEEP CONTROL SET TO MAN 5 SIGNAL PATH FOR FREQ SPAN DIV CONTROL SETTINGS OF 2 MHz OR GREATER 8 SIGNAL PATH FOR SPAN DIV CONTROL SETTINGS OF 1 MHz OR LESS 7 TRANSISTOR AND
47. eee ies eee 0 RESOLUTION 3 MHz 20 dB 0 002 30dBmV Amplitude LIN SWEEP 9 5 mSEC SWEEP FREE RUN a cela tte thee dL DNE SEL ihe OFF VIDEO OFF Signal Generator COUNTER INT EXPAND X10 AM c elec e erc T EM E OFF gu OFF FREQUENCY TUNE ertet eae 10 MHz LI M ON OUTPUT ter ipee pre ERE 0 dBm 2 Connect equipment as shown i 3 Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to locate peak of 10 MHz signal on CRT Reduce signal generator output if necessary 4 Adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to position trace at 7 1 divisions above graticule baseline 5 Tune signal generator frequency until trace drops to 5 divisions above graticule baseline Record signal generator frequency MHz 4 16 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 15 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY Cont d 6 Tune signal generator frequency in direction opposite to that of step 5 until trace peaks 7 1 divisions above graticule baseline and then drops to 5 divisions above graticule baselin
48. 0 ST CTR START CENTER LOW START Anpta2 TIME DIV MANUAL SWEEP VOLTAGE APTA ARS AEAR PANEL P120 0008 Q POWER SUPPLIES v TRIGGER HIGH FREE RUN 18 PULSE SHAPER sn x2 sv PI 6 28 IN 5 29 e FILTERED VIDEO 200 ov SIGNAL 1 42N AAT EL 414 5v 873000 esi 14 5 Pis PURI FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SIGNAL 514100 NAMES AND MNEMONICS SEE A16 AE No e R54 MOTHERBOARD SCHEMATIC 1 Pj 220N 35 VIDEO Ce o GND3 1 AST AUTO SCAN TIME Figure 8 23 A8 Sweep Generator Schematic 1 of 2 8 53 8 54 blank XU asv AST SWEEP SWEEP DEAD SWITCH TIME SWITCH un T Pi 44 IN pond PI 28 N 4 555 ak SINGLE 029 0 FAST TRIGGER 6 2 le Irae SWITCH 98 R46 T 2 100K 5 9 rus 258 em am O H SWEEP GENERATOR sweer 7 08558 601 23 AST AUTO SCAN TIME V SWEEP OFFSET Rio
49. 00 0 4 4 lt 4 Description FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY MECH PARTS NOTE SEE A2 FRONT SWITCH ASSY LISTING FOR ELECTRICAL PARTS SEE FIG 6 2 FOR FRONT PANEL PARTS DIECAST FRONT SWITCH PRING CPRSN 135 IN OD 688 IN OA LG HAFT LOCKING N DOWEL 125 OD NK LOCKING HAFT REF LEVEL UB ASSEMBLY DRIVE ANTI CRUSH OTOR ATTENUATOR DRIVE HAFT FREQUENCY SPAN ALL BRG TYPE 1875 DIA GRADE 50 SST PRING COMPRESSION 18 IN OD 312 IN OA L N ROLL TOR FREQUENCY SPAN B DRIVE SHING SLOTTED RING HAIRPIN ASSEMBLY ATTENUATOR ASHER FL MTLC NO 8 189 IN ID CREW MACH 4 40 312 IN LG PAN HD POZI RACKET LEFT DPM MOUNTING RACKET RIGHT DPM MOUNTING T HEX W LKWR 4 40 094 IN THK REW MACH 4 40 5 IN LG PAN HD POZI ACER RND 312 IN LG 116 IN ID TAINER RING E R EXT 125 IN DIA STL SWEEP RING COMPRESSION TOR SHAFT ASSEMBLY DOUBLE CONTACT TAINER PUSH ON OP ARM RING HORSESHOE NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 IN THK WASHER LK INTL T 3 8 IN 377 IN ID KNOB FREQ ZERO WASHER LK INTL T 1 4 IN 256 IN ID NUT HEX DBL CHAM 1 4 32 THD 094 IN THK RESISTOR VAR 5K 5 PREC WW A2R3 FREQ WASHER FL MTLC NO 12 25 IN ID RESISTOR VAR 50K 20 5W VIDEO FILTER SHAFT FINE TUNE SHAFT COARSE TUNE BUSHING COARSE TUNE SHAFT GEAR SPUR 40T SPRING UNIVERSAL COUPLER BRACKET DUAL POT RESISTOR VAR PREC W CP 10 TRN 10K 10 RESISTOR VAR P
50. E 1 POWER SUPPLIES er Q TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION POWER SUPPLY 10v REGULATOR REGULATOR TEMP sense gt m 223 m n 5 RIO 3460 24 p e 3 3160 51 UN GAIN 12 6vF Figure 7 6 A14 Log Amplifier Assembly Schematic CHANGE B 7 25 7 26 blank THIS ASSEMBLY AIRE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN CAPACITANCE IN uF INDUCTANCE IN M ICROHENRIES uH 3 ASTERISK LECTED COMPONE UE SHOWN TES FACTORY 5 T NOMINAL VAL 4 REFER TO FIGURE 8 3 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIONS ONLY C45 R131 AND JUMPER USED uve ONLY FOR OPTIONAL AUXILIARY LOG OUTPUT IC ANO TRANSISTOR PIN CONFIGURA 1 TIONS VIEW 14020 bim s ao Aoc Al4u DPM DISPLAY A INPUT ATTEN LIMITER AS U DPM CONTROL 5198 MHz lmV MHz gt 198 MHz 1mV MHz 2050 3550 MHz 1748 6 MHz 12 dBm 10 dBm SECOND Lo OUTPU Lo 301 4 MHz BANDWIDTH FILTER SECOND IF THIRD 1 A10 30 31 32 BANDWIDTH FILTER FREQUENCY ANALOG 6V TO 6 7V 32 FIRST LO YIG OSCILLATOR AS 23 VERTICAL
51. Matching Filter The output of the balanced mixer is applied to the matching filter which consists of A9L9 C10 C11 C12 and L10 The matching filter is a 21 4 MHz bandpass filter which also serves as an impedance matching network The circuit raises the low input impedance of the 21 4 MHz amplifier about 10 ohms to match the higher output impedance of the balanced mixer about 50 ohms 21 4 MHz Amplifier The 21 4 MHz amplifier consists of in a common emitter configuration and A9Q4 as an emitter follower Transistor A9Q3 employs resistor A9R12 and zener diode A9VR2 to furnish base bias and negative feedback for gain control and stabilization Resistor A9R12 is factory selected to provide the 8 57 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 proper of the Third Converter Assembly Capacitor A9C14 is connected across A9VR to reduce zener noise The output of the 21 4 MHz amplifier looks into a voltage controlled attenuator consisting of two PIN diodes A9CR3 and CRA resistor A9R25 and the input impedance of the Bandwidth Filter No 1 Assembly A11 PIN Driver The PIN diode resistance of A9CR3 and is controlled by the PIN driver 905 and its associated circuitry The base of A9Q5 is the summing point for the frequency anA10g voltage from the Frequency Control Assembly A7 and a dc level set by front panel REF LEVEL CAL screwdriver adjustment A2R3 Setting the dc level by adjusting A2R3 calibrates the 8558B display at a given fr
52. Remove Bandwidth Shaft 61 with rear Drive Hub 14 still attached from Front Switch Assembly NOTE Rear Drive Hub 14 on Bandwidth Shaft 61 is preset flush with collar on shaft see Figure 848B Do not remove drive hub unless necessary for repair Use a no 4 hex wrench to loosen the two screws on Coupling Hub 60 attached to Frequency Span Shaft 9 and remove hub from shaft Remove the two Studs 59 used to support Bandwidth Switch Board 66 Remove Bandwidth Detent 58 from Front Switch Assembly Disconnect Probe Power wires 0 92 97 from Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 Remove Screw 23 and Spacer 24 attaching Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 to Front Switch Diecast 1 above DPM Display Remove the three remaining Screws 54 not shown in Figure 6 3 attaching Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 to Front Switch Diecast 1 Twist the left side of Front Switch Board Assembly A2AI down approximately 1 8 inch to provide clearance from Front Switch Diecast support arm upper left corner Lift Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 from Front Switch Diecast 1 and set aside 8 109 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 25 26 27 28 Removal of Rotor Assemblies Remove Attenuator Drive Rotor 8 front Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly 7 and Attenuator Shaft Assembly 17 from Front Switch Diecast 1 and set these parts aside Remove Frequency Span Rotor 13 with associated parts 9 12 14 16 from Front Swit
53. Rua SHEET 1 E 14 5V zero scan 14 5 562 ARV mos 0 035 o5v 933 NM 25v 48V mua R22 Q50 a 125 2 T T e 100K 7 d 44 SS enes Pi ST CTR nes 1 2 2v 2 2v RUS RnS H 5 1 10K 2500 PI 59 IN 3 7 447 SWEEP Pi ITUN 2 2 5i 4 our lt gt 22V ATTEN SWP i FS3 4 RUZ jon 26 R5 40K 20K 20K 126v SWEEP BUFFER 4 95v 0 Q27 95V 0 Q25 mso 070 029 LC PIN DRIVER BUFFER 5 A i gt Fal sii bet NT 10K 5 5 5 XTAL PIN DRIVE BUFFER RM L PI 30 IN PI 3 00T i2 6V m 4 57 1 2 6 sis Pl 32 0UT V 1 37 IN FS4 i 100 Pi 36 IN FSS 1 NARROW SCAN PI 38 IN 656 C L LC RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH CONTROL j XTAL RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH CONTROL SN i 30 KHz 4 C 2 BW2 300 KHz IN C 4 00 BWI 100 3 KH BW2 aw Bw ren 4 AST AUTO SCAN TIME
54. TM 11 6625 3061 14 CAUTION Leaving a dot on the CRT for prolonged periods at high intensity may burn the phosphor 3 Adjust the FOCUS and ASTIG controls for the smallest round dot possible 4 Reset the SWEEL TIME DIV control to AUTO and increase the INTENSITY for an optimum CRT trace Center the trace horizontally with the HORIZONTAL POSITION control If the horizontal deflection is not exactly 10 divisions adjust the HORIZ GAIN control located on the spectrum analyzer rear panel for a 10 division wide horizontal deflection NOTE The analyzer must be removed from the mainframe to adjust the HORIZ GAIN control 5 Adjust the TRACE ALIGN so that the CRT trace is parallel with the horizontal graticule lines 6 Adjust the VERTICAL POSN until the trace aligns with the bottom graticule line FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENTS 7 Center the LO feedthrough the signal at 0 MHz on the CRT with the TUNING control pressing the FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton two or three times to remove tuning hysteresis in the first LO YIG oscillator 8 Narrow the FREQ SPAN DIV to 200 kHz and press the FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton once more Adjust the REF LEVEL FINE control as necessary to position the signal peak near the top CRT graticule line 9 Re center the LO feedthrough if necessary and adjust FREQUENCY ZERO to calibrate the FREQUENCY MHz readout at 00 0 MHz Model 8558B AMPLITUDE ADJUSTMENTS 10 Set the FREQ SPAN DIV control t
55. 10 0 50 103 50 202 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F 4 1 8 2871 50 500 4 1 8 1002 MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F 4 1 8 5621 4 1 8 1622 4 1 8 751 C4 1 8 TO 316R F 4 1 8 1472 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 2371 4 1 8 2610 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 1212 F 4 1 8 1212 4 1 8 7501 4 1 8 101 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 2371 C4 1 8 TO 316R F 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 1212 4 1 8 1212 4 1 8 7501 4 1 8 101 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 10 0 0698 0958 5 105 C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 1212 F C4 1 8 TO 1212 F C4 1 8 TO 7501 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 2371 C4 1 8 TO 316R F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F 4 1 8 7501 4 1 8 101 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 316R F ET50X103 C4 1 8 TO 7501 F C4 1 8 TO 121R F Model 8558B Reference Designation 14891 A14R92 A14R93 A14R94 A14R95 A14R96 A14R97 A14R98 A14R99 A14R100 A14R101 A14R102 A14R103 A14R104 A14R105 A14R106 A14R107 A14R108 A14R109 A14R110 A14R111 A14R112 A14R113 A14R114 A14R115 A14R116 A14R117 A14R118 A14R119 A14R120 A14R121 A14R122 A14R123 A14R
56. 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC TC 0 100 RESISTOR 680K 5 25W F TC 800 900 RESISTOR 316K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 133K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 40K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20K 25 125W F TC 0 50 RESISTOR 10K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W 0 1 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 90 9K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W E TC D 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 61 9K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W 0 10 RESISTOR 21 5K 17 125W F TC 04 100 RESISTOR 3 3K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 47K 17 125W F TC 0 10 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC D 100 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 WW SIDE ADJ 20 TRN RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 125W F TC 0 10 0 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0
57. 15 VERTICAL DRIVER AND BLANKING 08558 60115 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED SIGNAL i a m PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEN BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER Lo 0 VERTICAL DRIVER ENCE DESIGNATOR i n en 40 w Ht d 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED R25 is g Jus M META M ERAN V 02 un 03 K Spa 8 t us INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH 4640 7 36 95 CURE Sarum W m m venue 3 REFER TO FOR MEASURE eim 3 ium 0250 6 8250 MENT CONDITIONS 12 4 wo 9 4 TRANSISTOR AND IC PIN CONFIGURA oy fe NN uid ae TIONS TOP VIEM 9 MD TRAGER PI 4 N ov dud Sarl qup y Po NUS E Em EL a t ie 4507 o 5 j REAR PANEL 26V 1 ih 9 ag 02 EXPAND GAIN 36 T 6 Ww POWER SUPPLIES 5 mi 41504 CABLES 1000 cOce MAINFRAME Pj 4 124 CABLE 9 1 B 8 BEAN hor el MAINFRAME 1 8 REAR PANEL pe T i DESCRIPTION BASELINE FREQ ANAL FREQUENCY ANALOG
58. 20 30 40 50 Attenuations gt dial settings are positive Attenuations lt dial settings are negative For example 9 99 dB calibration for a 10 dB attenuator setting represents an error of 0 01 dB Step Accuracy in Linear Mode 5 Setthe spectrum analyzer Amplitude Scale switch to LIN Set REFERENCE LEVEL control to 10 dBm and set step ttenuator to 0 dB Readjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until trace is 6 divisions above graticule baseline 6 Set the 85588 REFERENCE LEVEL control and step attenuator to settings indicated in Table 4 10 Record the Deviation from the 6th Division in Linear Mode reference set in step 5 for each setting 7 Using Table 4 11 convert Deviation from 6th Division in Linear Mode to deviation in dB for each setting Record dB values in Table D 8 To compute the Corrected Deviation add the Step Attenuator Error to the Deviation from the 6th Division in dB The difference between the maximum positive and the maximum negative Corrected Deviation values from 10 dBm to 80 dBm should not exceed 1 0 dB The difference between the maximum positive and the maximum negative Corrected Deviation values from 10 dBm to 100 dBm should not exceed 2 0 dB 002 Change ranges to 40 dBm V to 30 dBm V and 40 dBm V to 50 dBm V 10 dBm to 80 dBm 10 dBm to 100 dBm dB 4 48 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 23 REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY Cont d Table 4 1
59. 4 5 5 ASMP6 ASMP7 THRU ASMP10 ASMP 11 ASMP12THRU ASMP17 ASMP 18 ASMP19THRU ASMP22 ASMP23 ASMP24 ASMP25 A5R1 A5A1 A5A1Q1 A5A1R1 A5A1R2 A6 A6MP1 A6MP2 A6MP3 A6MP4 A6MP5 THRU A6MP7 A7 A7C1 A7C2 A7C3 A7C4 A7C5 A7C6 A7C7 A7C8 A7C9 A7C10 A7C11 A7C12 A7C13 A7C14 A7CR1 A7CR2 A7CR3 A7CR4 A7CR5 A7CR6 A7CR7 A7CR8 A7CR9 A7L1 A7L2 A7MP1 A7MP2 A7MP3 A7MP4 A7MP5 THRU A7MP8 A7MP9 THRU A7MP12 A7MP13THRU A7MP16 A7Q1 A7Q2 A7Q3 A7Q4 A7Q5 A7Q6 A7Q7 A7Q8 A7Q9 A7Q10 HP Part Number 08558 20074 085513 00032 08558 20120 3030 0397 0380 0573 0516 0041 2200 0151 2740 0001 08565 20068 08565 20069 08565 20092 0757 0346 08558 60028 5086 4218 0683 4705 0683 2715 5086 7080 08558 00008 08558 00008 08558 00076 08558 20118 686558 20119 08558 60126 0180 1746 0180 1746 0160 3466 0180 0197 0160 3094 0160 3457 0160 3094 0180 0197 0180 1745 0160 3466 0160 2055 0160 2055 0180 1714 0180 1714 1901 0040 1901 0535 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0040 08558 80011 08558 80011 1205 0002 1205 0002 1205 0002 08558 00007 0520 0129 0610 0001 2190 0014 1854 0039 1853 0451 1854 0023 1855 0417 1854 0039 1854 0023 1854 0475 1853 0012 1854 0882 1853 0007 014 Qty O lala 6 9 98 12 ANWOKR A A Table 6 3 Replaceable P
60. A8P1 IB 8 19 20 ABPI 21 TO ABPI 22 LTO ABRI 44 lt AlGJI 31 VERT GAIN TO AISPI 15 A641 36 VERT POSN TO 4 1 2 5 1 Al amp JI 42 PENLIFT FROM AiSPI 101 9 REF LEVEL CAL SHOWN WITH INPUT ATTEN dB SET TO 048 EXPAND TO 14 2161 15 BVT FROM AI4PI 8 26 2 REF LEVEL CAL 5000 AgPI 4 16 LOG LIN TO AI4PI 30 AI6JI 5 1664 4 1 38 At amp JI73 1665 TO 14 1 39 Al amp JI 166 TO 740 AJ6JI 7 IFG1 TO AIZPI 35 9 1892 AI2PI 34 AlBJI 11 IFG3 AIZPI 33 TM 11 6625 3061 14 lt NOTES 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED FOR COMPLETE DESIGNATOR PREFIX WITH ASSEMBLY REFERENCE DESIG NATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE OHMS 0 CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH 3 REFER TO FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIDNS 4 MNEMONIC TABLE DESCRIPTIDN BANDWIDTH CONTROL LINES FREQUENCY SPAN CON TRDL LINES FS2 ZERO SPAN FS6 YIG MAIN FM COIL GAIN CONTROL LINES SCAN TIME CONTROL LINES ST5 AUTO ST6 SLOW FAST ST7 MANUAL START C
61. Conductor Inner Type N Capacitor Insulator Contact RF Connector Body RF Connector Capacitor 0 12 F 50 Dielectric 24 AWG Wire RF Connector 75 ohm separate whiteteflon dielectric supplied with connector and pin is not used 28480 28480 28480 28480 28280 28480 28480 02660 02660 28480 28480 28480 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 08558 20080 08558 20079 3050 0253 08558 60127 08558 20077 08558 20076 5040 0306 131 149 131 150 0160 3344 08558 20101 1250 0505 Cable Assembly W1 08558 60038 or 08558 60031 Replaceable Parts 6 29 6 30 blank TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 6 31 through 6 33 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION VII MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES 7 1 INTRODUCTION 7 2 This section contains information for adapting this manual to earlier 85588 Spectrum Analyzers f the serial number prefix of your spectrum analyzer appears on the title page of this manual the contents of the manual are directly applicable to your instrument If however your spectrum analyzer has a lower serial number prefix than what is shown on the title page you must adapt this manual to your instrument by changing it as indicated in this section 7 3 To adapt this manual to your instrument refer to and make all the manual changes listed opposite your instrument serial number Make the changes in the sequence in which they are given
62. TRANSISTOR NPN S TRANSISTOR NPN S TRANSISTOR NPN S TRANSISTOR NPN S TO 18 PD 360MW TO 18 PD 360MW TO 18 PD 360MW TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PS 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360NW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PS 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 36ONW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET P CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET P CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET P CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET P CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET P CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 20MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 15MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN ST PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD2360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 3 amp 0MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 3 amp 0MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 5 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD2300MW FT 150MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 20 OMHZ TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE TO 18 SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 20
63. The possible switch combinations allow the gain to vary from unity all switches open to 50 dB maximum gain with all three emitter circuits grounded A TEST NORM switch 1251 is included in the emitter paths of the 20 dB step gain amplifiers In the TEST position the switch defeats the two 20 dB amplifier stages providing a fixed 10 dB of gain for use when making LOG amplifier adjustments Bandpass Filter The output of the step gain amplifiers is coupled through a two section bandpass filter The bandpass filter consists of A12L9 A12L10 A12C24 and A12C25 and provides rejection of signals outside the region of 21 4 MHz 19 5V Regulator The 19 5V regulator consists of series regulator A12Q13 driver 12012 and reference amplifier A12Q10 and Q11 Zener diode A12VR1 provides a 6 2V reference for the base of Q11 Q10 senses the 19 5V output across resistors A12R45 R46 and R7 19 5V adjustment Should the output voltage start to drop below 19 5V 010 will start to turn off This will turn on Q11 which turns on Q12 and Q13 raising the output back to 19 5V 111 and C27 filter the 19 5V output C26 between the collector and emitter of Q 12 is used to stabilize the feedback gain at high frequencies 15V 10 dB GAIN R Gain dB 20 Log 1 1 TO NEXT STAGE 20 Log 14 26 20 Log 3 16 562nor 7502 10 dB 2602 TOTAL 20 dB GAIN R NEEDED Gain dB 20 Log 1
64. div If the spectral line is off screen set FREQ SPANIDIV to 500 kHz and check that the spectral line is within 2 2 divisions of the center graticule line 6 Using procedure of step 5 adjust spectrum analyzer and comb generator controls as shown in Table 4 3 measure TUNING accuracy After tuning to each FREQUENCY MHz readout press FREQUENCY CAL switch before measuring TUNING accuracy 4 8 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 12 TUNING ACCURACY Cont d Table 4 3 Tuning Accuracy Measurement Spectrum Analyzer Comb Generator Specification FREQUENCY COMB Spectral line limits referenced MHz FREQ FREQUENCY MC to center graticule line Readout SPAN DIV Setting Divisions MHz Setting MHz Min Max 20 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 5 2 40 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 5 2 60 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 5 2 80 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 5 2 100 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 5 2 120 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 5 2 140 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 5 2 160 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 5 2 180 0 200 kHz 10 5 2 45 2 200 1 MHz 100 5 2 5 2 400 1 MHz 100 5 2 45 2 600 1 MHz 100 5 2 5 2 800 1 MHz 100 5 2 45 2 1000 1 MHz 100 5 2 5 2 1200 1 2 100 5 2 5 2 1400 1 2 100 5 2 5 2 1500 1 MHz 100 5 2 5 2 4 9 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 13 RESIDUAL FM SPECIFICATION Less than 1 kHz peak to peak for time 0 1 second FM DESCRIPTION This test measures the inherent short term instability residual FM of the LO s
65. e i t D 1 1 1 1 1 924 4 AI6JI IT VIDEO FILTER TO ABPI 34 16 5 1 9 gt 1 07 GND GND 4216 gt gt VIDEO FROM 2 1 1 t gt 1 8 VERT TO ABPI 4 AISPI i3 1 623 gt 1 NOISE MEASURE TO 53 w2Pi 92 92 4 15V FROM 29 wie A 82 gt gt pru lt lt Al Ji 48 FREQUENCY CAL TO A7PI 27 lt 47 FREO ZERO ATPI 6 28 lt 7 I2 6V FROM PI 28 9 55 PUSH TO COUPLE WITH S61 ii i Mz JOMHz E 20MHz 50MHz 100MMz 200 4 4 4 200 sei be 2MHz FREQ SPAN DIV Er START CENTER 87 am nam um I M CUM 25 BW3 TO ABPI IO AlGJ 29 Bw2 TO ABP 9 2 Bw TO ABPI 8 I ST CTR 1TO ABPI 4 885 TO AUPI 30 AISPI 50 ABPI 30 SWEEP TIME DIV MANUAL SWEEP 15V Aleul 43
66. 100 RESISTOR 3K 1 125W F TC 0 50 RESISTOR 508 1 12X 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5M 5 25W FC TC 800 1100 RESISTOR 2K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 76K 25 125W TC 0 50 RESISTOR 348K 1 125W TC 0 1100 RESISTOR 147 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 46 4K 1 12 5W F TC 0 10 RESISTOR 1 33K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 15W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125W F TC 0 100 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 8 Mfr Code 20480 31585 04713 04713 28480 20480 28480 04713 01295 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 02111 02111 28480 24546 24546 01121 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 01121 24546 28480 24546 01121 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 01121 01121 24546 24546 19701 24546 28480 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 28480 03888 01121 19701 19701 28480 84546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 1854 0882 2 30535 2 3251 2 3251 1855 0062 1855 0062 1854 0404 2 3251 2 4391 1855 0062 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0404 1855 0062 1854 0404 2100 1754 2100 1760 2100 1754 2100 1757 2100 1757 2100 1756 43P501 43P501 0698 3450 4 1 8 1331 4 1 8 1003 CS1555 C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F
67. 1251 0600 0360 1788 0360 1788 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 9 O amp Q0 000 O T0 CO CO CO O O Oo O ILIO QO O qO0InmNO Or N Qty mm Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE TO 92 SI TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W 0 100 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 162 196 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 23 7 196 125W 100 RESISTOR 6 81 1 1251W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 47K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 464 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 196 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F 1C D 100 RESISTOR 237 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC D 100 RESISTOR 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 1M 20 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TC 0 1R
68. 1901 0040 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0070 1901 0070 9170 0029 1200 0173 1200 0173 1250 0830 1250 0830 9100 2255 9100 2255 08558 80002 08558 80012 9100 2255 9100 2250 9100 2255 9100 2255 9100 2249 9100 2249 9100 2276 9140 0178 9140 0178 9140 0143 9100 1623 9100 1623 08558 00014 08558 00079 1854 0345 1854 0247 1854 0247 1854 0019 1854 0404 2100 2522 0757 0280 0757 0346 0757 0424 2100 3123 0757 0346 0757 0346 0757 0799 0757 0274 0698 7188 0698 7196 0698 7203 0698 7206 0757 0416 0757 0416 0698 3450 0757 0463 0698 3438 0683 0475 0757 0464 0698 3150 0698 3156 0757 0418 0698 3159 0757 0317 0698 3447 0757 0280 0757 0418 0000 OXO IO O 00 000 COO O amp I OS I OO 9 O XQ Co I NN Qty 10 23 N A 12 Oc Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE PWR RECT 600V 750MA DO 29 DIODE PWR RECT 600V 750MA DO 29 CORE SHIELDING BEAD INSULATOR XSTR DAP GL I
69. 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0040 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 0040 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0040 1901 1085 1901 0047 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0047 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 9170 0029 9100 1622 9100 0105 9100 1619 9100 1619 9100 9100 1619 9100 1619 9100 1619 9100 1627 9100 1629 9100 1622 9100 1619 9140 0145 9100 2269 1854 0071 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1853 0020 1853 0007 1853 0345 1853 0015 1854 0475 20000 O 0000 o0q000000000 00 2 0 do o q2dovocov dv Jg Ee 030009000 Table 7 7 Replaceable Parts 2 of 4 CHANGE Qty 17 17 N P O Ne Seo Description CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 10 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CE CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SW
70. 2 153 resistor network See A2 Schematic XTAL Resolution Bandwidth Control When a XTAL bandwidth is selected 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz control line BW5 is released from 15V on the front panel and is pulled to 5V by Q13 This has four effects 1 On the Bandwidth Filter boards CR2 and CR13 are turned off and Q6 CR8 and 15 are turned allowing the XTAL filters to operate 2 021 is turned off allowing BW7 to be pulled up to more than 10V by CR18 and R82 This turns off the LC filter sections on the Bandwidth Filter boards 3 Q14 is turned off allowing the voltage on BW6 to be controlled by the current through A8Q 19 4 Q22 is turned off having an effect on sweep time which is discussed in detail later The current through Q19 is a function of the states off or on of Q15 Q17 Q42 the values of factory select resistors R74 R76 and R78 and the setting of R72 XTL 3 kHz adjustment The off on states of Q15 Q17 and Q42 are controlled by BW1 BW2 and BW3 which are controlled by the front panel RESOLUTION BW switch and are at either 15V or some negative voltage The amount of current through Q19 controls the bandwidths of the XTAL filter sections on the Bandwidth Filter boards LC Resolution Bandwidth Control When LC bandwidth is selected 3 MHz 1 MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz control line BW5 is pulled to 15V at the front panel This has four effects 1 On the Bandwidth Filter boards Q6
71. 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 Mfr Part Number 08558 60100 5021 3213 1460 0012 5021 3227 1480 0017 5001 5818 5021 3218 08559 60060 08558 60098 5021 3224 GRADE 50 1460 0623 1480 0059 08558 20066 08558 20059 08558 20089 1460 1376 5061 54240 3050 0032 2200 0105 5001 5813 5001 5814 2260 0009 2200 0111 0380 0034 0510 0015 5021 3226 1460 0578 5061 5425 0510 0027 08558 00053 1460 0537 2950 0001 2190 0016 08558 40007 2190 0067 2950 0006 2100 3066 3050 0028 2100 3973 08558 20114 08558 20113 08559 20040 1430 0568 1460 1542 5001 5825 2100 3452 2100 3593 1430 0567 2190 0390 3050 0086 1460 0019 08558 60168 08558 60171 2200 0103 5001 5817 3050 0105 G462Y MOD 5001 5816 5021 3220 08558 20058 5021 3225 C0180 014 0310 S 08558 40004 08558 20139 2100 3332 08558 20030 08558 40005 5061 5423 5021 3221 08558 20061 5061 5422 5021 3217 1490 0841 3050 0080 08558 00021 2100 0542 3050 0017 6 33 6 34 blank 12 PLACES Figure 6 3 Front Switch Assembly TM 11 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B Reference Designation 105 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 HP Part Number 2260 0001 08558 20056 08558 20058 2190 0102 3050 0124 08558 20055 3030 0332 08558 40007 2950 0142 08558 20049 2200 0151 08558 20048 1460 0537 08558 00053 08558 00026 2200 0151 2950 0054 2190 0068 2200 0155
72. 5 IMHz to 1500 MHz Spectrum Analyzer TUNING Power Meter Reading MHz dBm Table 4 6 Frequency Response 100 kHz to 5 MHz Spectrum Analyzer Function Generator Power Meter Reading Frequency dBm 5 MHz 3 MHz 1MHz 500 kHz 100 kHz 4 40 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 21 BANDWIDTH SWITCHING AMPLITUDE VARIATION SPECIFICATION 3 MHz to 300 kHz lt 0 5 dB 3 MHz to kHz lt 1 0 dB 100 kHz bandwidth limited to lt 800 DESCRIPTION The spectrum analyzer 280 MHz CAL OUTPUT signal is applied to the INPUT connector and displayed on the CRT The peak of the displayed 280 MHz signal is centered on the CRT and adjusted for a vertical deflection of seven divisions The amplitude variation of the 280 MHz signal is measured for each RESOLUTION BW control setting The overall variation between RESOLUTION BW settings of 3 MHz to 300 kHz should be equal to or less than 1 dB 0 5 dB The overall variation between RESOLUTION BW settings of the 3 MHz to 1 kHz should be equal to or less than 2 dB 1 0 dB EQUIPMENT BNC Cable 20 cm 9 HP 10502A Adapter m to HP 1250 0780 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 75Q to 500 2202000000000000000000000 HP08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 50 99 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA 9
73. C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 1101 F C4 1 8 TO 1211 F 4 1 8 2871 81555 C4 1 8 TO 5111 F 0698 3450 C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C155 0698 5458 C4 1 8 TO 1003 F 4 1 8 5111 4 1 8 1961 4 1 8 3831 4 1 8 2871 1555 81555 C4 1 S TO 1001 F 4 1 8 3831 8 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 4221 F 0698 3458 C4 1 8 TO 1472 F C4 1 8 10 1963 F C4 1 S TO 101 F 06 98 2458 C4 1 8 TO 1623 F 4 1 8 3162 C4 1 8 1T623 F 84 1 8 TO 101 F 4 1 8 101 1 8 0 191 42 8 1 1 4 01 8 0 2871 0698 6271 PME55 1 8 TO 503R1 C C81555 NF4C1 8 10 2001 C MF4C1 8 T2 2761 C 0698 345 8 C4 1 8 TO 147R F C4 1 8 TO 4642 F 4 1 8 1331 MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F 4 1 8 3831 Model 8558B Reference Designation A7R61 A7R62 A7R63 A7R64 A7R65 A7R66 A7R67 A7R68 A7R69 A7R70 A7R71 A7R72 A7R73 A7R74 A7R75 A7R76 A7R77 A7R78 A7R79 A7TP1 THRU A7TP19 A7U1 A7U2THRU A7U4 705 706 7 1 A7VR2 A7VR3 A8 A8C1 A8C2 A8C3 A8C4 A8C5 A8C6 A8C7 A8C8 A8C9 A8C10 A8C11 A8C12 A8C13 A8C14 A8C15 A8C16 A8C17 A8C18 A8C19 A8C20 A8C21 A8C22 A8C23 A8C24 A8C25 A8C26 A8C27 A8CR1 A8CR2 A8CR3 A8CR4 A8CR5 A8CR6 A8CR7 A8CR8 A8CR9 A8CR10 A8CR11 A8CR12 A8CR13 A8CR14 A8CR15 HP Part Number 0757 0401 0757 0416 0757 0199 0690 3450 0757 0441 0811 3247 0683 1065 0698 3156 0757 0199 0757 0401 0811 3
74. COMIARATOR VOLTAGE 0 SWEEP RAMP HIGH LOW Pos NORMALIZER CONTROL 0 55 LIMIT COMPARATOR LINE LOW NORMAL TEMPERATURE one IZER ENABLED CONTE op FILTERED VIDEO j SIGNAL 14 5 5V YAXIS OUTPUT FROM ur NORMALIZER an al VERTICAL OUTPUT PI 19 N f e FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SIGNAL RETRACE NAMES AND MNEMONICS SEE A16 a MOTHERBOARD SCHEMATIC Aneriv i Figure 8 42 A15 Vertical driver and Blanking Schematic 8 95 8 96 blank TM 11 6625 3061 14 MAINFRAME p 16 MOTHERBOARD ASSEMBLY mein 1 08558 60159 SHEET 1 OF 2 21 4 MHZ IF IN 21 4 MHz IF OUT XA13 23 XA95 21 4 MHz IF IN PI vR4 v m 916 gt A2AI 927 SINGLE V SING SEC T 97 gt P1 28 97 P1 28 126v 1 MAN SWP 9 d i 8 3 1621 35 9271 29 AUTO SWP d 20 oll B 13 LNORM 4 TO 205V AT HORIZ GAIN as YNORM 5 TO 1504 A161115 XA11 30 XA13 30 So BOTTOM 9 SIDE CRT 1 1621 16 XA8 31 XA11 31 13 31 E _ m 32 XAM 32 902 46 XA13 32 XAB 32 i N lt 1
75. RESISTOR 10 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 50 20 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 62K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 750 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 371K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 261 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 1M 20 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W
76. Resistance Resistor Right Hing Rosin Rubber Resin Run Torque Reference RES Research Resistance Resistor Radio Frequency RGD PEN Rigi RUNI e site ee acon Round Rear RM T Rivet Riveted SAWR Surface Acoustic Wave Resonator CE Segment Sic Reece ree ingle Sls Silicon Square Inch o Slide Slow SIT utet Slate Slot Slotted MA Subminiature A Type Threaded Connector EEEE Subminiature C Type Threaded Connector SPCG SPDTSUBMIN Single Pole Spacing Throw Subminiature er Single Pole Single DM 66 7 2222222 1 55 steel Sla tercie det Steel 225242425 2104 2400 21642424 24042104244 REL ERN T Tab Width Teeth Temperature Tera Tesla Thermoplastic Insulation Thickness Time Timed Tooth Turns Ratio ient Temperature orem Thermoplastic TED ss ite Thread Threaded TAK RC HOP AIRE Thick TO Type Designation Troy Ounce Positivo TR HD Truss Head TRMR Trimmer TRN Turns UNDE Torsion U Microcandela Microfarad Microhenry ce Microliter Underwriters Laboratories Inc HDND
77. SMC f to BNC Mica bi koe Debes crt odio dud e aed HP 11592 60001 Extender Cable PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows elu DI E RESOLUTIONS uae dad d EN LEVEL eg ud ad aa 002 40 Amplitude Scale P SWEEP TIMED V COE Eoo Oda SWEEP TRIGGER CE 2 Set signal generator frequency to 301 4 MHz and set output level to approximately 35 dBm 5 21 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 5 20 ADJUSTMENTS SECOND IF BANDPASS AMPLIFIER AND BANDPASS FILTER ADJUSTMENT Cont d NOTE If 8640B is not used adjust the signal generator for maximum signal on the display in step 3 Remove W6P2 from Second IF A10J1 Connect signal generator through test cable to A10J1 as shown in Figure 5 5 Adjust bandpass filter capacitors A10C1 A10C2 and A10C3 on Second IF Assembly fully counterclockwise Adjust REFERENCE LEVEL if necessary for an on screen display Adjust A10C1 for maximum signal amplitude Make final adjustment with Amplitude Scale switch in LIN position Leave switch in LIN position Use REFERENCE LEVEL and REF LEVEL FINE controls to keep signal on top half of display Adjust A10C3 for maximum signal amplitude
78. See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Description RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 121 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16 1 125W F TC 0 100 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 162 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1
79. Step Attenuator Reference Level DVM Reading A14R34 Ref 800 1 mV A14R33 800 5 mV A14R30 800 5 mV A14R27 800 5 mV No Adjustment 800 10 mV Plus offset Log Gain 21 Set spectrum analyzer control as follows REFERENCGE LEVEL tte ett ettet ete ee eee acea ed cetseatiacadaseccstssattecedacdeestve 50 dBm 002 0 dBmV Amplitude Scale 1 dB DIV 22 Set 10 dB step attenuator to 0 dB Adjust signal generator for DVM reading 1 mV of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 23 Set 10 dB step attenuator to 40 dB Set REF LEVEL dBm to 90 and adjust A14R121 LOG GAIN for DVM reading 3 mV of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 002 40 dBmV 24 Check log gain steps according to Table 5 9 Table 5 9 Log Gain Adjustment Limits Step Attenuator Reference Level DVM Reading Ref 800 1 mV 800 30 mV 800 30 mV 800 30 mV 800 30 mV Plus offset 5 43 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 26 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT Cont d Error Check 1 dB DIV 25 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows REFERENCE dicc 50 dBm 002 0dBmV Amplitude SCal E E 1dB 26 Set both step attenuators to 0 dB Reduce signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until signal appears at top of display Adjust signal generator FINE TUNE to peak trace on display and adjust OUTPUT LEVEL for DVM reading 1 mV o
80. and the attenuated sweep ramp from the Sweep Buffer The output from A7US is the attenuated sweep only when 2 MHz DIV or wider frequency spans have been selected In narrower frequency spans only the sum of the TUNING voltages is applied to the main coil swept driver The attenuated sweep and TUNING voltages are summed across A7R49 and R52 and then applied to the noninverting input of A7U4 Diode A7CR3 prevents the input of the swept driver from going negative and driving it into cutoff A7U4 drives the current source which converts the voltage at the emitter of Q1 into current to drive the YIG main tuning coil The current from A7Q1 Q3 is summed with the current from the fixed driver current source A7Q5 Q6 to increase the main coil current synchronously with the TUNING and sweep voltages The YIG upper frequency 3 55 GHz is set by 7 1 coarse adjust and A7R2 fine adjust The emitter A7Q1 is connected to the inverting input of A7U4 to provide a voltage proportional to the collector current of Q1 Q3 to be used as negative feedback Frequency AnA10g Output for Blanking The emitter of A7Q1 also drives the base of A7Q2 A7Q2 is an emitter follower that provides the frequency anA10g output voltage to Third Converter Assembly A3 and to the Sweep Ramp High Low Limit Comparator A15U1 of Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15 See A15 Schematic 8 37 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Coarse and Fine TUNING The Coarse and Fine tuning vol
81. bold faced alpha numeric characters 0 A4 in the lower right hand corner of each schematic diagram 8 5 SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS TERMINOLOGY AND VOLTAGE LEVELS 8 6 Symbols and terminology used on the schematic diagrams are explained in Figure 8 1 8 1 Test conditions for the signal and dc voltage levels shown on the block and schematic diagrams are prov ided i 8 7 TEST EQUIPMENT 8 8 Test instruments and accessories used to maintain the spectrum analyzer are listed in If the listed instrument is not available another instrument that meets the required minimums specifications may be substituted 8 9 TROUBLESHOOTING 8 10 General 8 11 Troubleshooting to the assembly level is accomplished by referring to the overall and troubleshooting block diagrams and by checking for the voltages given for the various system test points Once the problem is isolated to a particular assembly the circuit description and schematic diagram for the suspect assembly are used to locate the faulty component 8 12 Before pursuing any troubleshooting in the spectrum analyzer you should first make sure the problem is not in the display mainframe or is not caused by a faulty connection between the spectrum analyzer and the display mainframe 8 13 Troubleshooting Hints NOTE When a part is replaced an adjustment of the affected circuitry is usually required For adjustment procedures refer to 8 14 Residual FM tro
82. l wort 1 REF LEVEL CAL 1 1 2 EXPAND ITO AISPI 14 1 6 161 16 LOG LIN TO 4 30 AI6JI 5 1864 TO 44471 36 3 1765 TO AI4Pi 39 6 1 1766 TO ALaPL 40 161 AIZPI 35 6 9 1 6 2 AIZPI 54 561 1663 TO 733 Figure 7 3 Front Switch Assembly A2 Schematic CHANGE A 7 13 7 14 blank TM 11 6625 3061 14 NOTES 1 EXCEPT FOR W9 INTERCONNECT CABLE ASSY REFERENCE DESIGNA TORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIA TION WITH ASSEMBLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFERENCE OESIGNATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS Q CAPACITANCE MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH 3 MNEMGNIC TABLE BANOWIDTH CONTROL LINES FREQUENCY SPAN CONTROL LINES IF GAIN CONTROL LINES SCAN TIME CONTROL LINES 576 ENABLES FAST SCAN TIMES START CENTER 10V TEMP VARIABLES A2 Model 8558B 14 LOG AMPLIFIER 08565 60111 5 FUNCTION PIN SIGNAL TO FROM BLOCK P o R6 VEDEO 2 VIDEO Eins 25 eo meti m pm oum iE 25 126v 1 28 o 4 GNO o 5 GND o 27 15 P139 o 6 ag 9 o 26 o o 30 GND o 9 GND o 3 o
83. lt 107 dBm 1 1500 MHz 001 lt 100 dBm 1 1500 MHz 002 lt 53 dBmV 1 1500 MHz Calibrated Display Range Log from Reference Level 70 dB with 10 dB DIV Amplitude Scale 8 dB with 1 dB DIV Amplitude Scale Linear 8 divisions with LIN Amplitude Scale AMPLITUDE ACCURACY With AUTO sweep time selected amplitude accuracy is determined by one or more of the following factors depending on the measurement technique Calibrator Output 30 dBm 1 dB into 50Q 280 MHz 300 kHz 001 30 dBm 1 dB into 750 002 20 dBm V 1 dB into 750 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 1 1 HP Model 8558B Specifications 2 of 3 Reference Level 10 dB steps and a 12 dB vernier for calibrated Reference Level adjustment from 112 dBm to 60 dBm 002 62 dBm V to 1 10 dBm V 1 Step Accuracy Steps referenced with 0 dB input attenuation 10 dBm to 80 dBm 0 5 dB 10 dBm to 100 dBm 1 0 dB Vernier Accuracy 0 5 dB Frequency Response Frequency response includes input attenuator limiter and mixer flatness 6 lt 1 0 dB with 10 dB input attenuation Input Attenuator 0 dB to 70 dB of input attenuation selectable in 10 dB steps Step Accuracy 0 dB to 70 dB lt 0 5 dB per 10 dB step Maximum Cumulative Error 0 dB to 70 dB lt 1 0 dB Bandwidth Switching Amplitude Variation Bandwidths 3 MHz to 300 kHz lt 0 5 dB Bandwidths 3 MHz to 1 kHz 1 0 dB Display Fidelity CRT linearity and log or linear fidelity affect
84. petto et obtu HP 11593A 001 and 002 75 Ohm Termination HP 11652 60010 PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows CENTER TUNING iet te Ret eR taba ta Te hae Vaas tate aa aes tata Vaaa a eta a ten 500 MHz FREQ Ec ZB 100 MHz RESOLUTION BW REM 1 MHz INPUT ATTEN R 0 dB REFERENCE LEVEL aee i 60 dBm 002 10 dBm V Amplitude Scale 5 a aea maa 10 dB DIV SWEEP TIME DIV a SM AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER MI FREE RUN VIDEO FIIETERS oda LR ede ae Fully clockwise not in detent Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 19 RESIDUAL RESPONSES Cont d 2 10 11 12 13 Terminate INPUT 501 connector with 50 ohm coaxial termination see Figure 4 16 001 and 002 750 75 ohm With variable persistence display in NORM mode set LO feedthrough to far left vertical graticule line Set BASELINE CLIPPER to 3 o clock Set HP 181T to WRITE mode Set PERSISTENCE control to MAX and INTENSITY control to approximately 12 o clock Set spectrum analyzer SWEEP TRIGGER to SINGLE sweep mode and RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz Momentarily press ERASE pushbutton NOTE When the ERASE pushbutton is pressed the spectr
85. thereby varying the ramp output voltage Current Source Current for the generation of the sweep is provided by the current source circuit The temperature dependent power supply provides a nominal 10V Q6 is the temperature sensing element diode The following switches control current to operational amplifier U2A 2 RESOLUTION BW switch A2A1S5 FREQ SPAN DIV switch A2A1S6 VIDEO FILTER potentiometer A2R5 and TIME DIV switch A2A1S3 In the AUTO sweep time mode the sweep time is controlled by the RESOLUTION BW FREQ SPAN DIV and VIDEO FILTER which set the currents to U2A These currents are summed by U2A to produce a voltage proportional to the log of the sweep time Q4 is the current driver and converts voltage variations into current variations proportional to sweep time The current is applied to the timing capacitors C3 and C4 in the buffer amplifier circuit 8 48 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Q7 provides temperature compensation for Q4 Q8 is a constant current regulator for Q7 In AUTO the sweep time is limited to 1 ms and longer because current is limited to 1 mA by Q5 R15 In the calibrated sweep time division mode the gate of Q52 is grounded This turns Q52 off and disconnects the currents proportional to RESOLUTION BW FREQ SPAN DIV and VIDEO FILTER Calibrated sweep times are now produced by the currents fed to U2A through R40 through R44 Those resistors are grounded in various combinations by SWEEP TIME DIV switch
86. 0040 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0047 1901 1085 1901 1010 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 0040 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0040 1901 1085 1901 0047 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0047 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 9170 0029 9100 1622 9100 0105 9100 1619 9100 1619 9100 1619 9100 1619 9100 1619 9100 1619 9100 1627 9100 1629 9100 1622 9100 1619 9140 0145 9100 2269 1854 0071 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1853 0020 2N3251 2N5179 1853 0015 185 0475 Model 8558B Reference Designation 14021 14022 14023 14024 14025 A14R1 A14R2 A14R3 A14R4 A14R5 A14R6 A14R7 A14R8 A14R9 A14R10 A14R11 A14R12 A14R13 A14R14 A14R15 A14R16 A14R17 A14R18 A14R19 A14R20 A14R21 A14R22 A14R23 A14R24 A14R25 A14R26 A14R27 A14R28 A14R29 A14R30 A14R31 A14R32 A14R33 A14R34 A14R35 A14R36 A14R37 A14R38 A14R39 A14R40 A14R41 A14R42 A14R43 A14R44 A14R45 A14R46 A14R47 A14R48 A14R49 A14R50 A14R51 A14R52 A14R53 A14R54 A14R55 A14R56 A14R57 A14R58 A14R59 A14R60 A14R61 A14R62 A14R63 A14R64 A14R65 A14R66 A14R67 A14R68 A14R69 A14R70 HP Part Number 1854 0404 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0039 2100 3109 2100 3161 2100 3109 0757 0442 0757 0279 0757 0346 0757 0442 0757 0280 0
87. 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 0228 0160 2055 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3459 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2256 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 0195 0160 2055 0160 2308 0160 2240 0160 2055 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0 0 Replaceable Parts 1 of 4 CHANGE B LOG AMPLIFIER CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD Description 01UF 80 2076 100VDC CER 02UF 20 100VDC CER 02UF 20 100VDC CER 02UF 20 100VDC CER 02UF 20 100VDC CER 80 20 100VDC CER 02UF 20 100VDC CER 02UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 2076 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 80 2076 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 2076 100VDC CER
88. 0404 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0019 1855 0002 1855 0082 1855 0082 1855 0082 1855 0062 1855 0082 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0404 1853 0020 1854 0071 1855 0417 1854 0071 1853 0020 1854 0071 0698 3450 2100 3154 0757 0279 0757 0419 0757 0459 0698 3152 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0444 2100 3109 Qty 20 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2HS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA INS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 THERMAL LINK DUAL TO 18 CS STANDOFF RVT ON 312 IN LG 6 32THD SCREW MACH 6 32 188 IN LG BDG HD SLT TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 30OMW FT 200MNHZ TRANSISTOR J FET P CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET P CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR PNP 2N31251 SI T0 18 PD 360NW TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 15SNHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300nW FT 200NHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360NW TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200NHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 3SSNW FT 201HZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN DOMODE TO 18 SI TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MIIZ
89. 0757 0442 0698 3444 0757 0837 0757 0844 0698 3440 0757 0420 0757 0844 0698 3440 MN M CO CO 00 1 IL PO 0000 IO 00 02 Qty Table 6 3 Heplaceable Parts Description DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INSULATOR XSTR DAP GL TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3440 SI TO 5 PD 1W TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3440 SI TO 5 PD 1W TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 600MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3440 SI TO 5 PD 1W TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3440 SI TO 5 PD 1W TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN 2 30535 SI 39 PD 1W TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3799 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3799 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR DUAL NPN PD 750MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR JFET DUAL N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE TO 18 SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE TO 18 SI RESISTOR TRMR 500 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 750 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC
90. 08558 00021 2190 0019 08558 20054 G462Y MOD 08558 00081 3050 0105 08558 20030 2200 0143 08558 40004 08558 00025 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 7 11 through 7 14 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 7 6 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT CHANGE B REFERENCE A14 and A15 Schematics DESCRIPTION 10 dB DIV and LIN are adjusted for correct steps and full screen display translations DIGITAL SIGNAL OSCILLOSCOPE VOLTMETER GENERATOR 05020 01000 ATTENUATOR 15 1 EXTENOER CABLE ASSEMBLY SPECTRUM ANALYZER Figure 7 4 Log Amplifier Log and Linear Adjustment Test Setup CHANGE B EQUIPMENT Signal iere ee 8640 Digital Voltmet t er Pee ree RR HP 34740A 34702A TO dB ATtenualtQor ou o toa desea enter Dh E SR TE ended HP 84914 Option 010 Step Attenuator 10 dB Step ee e tede re CHE RE nh ke HP 355D Adapter Type N Male on one end BNC Female on other end 2 2 ee mnn HP 1250 0780 Adapter Type Female on both mene HP 1250 0777 Adapter Type N Male on one end SMG om other end tende rhe npn uera Deae aka NR YR an eaa na HP 1250 1023 7 15 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 7 6 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND
91. 100 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 10 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 196 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 21 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W F 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 X 125W F TC 0 100 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 045 IN BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 045 IN BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 045 IN BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 045 IN BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ NOT ASSIGNED CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ DIODE ZNR 6 81V 5 X DO 35 PD 4W CRYSTAL 21 4 MHZ MATCHED SET OF 4 INCL A13Y1 A13Y2 A11Y1 AND A11Y2 LOG AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 50VDC CER 4 209 6 50VDC CER 20 50VDC CER 01UF 20 50VDC CER 01UF 20 100VDC CER 01UF 20 50VDC CER 01UF 20 50VDC CER 01UF 20 50VDC CER 01UF 20 50VDC CER 01UF 20 50VDC CER NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 50VDC CER NOT ASSIGN
92. 100 kHz Note where signal intersects the center vertical graticule line Adjust A11C45 LC CTR for maximum signal amplitude where the signal intersects the center vertical graticule line Switch RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz and center signal then switch to 100 kHz Note where signal intersects the center vertical graticule line Adjust A11C23 LC CTR for maximum signal amplitude where the signal intersects the center vertical graticule line Switch RESOLUTION BW between 100 kHz and 30 kHz to be sure the signal is centered at both bandwidth settings Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 5 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz Center signal with TUNING control Bandwidth Amplitude 33 34 35 Set A11R31 XTL and A13R31 XTL fully counterclockwise Set Amplitude Scale switch to 1 dB DIV Jumper A8TP1 to A8TP2 Short A11TP3 A11TP6 1 and A13TP6 to ground 5 27 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 5 21 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 ADJUSTMENTS CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS Cont d Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz and FREQ SPAN DIV to 50 kHz Adjust fine TUNING and REF LEVEL FINE for a centered signal at 7 divisions Remove shorts from A13TP3 and A13TP6 and center signal with fine TUNING control Adjust A13R26 LC for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions Remove shorts from Al1TP3 and Al1TP6 Adjust A11R26 LC for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions Repeat steps 35 through 39 until n
93. 107 dBm 107 dBm LIMIT Figure 4 12 Average Noise Level Measurement 4 26 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 SPURIOUS RESPONSES SPECIFICATION Image and multiple responses and second harmonic distortion products are 70 dB below a 40 dBm in put signal with 0 dB input attenuation 001 35 dBm input signal 002 15dBmV input signal Third order intermodulation distortion products are gt 70 dB below two 30 dBm input signals separated by gt 50 kHz with 0 dB input attenuation 001 two 25 dBm input signals 002 two 25 dBm V input signals 60 dB for 100 kHz to 5 MHz input signals DESCRIPTION A signal source with a lowpass filter is used to measure harmonic distortion The LPF is required to ensure that the signals displayed on the CRT are due to harmonic distortion in the spectrum analyzer rather than to the harmonic content of the signal generator In measuring spurious responses due to image frequencies out of band responses and intermodulation distortion signals from two separate sources are applied to the spectrum analyzer SPECTRUM SIGNAL GENERATOR ANALYZER DOS IR TRAC S MT 9 9 9 Q 9 RF OUTPUT 10 dB ATTENUATOR 7 ADAPTER INPUT ADAPTER 300 MHz LPF Figure 4 13 Harmonic Distortion Test Setup 4 27 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 SPURIOUS RESPONSES Cont d EQUIPMENT Signal Ge
94. 11 6625 3061 14 The main coil is used for wide range sweeping and tuning with the coil current varying from approximately 50 to 8 mA The FM coil is used only for narrow spans 1 MHz DIV and less with the coil current varying from approximately 25 mA to 25 mA The YIG Oscillator Assembly consists of three parts a sealed magnet assembly which encloses the YIG sphere and oscillator a bias board which uses discrete components to establish oscillator amplifier bias and to protect against supply noise and voltage overloads and a mu metal magnetic shielding can 8 30 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A3 MIN rmm mm rmn e J2 n Figure 8 14 Input Attenuator A6 MP6 BEHIND pue BRACKET MP1 bae spike M MP4 d BEHIND BRACKET MP3 MP7 J2 Figure 8 15 A 6 YIG Oscillator 8 31 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 4 EXTERNAL VIEW J4 J2 J1 MP3 MP2 J3 UNDERNEATH INTERNAL VIEW J2 J3 J1 UNDER POLYIRON UNDER UNDER NEATH MODE SUPPRESSOR NEATH NEATH ADS TARAS ERS KAAARAAAA MASA DA r AA 345 AAA QU AAA XXX AN JA gt R1 e Feo i 4 g 4 5 N 4 ce y y Pal 834 849 2 Y i C i R2 iy Xi j 2 4 n i 6 POCO nf M P dus M M UPON J4 UNDER R5 R3 R4 U1 BOTH DIODES MP1 MP2
95. 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 42 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 51 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 61 9K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 51 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28400 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28400 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 01295 04713 04713 28480 28480 04713 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 28480 28480 24546 24546 24546 03888 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 30983 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 22 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 1901 1070 1901 1005 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0040 1901 1005 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 9170 0029 9100 1618 9140 0144 9140 0105 9100 1619 9100 1619 9140 0114 9140 0114 9140 0114 9140 0112 9140 0105 9100 1627 9100 1629 9100 1622 9100 2257 2N2219A 2N2907A 2N2907A 1853 0015 1853 0015 2N3251
96. 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 19 6K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 750 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 287 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 2 61K 1 RESISTOR 13 6K 1 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 9K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 28 7K 1 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 RESISTOR 3 48K 1 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 147 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 22K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 6 81K 1 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESIS
97. 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 62K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 1M 20 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 47K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 50 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 215 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 237 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W TC 0 100 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 28480 04713 04713 28480 04713 28480 04713 20480 04713 24546 24546 24546 24546 03888 03888 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 02111 24546 19701 24546 24546 02111 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546
98. 14 5 volt supply to 14 5 volts Adjusts frequency span accuracy for frequency spans 1 MHz per division Adjusts frequency for correct DPM frequency readout at 190 0 MHz Adjusts frequency control circuit for proper DPM ranging Adjusts frequency for correct FREQUENCY MHZ readout at 200 MHz Adjusts sweep ramp to calibrate 2 ms per division sweep time Adjusts sweep ramp to calibrate 1 ms per division sweep time Adjusts 10 volt supply This adjustment must be performed while spectrum analyzer is still cold during first five minutes after turn on Adjusts IF bandwidth between 3 dB points for RESOLUTION BW setting of 3 kHz Adjusts IF bandwidth between 3 dB points for RESOLUTION BW setting of 1 MHz Adjusts third converter 280 MHz crystal controlled LO for maximum output Model 8558B Adjustment Name SLOPE COMP 3rd LO PWR C 1 C2 C3 2nd IF TUNING SYM LC CTR CTR SYM LC CTR CTR C73 C74 LC XTL 40 dB 10 dB GAIN 0 dB TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 1 Adjustable Components 2 of 4 Reference Designator A9R1 A9R5 A10C1 A10C3 A10L2 A11C15 A11C23 A11C25 A11C38 A11C45 A11C54 A11C73 A11C74 A11R26 A11R31 A12R1 A12R3 A12R4 A12R5 Adjustment Paragraph Ko m o e m N 1 1 1 1 IND e e el Ee N
99. 16 Figure 8 18 qure 8 18 Figure 8 17 Precedes Figure 8 20 CO Precedes Figure 8 20 Figure 8 22 Precedes Figure 8 23 Figure 8 26 Figure 8 25 Precedes Figure 8 26 Model 8558B Table 8 1 Service Information Index 2 of 2 Subject Second IF Assembly A10 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Bandwidth Filter No 1 Assembly A11 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Step Gain Assembly A12 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Bandwidth Filter No 2 Assembly A13 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Log Amplifier Assembly A14 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Motherboard Assembly A16 Schematic Component Locations Inverter Assembly A17 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Major Assemblies Location of 8 3 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Location Figure 8 26 Figure 8 25 Follows iqure 8 29 F lt C Figure 8 33 Precedes Figure 8 33 Figure 8 3 Precedes Figure 8 35 Figure 8 38 Figure 8 37 Precedes Figure 8 38 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 4 Precedes Figure 8 42 i Figure 8 43 Model 8558B electrolytic capacitor not shown usually causes the displayed signal to step down and remain at the same level for several divisions
100. 188 IN LG UNCT 82 DEG SCREW MACH 4 40 438 IN LG 82 DEG COVER LOG AMPLIFIER COVER BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 1 COVER STEP GAIN COVER BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 2 SPACER RND 312 IN LG 18 IN ID WASHER FL MTLC NO 4 125 IN ID CLAMP CABLE 125 iDIA 375 WD NYL NUT HEX W LKWR 6 32 THD 109 IN THK WASHER LK INTL T 3 8 IN 377 IN ID NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 IN THK 1 WASHER LK INTL T 1 2 IN 505 IN ID NUT HEX DBL CHAM 1 2 28 THD 125 IN THK BEZEL PB 330 IN SQ JADE GRAY PUSHBUTTON SQUARE JADE GRAY POINTER INPUT ATTENUATOR SPRING CONICAL KNOB ASSY REFERENCE LEVEL OPT 002 KNOB ASSY REFERENCE LEVEL STD OPT 001 INDEX DISK OPT 002 REFERENCE LEVEL INDEX DISK STD OPT 001 REFERENCE LEVEL RETAINER RING BSC EXT 188 IN DIA BE CU KNOB ASSY REF LEVEL FINE KNOB ASSY RESOLUTION BW KNOB ASSY FREQ SPAN DIV PUSHBUTTON SQUARE WILLOW GREEN NUT SPCLY 15 32 32 THD 1 IN THK 562 WD KNOB LOCK CABLE ASSY PROBE POWER 16 CABLE ASSY 75 OHM INPUT W1 OPT 001 002 CABLE ASSY 50 OHM INPUT W1 STD SEE FIG 6 1 KNOB ASSY MANUAL SWEEP KNOB ASSY SWEEP TIME DIV KNOB ASSY SWEEP TRIGGER KNOB ASSY FINE TUNE KNOB ASSY COARSE TUNE KNOB BASELINE CLIP VIDEO FILTER WASHER FL NM 1 4 IN 26 IN ID 562 IN OD NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 IN THK SCREW MACH 440 1 IN LG PAN HD POZI WASHER FL NM 1 4 IN 26 IN ID 562 IN OD SHIM WASHER NOT SHOWN USED WITH 63 FOR PROPER SPACING BETWEEN 46 AND 47 7 2 Front Panel Assembly 2 of 3 CHANGE
101. 196 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 316K 1 125W F TC 0 100 1 RESISTOR 178 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 51 1K 1 125W F 0 000 RESISTOR 51 1K 1X 125W F TC 0 100 6 RESISTOR 1 33K 1 125W F TC 0 100 13 TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB IC CONV 24 DIP C PKG TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 PIN PLSTC DIP NETWORK RES 16 DIP080 0 OHM X 5 NOT ASSIGNED 2 DIODE ZNR 7 5V 5 DO 35 PD 4W TC 05X 1 FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY ELECTRICAL PARTS NOTE SEE FIGURE 6 3 FOR COMPLETE IDENT IFICATION OF FRONT SW ASSY PARTS 1 RESISTOR VAR PREC W CP 10 TRN 5K 1096 COARSE TUNE 1 RESISTOR VAR PREC W CP 10 TRN 10K 1096 FINE TINE 1 RESISTOR VAR PREC WW 10 TRN 5K 5 FREQ ZERO 1 RESISTOR VAR CONTROL WW 10K 5 LIN RF LVL FINE 3 RESISTOR VARIABLE W SW 50K 20 10CW VIDEO FILTER VIDEO FILTER 1 SWITCH PB SPST NO MOM 5A 115VAC RED BTN FREQ CAL P O A2RS R6 52 MAX VIDEO FILTER RESISTOR TRMR 100 10 WW SIDE ADJ 20 TRN IC DCDR CMOS BCD TO 7 SEG 4 TO 7 LINE RESISTOR VARIABLE W SW 50K 20 10CW RESISTOR VARIABLE W SW 50K 20 10CW Mfr Code 28480 56289 28480 28480 56289 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 24546 24546 02660 24546 24546 28480 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24
102. 2 div 41 04 MHz 45 2 div 61 04 MHz 45 2 div 81 04 MHz 45 2 div 101 04 MHz 45 2 div 121 04 MHz 45 2 div 141 04 MHz 45 2 div 161 04 MHz 45 2 div 181 04 MHz 4 5 2 div 205 2 MHz Model 8558B Table 4 15 Performance Test 2 of 4 Paragraph Number Test Description 400 MHz 600 MHz 800 MHz 1000 MHz 1200 MHz 1400 MHz 1500 MHz TUNING Accuracy Cont d TM 11 6625 3061 14 Results 5 2 div 394 8 MHz 5 2 div 594 8 MHz 5 2 div 794 8 MHz 5 2 div 994 8 MHz 5 2 div 1194 8 MHz 5 2 div 1394 8 MHz 5 2 div 1494 8 MHz Actual 45 2 div 405 2 MHz 45 2 div 605 2 MHz 45 2 div 805 2 MHz 45 2 div 1005 2 MHz 45 2 div 1205 2 MHz 45 2 div 1405 2 MHz 45 2 div 1505 2 MHz Residual FM 6 Peak to Peak Variation of Trace 1 0 div 1 2 0 1 sec Noise Sidebands 6 Noise Sidebands 6 5 div down 65 dB Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy 7 3 Resolution BW 2 40 MHz 3 60 MHz 8 1MHz Resolution BW 800 kHz 1 20 MHz 9 300 kHz Resolution BW 240 kHz 360 kHz 10 100 kHz Resolution BW 80 kHz 120 kHz 17 30 kHz Resolution BW 24 kHz 36 kHz 18 10 kHz Resolution BW 8 kHz 12 kHz 19 3 kHz Resolution BW 2 4 kHz 3 6 kHz 20 1 kHz Resolution BW 0 8 kHz 1 2 kHz Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity 24 3 MHz Resolution BW Selectivity 151 1 MHz Resolution BW Selectivity 151 300 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity 15 1 100 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity 15 1 30 kHz
103. 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 20 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 9140 0112 9100 1641 9140 0114 9100 1624 9140 0179 9100 3854 9140 0098 9140 0178 9100 1641 9140 0114 9100 1624 9140 0179 9140 0098 9100 1620 9100 3854 9140 0144 9100 1624 08565 00024 2N5179 1854 0404 2N3251 2N5251 1855 0267 2N3251 1854 0404 2N3251 1855 0267 2N3251 C4 1 8 TO 1622 F C4 1 8 TO 1962 F C4 1 8 TO 111 F C4 1 8 TO 162R F PME55 1 8 TO 23R7 F PME55 1 8 TO 13R3 F C4 1 8 TO 111 F MF4C1 8 TO 9091 F C4 2 8 TO 1961 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 511R F 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 681R F C4 1 8 TO 237R F 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 5621 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1472 4 1 8 1003 C4 1 8 TO 1003 F 43P105 4 1 8 1212 MF4C1 8 T0 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 1471 F C4 1 8 TO 111 F 4AF500 C4 11 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F MF4C1 8 TO 9091 F C4 1 8 TO 1961 F C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 681R F C4 1 8 TO 237R F 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 5111 4 1 8 1002 C4 1 8 TO 101 F Model 8558B Reference Designation A13R46 A13R47 A13R48 A13R49 A13R50 13851 13852 A13R53 A13R54 A13R55 A13R56 A13R57 A13R58 A13R59 A13R60 1 1 A13TP2 A13TP3 A
104. 3 8 IN 377 IN ID BUSHING PNL 265 ID 47 LG 3 8 32 THD SLIDER REF LEVEL SCREW MACH 4 40 2 75 IN LG PAN HD POZI DETENT ATTENUATOR SPACER RND 5 IN LG 114 IN ID BUSHING PANEL SHAFT REF LEVEL BALL BRG TYPE 1875 DIA GRADE 50 SST SPRING CPRSN 18 IN OD 312 IN DA LG MUW HUB ASSEMBLY PIN DWL ANSI UNHDND GND 0625 IN DIA PIN ROLL 062 IN DIA 25 IN LG STL ROTOR ATTENUATOR DRIVE GEAR 45 TEETH RETAINER RING E R EXT 125 IN DIA STL CABLE CAL OUTPUT CABLE CAL OUTPUT 75 OHM OPT 001 002 SCREW MACH 4 40 1 625 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 4 40 1 5 IN LG PAN HD POZI DETENT SWEEP TIME SHAFT SWEEP WIDTH ROTOR FREQUENCY SPAN BUSHING SLOTTED SPRING TRSN MUW GEAR 20 TEETH SCREW MACH 2 56 875 IN LG PAN HD POZI SPACER RND 625 IN LG 086 IN ID NOT ASSIGNED NUT HEX BL CHAM 2 56 THD 062 IN LG BOARD FRONT SWITCH ROTOR DOUBLE CONTACT WASHER FL MTLC IN 26 IN ID SPRING CPRSN 54 IN OD 45 IN DA LG MUW SCREW MACH 4 40 25 IN LG 82 DEG DETENT IF GAIN LOCKOUT ROTATING LOCKOUT FIXED SHAFT FIXED NUT HEX DBL CHAM 4 40 THD 062 IN THK SPACER RND 1 25 IN LG 114 IN ID CRANK SLOTTED SHAFT REF LEVEL FINE COUPLER RGD 375 LG BRS NUT HEX DBL CHAM 1 32 094 IN THK WASHER LK INTL T 1 4 IN 256 IN ID PLATE LEVEL POT WASHER LK HLCL NO 4 115 IN ID SHAFT ATTENUATOR DRIVE GEAR MIT 16 T 32 DP 20 DEG PA BRS NOT ASSIGNED BRACKET ATTENUATOR WASHER FL MTLC NO 4 125 IN ID NOT ASSIGNED BOARD REA
105. 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW 4 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN 0 MODE TO 92 SI gt N See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 15 Mfr Code 28480 28480 52763 28480 28480 28480 28480 72136 52763 28480 28480 284B0 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 74970 74970 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 28480 04713 04713 28480 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 0160 2055 0160 2250 304324 2 8PF NPO 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2055 0160 3431 DM15F111J0300WV1CR 304324 5 5 18PF NPO 0160 4084 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0121 0446 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2208 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 187 0103 028 187 0103 028 1901 0047 1901 0047 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0047 1901 0047 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0047 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0047 1901 0535 9170 0029 9140 0112 9100 1641 9140 0114 9100 1624 9140 0179 9100 3854 9140 0098 9140 0178 9100 1641 9140 0114 9100 1624 9140
106. 500 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 348K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 33K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5N 5 25W FC TC 900 1100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 21K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 50 5 25W FC TC 900 1100 RESISTOR 5 111K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 348K 1 125W F T 0 D 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5M 5 25W FC TC 900 1100 RESISTOR 348K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TC 0 10 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 5N 5 25W FC TC 900 1100 RESISTOR 1 5M 5 25W FC TC 900 1100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 2 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125W F TC 2 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 22K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 348K 1 125W F TC D 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 196K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 2 100 RESISTOR 348K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 162K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 162K 1 125W F TC 0 1 00 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 800 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 B7K 1 125W F TC 0
107. 6191 F 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 2871 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 6811 F C4 1 8 TO 121R F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 619R F 4 1 8 111 4 1 8 3161 MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F C4 1 8 TO 316R C4 1 8 TO 6811 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 5111 4 1 8 10 0 MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F F F F F C4 1 8 TO 6811 F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 162R F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F MF4C1 8 TO 9091 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 6811 F C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F C4 1 8 TO 2372 F C4 1 8 TO 3162 F C4 1 8 TO 3162 F C4 1 8 TO 3162 F C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F C4 1 8 TO 2611 F C4 1 8 TO 6811 F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 147R F C4 1 8 TO 1622 F C4 1 8 TO 1622 F C4 1 8 TO 8251 F 0698 3260 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 825R F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F 4 1 8 1213 1826 0092 1902 0041 1902 0048 1902 0579 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A14R3 GAIN LIN R 1482 qu Pg E E ced 7 mis 28 106 GAIN Cei cR je iem C77 paame C69 C6 um tS Els e s RII MET 2 5 Q cmm RIG C75 16
108. 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 12 TUNING ACCURACY SPECIFICATION 0 to 195 MHz 1 MHz 20 of FREQ SPAN DIV setting 10 C to 40 C 195 to 1500 MHz 5 MHz 20 of FREQ SPAN DIV setting 10 C to 40 C DESCRIPTION A comb generator is used to provide 1 10 or 100 MHz frequency components that produce spectral lines on the CRT at 1 10 or 100 MHz intervals respectively The spectrum analyzer TUNING control is adjusted until the desired test frequency is shown on the FREQUENCY MHz readout of the Digital Panel Meter The FREQUENCY CAL switch is pressed and the amount of readout or tuning error is found by measuring the distance of the spectral line offset from the center graticule line COMB SPECTRUM GENERATOR ANALYZER ADAFTER OUTPUT ADAPTER Lj Figure 4 4 Tuning Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Gomb Genertator HP 8406A BNC Cable 120 cm 48 HP 10503A Adapter Type m to BNC f 2 HP 1250 0780 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 HP 08558 60031 Adapter m BNC m 750 22 200200000000000000 nennen nnne HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA HP 1250 1200 Model 8558B PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 12 TUNING ACCURACY Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows
109. A10 A12 A15 A17 and W1 through W6 are throw aways Repair consists of replacement of subassemblies and mainframe components as required Adis not a replaceable subassembly and has no part number D 7 D 8 blank By Order of the Secretary of the Army JOHN A WICKHAM JR General United States Army Official Chief of Staff MILDRED E HEDBERG Brigadier General United States Army The Adjutant General Distribution To be distributed in accordance with special list U S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1986 612 069 Model 8558B FRONT PANEL FEATURES 1 VERTICAL POSN Adjusts vertical position of CRT trace VERTICAL GAIN Adjusts deflection circuit gain for amplitude scale calibration of CRT display FREQUENCY CAL Removes tuning hysteresis from first LO YIG oscillator Should be pressed before calibration and whenever TUNING 22 is changed by more than 50 MHz FREQUENCY ZERO Adjusts FREQUENCY MHz 20 readout for calibration on LO feedthrough BASELINE CLIPPER Blanks variable lower portion of CRT display Prevents CRT blooming with a variable persistence storage display mainframe i e 181T TR VIDEO FILTER Post detection low pass filler smooths CRT trace by averaging random noise Filter bandwidth scaled by resolution bandwidth 15 setting detent position selects 1 5 Hz bandwidth for maximum noise averaging and noise level measurements MAX VIDEO FILTER should not be used for CW sign
110. ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 1 33K 1 125W F TC 0 100 REF LEVEL DOM SEE FIGURE 6 3 SWITCH PB DPDT AMPLITUDE SCALE SWEEP TIME DIV SEE FIGURE 6 3 SWEEP TRIGGER SEE FIGURE 6 3 RESOLUTION BW SEE FIGURE 6 3 FREQ SPAN DIV SEE FIGURE 6 3 SWITCH PB DPDT START CENTER RIBBON CABLE ASSY DPM RIBBON CABLE ASSY INTERCONNECT DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H DISPLAY NUM SEG I CHAR 3 H DISPLAY HUM SEC i CHAR 3 H DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H LED LAMP LUM INT 800UCD IF 30MA MAX INPUT ATTENUATOR RESTORED 08558 60003 EXCHANGE REQUIRED FIRST CONVERTER CONNECTOR RF SMA FEM SGL HOLE RR 50 OHM CONNECTOR RF SMA FEM SGL HOLE RR 50 OHM CONNECTOR RF SMA FEN SGL HOLE RR 50 OHM CONNECTOR RF SMA FEM SGL HOLE RR 50 OHM GASKET FIRST CONVERTER COVER FIRST CONVERTER MOUNT FIRST CONVERTER RESISTOR 100 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 237 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 147 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 38 3 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 147 1 85W F TC 0 100 FIRST MIXER DIODE ASSEMBLY SECOND CONVERTER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 5000PF 80 20 200V CAPACITOR FDTHRU 5000PF 050 20 200V CAPACITOR FDTHRU 10PF 5 200V CER CAPACITOR FDTHRU 22PF 1096 500V MICA DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY CONNECTOR RF SMA FEM THD HOLE 50 CONN RF 500 OHM SMC CONNECTOR RF SMC M SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 47ONH 10 185DX 26LC COIL SECOND CONVERTER COUPLING LOOP INPUT COUPLING LOOP FILTER COUPLING LOOP FILTER OSCILLATOR HOUSING SECOND CONV COVER MATC
111. ANALYZER Figure 5 10 Step Gain Assembly RF Gain Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT HE HP 8640B Digital Voltmeter HP 3455A moet xc a An an HP 435B i a QUUD Dc PO ae ae HP 8482A Adapter f to alligator HP 8120 1292 Special Extender Board with 51 1 ohm HP 08505 60109 0757 0394 GCable 120 6m 48 Ih 5 ee HH edid tee rev HP 10503A Extender Cable 5060 0303 To make special extender board solder 51 1 ohm resistor from pin 1 to pin 5 of standard extender board HP Part No 5060 0257 Leave resistor leads long for easy connection of clip leads 5 33 Model 8558B ADJUSTMENTS 5 23 STEP GAIN ASSEMBLY RF GAIN ADJUSTMENT Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment as follows TM 11 6625 3061 14 Spectrum Analyzer almeria dg 1MHz RESOLUTION 1 MHz INPUT ATTEN 10 dB REFERENCE ERR 0 dBm 002 50 REF LEVEL FINE EEEa 0 Amplitude Scale 0 cece tr nr LIN SWEEP
112. BNC TEE EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY Figure 5 9 3 Bandwidth Adjustment Test Setup Signal Generator x ette stetit HP 8640B Frequency HP 5343A 10 dB Step ATtenuator HP 355D BNG Gable 200m 911 HP 10502A Adapter Type m to BNC f 3 reQuird HP 1250 0780 BING RA A LAM HP 1250 0781 Test Cable SMC f to HP 11592 60001 Extender Cable 5060 0303 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 22 3 dB BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows START GENTER eee niter CENTER TUNING erit ene IM LIMINE 280 MHz FREQ 200 kHz RESOLUTION i 1 MHz 0 dB REFERENCE LEVEL EMEN 20 dBm nielierztme LIN SWEEP TIME DIV 1 mSEC SWEEP TRIGGER a FREE RUN VIDEO LL MI cies 2 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 9 except for signal input to A9J1 Connect CAL OUTPUT to spectrum analyzer INPUT 50 3 Set signal level of 7 1 divisions on display with REF LEVEL FINE contr
113. C4 1 8 TO 5621 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F 4 1 8 101 C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F C4 1 8 TO 1472 F C4 1 8TO 1212 F C4 1 8 TO 10RO F MF4C1 8STD 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 196R F C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1101 F 0757 0180 C4 1 8 TO 3481 F 0757 0180 C4 1 8 TO 3831 F 0360 1788 0360 1788 1251 0600 0360 1788 0360 1788 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 Model 8558B Reference Designation A11TP1 A11VR1 A11Y1 2 A12 A12 A12C1 A12C2 A12C3 A12C4 A12C5 A12C6 A12C7 A12C8 A12C9 A12C10 A12C11 A12C12 A12C13 A12C14 A12C15 A12C16 A12C17 A12C18 A12C19 A12C20 A12C21 A12C22 A12C23 A12C24 A12C25 A12C26 A12C27 A12CR1 A12CR2 A12CR3 A12CR4 A12CR5 A12CR6 A12E1 A12E2 12 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 12110 121 11 1201 1292 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1299 12010 12011 12012 12013 A12R1 1282 A12R3 1284 1285 HP Part Number 1251 0600 1902 0048 0410 0450 08558 60012 08558 60073 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2199 0160 2307 0140 0194 0180 0291 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1070 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9140 0179 9140
114. CRT plates from the emitters of A15Q2 and Q3 preventing overshoot and ringing in the vertical driver A15Q21 CR11 and CR12 provide vertical driver input switching for normalizer compatibility When the normalizer is not connected pull up resistor A15R56 places the cathode of A15CR11 at 15V preventing CR11 from conducting 15021 is turned on so the input to the vertical driver is from the output of the preamplifier When the normalizer is connected and in the BYPASS mode the L NORM line at A15J3 is high 12V preventing A15CR11 from conducting When the normalizer is operating the L NORM line is pulled low 12V causing A15CR11 to conduct 15021 is turned off by the negative voltage at the gate switching the vertical driver input to the normalizer output Y NORM Blanking OR Normally A15Q4 is off placing a low at the base of A15Q9 and turning it on A15Q4 requires a positive voltage or about 1 mA to turn on and cut Q9 off A high into the OR circuit provides a high blanking output OV to the mainframe There are four conditions that cause blanking of the sweep Sed Figure 8 40 When the normalizer is not connected pull up resistor A15R56 places the cathode of A15CR12 at 15V preventing CR12 from conducting When the normalizer is connected and in the bypass mode the L NORM line at A15J3 is high 12V keeping A15CR12 from conducting When the normalizer is operating the L NORM line is pulled low 12V causing A15CR12 to conduct Wi
115. Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer STARI CEN DER eec tuc CENTER TONING 800 MHz FREQ od ete 100 MHz RESOLUTION BW OPTIMUM coupled pushed in INPUT ATTEN ata aa a a aa MILII IP D P IP 0 dB REEERENGEJLEVEL 2 2 eet ass a aa aa 20 dBm 002 30 dBmV Amplitude Scale Des 10 dB DIV SWEEP TIME DIV Eee ede AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER DIIS DI DOLI FREE RUN tute tuto OFF VIDEO a wet tee ce tees ees tenets OFF Comb Generator COMB FREQUENCY 100 INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE 1 2 OFF OUTPUT ae ee 10 o clock Function Generator FUNC HON tM E EIE EDEN SINE RANGE A 10 200 kHz 0 2 Connect equipment as shown in but do not connect function generator to comb generator 3 Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to position one spectral line from comb generator at first graticule line left hand edge of display Measure error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line as shown in Error should be n
116. De De 20 dBm HOLA Eas ON OFF uc OFF Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 7 Adjust TUNING control to locate 400 MHz signal on CRT Adjust REFERENCE LEVEL and REF LEVEL FINE controls to position peak of 400 MHz signal at top graticule line Decrease FREQ SPAN DIV to 20 kHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz Adjust TUNING to keep signal centered Position signal at center of display Turn VIDEO FILTER control fully clockwise not in detent Measure noise sidebands existing more than 2 5 division 50 kHz from 400 MHz signal Noise sidebands s 65 dB 6 5 divisions down from top graticule line div 4 14 hould be greater than down Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 15 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY SPECIFICATION Individual resolution bandwidth 3 dB points calibrated to 20960 10 C to 400C DESCRIPTION Resolution bandwidth accuracy is measured in the linear mode to eliminate log amplifier errors Since signal level at the 3 dB points half power points is related to peak signal level by a voltage ratio of 0 707 1 0 a peak level of 7 1 vertical divisions on the spectrum analyzer display gives a half power level of 5 vertical divisions 0 707 voltage ratio X div 7 1 div X div 7 1 0 707 5 div In the 30 10 and 1 kHz bandwidths a 301 4 MHz signal second IF is injected into A9 Third Converter Assembly to provide the stability required f
117. Driver Circuit 8 91 Model 8558B RETRACE BLANKING INPUT FREQUENCY ANALOG VOLTAGE TO 6 7V OVERSWEEP BLANKING SIGNAL INPUT TM 11 6625 3061 14 VERTICAL SIGNAL 15 OV TO VERT BASELINE COMPARATOR BASELINE 5 6 CLIPPER Q8 A2R2 15 56 L NORM 12 IN BYPASS MODE 12 IN NORM MODE AISCRI2 BLANKING OR 6 8V SWEEP RAMP HI LO LIMIT COMPARATOR CRT SIT BLANKING 594 09 7 M5RI6 PENLIFT DRIVER PENLIFT Figure 8 40 Simplified Blanking Circuit 8 92 8 93 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A15 97002200 1532 11 100 15 126 A15J3 A15J4 A15R1 YELLOW ORANGE GREEN WHITE 1dB OFFSET LEAD decl bal LEAD TE Jl 4 J4 1 i rt 099 oer IE u2 Sl ang JE Figure 8 41 A15 Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 94 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 95 through 8 100 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A17 INVERTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 5V Power Supply Inverter Assembly A17 is a single transformer inverter with A17Q1 and Q2 operating as a 22 kHz squarewave oscillator Diodes A17CR1 and CR2 prevent the transistors from base emitter reverse breakdown Positive feedback to sustain the oscillation is taken from the transistor base tickler wi
118. F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 121 1 125W F TC 0 100 Mfr Code 28480 24546 24546 28480 24546 30983 24546 30983 24546 24546 24546 30983 24546 24546 30983 24546 24546 30983 30983 24546 24546 24546 24546 30983 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 30983 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 30983 24546 24546 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 23 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 0757 0180 C4 1 8 TO 9092 F C4 1 8 TO 1782 F 0757 0123 C4 1 8 TO 1961 F ET50X502 C4 1 8 TO 1473 F ET50W203 4 1 8 1211 4 1 8 1211 4 1 8 1211 50 502 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 10 0 50 103 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8
119. F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 750 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 196 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 21K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 21K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 46 4K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 46 4K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 46 4K 1 125W F TC 0 100 SWITCH SL DPDT MINTR 5A 125VAC DC PC CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ DIODE ZNR 1N823 6 2V 5 DO 7 PD 4W BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 2 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 25VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 300PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 2 8PF 350V PC MTG NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 110PF 5 300VDC MICA Mfr Code 02111 28480 19701 213480 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 245
120. FOR COMPLETE DESIGNATOR PRE O BUFFER AMPLIFIER FIX WITH ASSEMBLY REFERENCE DESIGNATOR 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OS 0 CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH Pl 2 QUT T 3 ASTERISK DENOTES FACTORY SE LECTED COMPONENT NOMINAL VALUE SHOWN VIDEO REFER TO FIGURE 0 2 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIONS RI22 750 V R123 1 CRIE 7599 41159 5 625 R9 5 R21 TC AND RBG TVT FACTORY AD JUSTABLE ONLY wo F100 7500 100 V RI24 Nf FROM 2 R22 SHEET 6 MNEMONIC TABLE 127 100K DISCRIPTION A H Lm here gris hers Ww aie 6810 06 2 s 9 9 3 cH CHE qax 100K IF GAIN CONTROL LINES SHEET V 0 TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION SELECTS EITHER LOG POWER SUPPLY 4 OR LINEAR Pi 8 WT 8 VOLTS TEMPERA TURE COMPENSATED 9 VOLTS TEMPERA TURE COMPENSATED NAMES AND MNEMONICS SEE A16 MOTHERBOARD SCHEMATIC LN COMPLETE LIST OF SIGNAL Figure 8 38 A14 Log Amplifier Assembly Schematic 2 of 2 8 87 8 88 blank TM 11 6625 3061 14 mem cen 1 __ __ ______ _ EE NOTES
121. FREQ SPANIDIV control and turn the coupled controls clockwise until signal appears on display Momentarily depress FREQ CAL switch and center the signal using TUNING control Return controls to positions called out in step 1 adjusting TUNING control as necessary to keep signal centered 3 Adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until trace is 6 divisions above graticule baseline Set the 85588 REFERENCE LEVEL control and step attenuator to settings indicated Table 4 9 Record the Deviation from the eth Division reference set in step 2 for each setting 4 To compute the Corrected Deviation add the Step Attenuator Error to the Deviation from 6th Division for each setting The difference between the maximum positive and the maximum negative Corrected Deviation values from 10 dBm to 80 dBm should not exceed 1 0 dB The difference between the maximum positive and the maximum negative Corrected Deviation values from 10 dBm to 100 dBm should not exceed 2 0 dB 10 dBm to 80 dBm dB 10 dBm to 100 dBm dB 002 Change ranges to 40 dBm V to 30 dBm V and 440 dBm V to 50d BmV 4 47 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 23 REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY Cont d Table 4 9 IF Gain Accuracy in LOG Mode REFERENCE Step Attenuator Deviation from Step Attenuator Corrected LEVEL Setting Setting 6 Division Error Calibration Deviation db dB db 002 REFERENCE LEVEL dBm V from top to bottom 40 30 20 10 0 10
122. GNO NC QI3vP P ov POWER SUPPLIES 15VE HSVE LI Lie 29 1470 468v VBIAS dc T cer I co 2 19 1 9 9 p D Gal PI 29 10 epic 10VF HOVNOM cse 1 Nnm 50 GNO NC cw 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz GND NC PI 27 N 15 680 NC GNO NC 9 2 DESIGNATES SHIELOING BEAD GNO NC c35 5 6 gt s Q6 XTAL 415v LC CRIS 360 54 45 29 NC PI 1TO2I n o o o o OF 214 GNO SERIAL PR Figure 8 30 A11 Bandwiath Filter No 1 Schematic 8 69 8 70 blank ag SIGNAL TO FROM FONCTION 21 4 MHz IF NC GND REAR PANEI 128V p1 28 an GND REAR PANE 15V 1 28 5 29 10 0 128 SERIAL PREFIX 2147A iO dB AMPLIFIER HIOVF2 I5VFo IOVF2 0 12dB CONTROL POWER SUPPLIES 19 5 V REGULATOR 1 1 01 i T3 L2 L4 RI6 RIB 22 22 10 10 1 Jr 2 I A12 STEPGAIN 08558 60012 dB AMPLIFIER FIRST 20 IOVF SECOND 20dB AMPLIFIER IOVF 15 ISVE 9 5 R40 196
123. MF4C1 8 TO 1002 C C4 1 8 TO 5622 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 4221 F 0698 3457 C4 1 B TO 7501 F 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1333 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1002 MF4C1 8 TO 1002 C C4 1 8 TO 5622 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F 4 1 8 1002 0698 3238 4 1 8 1003 MF4C1 8 TO 1002 C 0690 7086 MF4C1 8 TO 111R C CB1055 CB1055 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 6812 4 1 8 1002 MF4C1 8 TO 4002 C C4 1 8 TO 1002 F PMES55 1 8 T2 2002 C CB3355 4 1 8 1002 PME55 1 8 T2 2002 C 1251 0600 CA301AT 1826 0092 1826 0261 1902 0025 1902 3139 1902 0049 08558 60154 08558 60155 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 2249 0160 2264 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 2207 DM15F131J0300WV1CR DM15F201J0300WV1CR 150D225X9020A2 150D225X9020A2 0160 3878 Model 8558B Reference Designation A9C16 A9C17 A9C18 A9C19 A9C20 A9CR1 A9CR2 A9CR3 A9CR4 A9CR5 A9CR6 A9CR7 A9CR8 A9E1 A9E2 AQJ1 AQJ2 A9L1 A9L2 A9LS3 914 A9L5 916 A9L7 A9L8 A9L9 A9L10 A9L11 A9L12 A9L13 A9L14 A9L15 A9L16 A9MP1 A9MP2 A91Q A9Q2 A9Q4 A9Q5 A9R1 A9R2 A9R3 A9R4 A9R5 A9R6 A9R7 A9R8 A9R9 A9R10 A9R10 A9R10 A9R11 A9R12 A9R12 A9R13 A9R14 A9R15 A9R16 A9R17 A9R18 A9R19 A9R20 A9R21 A9R22 A9R23 A9R24 A9R25 HP Part Number 0160 3456 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 1901 0040
124. MHz output from YIG oscillator assembly A6 The lower sideband 2050 MHz of the resulting signal is passed by a 2050 MHz IF amplifier immediately following the first converter circuit It then enters second converter assembly A5 where it is mixed with a fixed 1748 6 MHz signal from a fixed cav ity local oscillator This produces a 301 4 MHz IF signal which is amplified and fed to third converter assembly A9 This time the signal is mixed with a 280 MHz signal from a SAWR surface acoustic wave resonator oscillator resulting in a 21 4 MHz IF signal The final 21 4 MHz signal is amplified and detected then filtered by low pass video filter A2 before it is applied to the vertical deflection amplifier of the CRT vertical deflection seen on the CRT corresponds to the RF input signal amplitude The 280 MHz signal from the SAWR oscillator is fed out of the front panel for use as a 30 dBm calibration reference 8 21 Circuit descriptions for each assembly precede the assembly schematic diagram rro TM 11 6625 3061 14 SYMBOLS USED IN SCHEMATICS AND BLOCK DIAGRAMS BASIC COMPONENT SYMBOLS Variable Resistor Clockwise rotation of shaft moves wiper towards end of resistor mark ed CW Electrolytic capacitor Variable capacitor Slide toggle or rocker switch Ferrite bead prevents high frequency parasitic oscillations Pushbutton switch Relay Crystal Speaker Breakdown zener diode Schottky diode 8
125. MHz to 1 kHz overall variation 1 0 dB 1 0 dB 4 22 Input Attenuator Accuracy 4 Error Between Adjacent Settings 50 5 dB 1 0 dB 5 Error Over Full 70 dB Range 51 0 dB _ 4 61 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 4 15 Performance Test 4 of 4 Paragraph Number Test Description Results Actual Reference Level Accuracy 4 Step Accuracy in Log 10 dBm to 80 dBm 10 dBm to 100 dBm 002 40 dBm V to 30 dBm V 40 dBm V to 50 dBm V Step Accuracy in LIN 10 dBm to 80 dBm 10 dBm to 100 dBm 002 40 dBm V to 30 dBm V 40 dBm V to 50 dBm V 11 Vernier Accuracy REF LEVEL FINE 1 2 3 6 Display Fidelity Log Display Accuracy 8 Maximum Error Over Full 70 dB Display Range 11 5 dB 15 mV 11 0 dB 10 mV 10 Error Between Adjacent Readings Linear Display Accuracy 14 Error at 4th division 3 76 div 4 24 div 15 Error at 2nd division 1 76 div 2 24 div Calibrator Accuracy 2 CAL OUTPUT Frequency 279 7 MHz 9 CAL OUTPUT Amplitude 31 dBm 002 Min is 19 dBm V Max is 21 dBm V 280 3 MHz 29 dBm 4 62 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 4 63 through 4 69 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION V ADJUSTMENTS 5 1 INTRODUCTION 5 7 Adjustment Tools 5 2 The adjustments in this section are required to optimize spectrum analyzer performance after repair lists adjustable components
126. OUTPUT power A9R12 Selected for proper gain of Third Converter A9R14 Selected for proper REF LEVEL CAL range A11C20 Selected to shift adjustment range of A11C23 A11C44 Selected to shift adjustment range of A11C45 A11R23 5 22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 30 kHz A11R43 22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 100 kHz A11R48 5 22 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 30 kHz A11R56 Selected to equalize feedback between LC stages not field selectable A13C20 Selected to shift adjustment range of A13C23 13 44 Selected to shift adjustment range of A13C45 A13R19 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 100 kHz A13R23 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 30 kHz A13R43 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 100 kHz A13R48 Selected to give correct IF bandwidth for RESOLUTION BW of 30 kHz A13R56 Selected to equalize feedback between LC stages not field selectable A14R93 Selected to shift adjustment range of A14R34 A14R101 Selected to shift adjustment range of A14R34 A14R107 Selected to shift adjustment range of A14R23 A15R26 Selected to provide increased range adjustment for 1 dB offset circuit 17 1 Selected for proper voltage offset of A17Q1 1702 to ensure initial turn on of oscillator 5 7 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 3 HP Part Numbers of Standard Value Repla
127. Output Pen Lift Output 21 4 MHz IF Output and Horizontal Output 1 42 A standard 180 series Display mainframe 180A AR 180C D 181A AR 182A C or 184A B provides only horizontal vertical and blanking rear panel outputs Furthermore these outputs attenuated and shifted in dc level Unbuffered rear panel outputs similar to the 180T series are provided only if Option 807 is installed 1 43 Extender Cable Assembly 1 44 An Extender Cable Assembly HP Part Number 5060 0303 allows operation of the HP 8558B outside the display mainframe This provides access to the HP 8558B for necessary adjustments and some performance tests This cable is also useful for troubleshooting 1 45 MEASUREMENT ACCESSORIES 1 46 AC Probe 1 47 The HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer has a front panel PROBE POWER connector for the use of high impedance active probes such as the HP 11204 HP 11214 HP 11234 and HP 1124 High impedance probes permit testing of high frequency circuits without significant loading effects The low noise AC coupled HP 1121A is preferred for use with the HP 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 CAUTION The 75 ohm BNC input connector on ANT Option 001 and 002 instruments is not compatible with 50 ohm BNC connectors Direct connection of an AC probe might damage the input connector 001 and 002 The AC probes have a 50 ohm output impedance Use of a probe with the 75 ohm Option 001 or 002 without proper impedance match
128. Output 28 12 6 VDC from mainframe to mainframe rear panel 29 15 VDC from mainframe 12 AUX C 21 4 MHz IF Output 30 100 VDC from mainframe to mainframe rear panel 31 30V p p from mainframe 13 AUX B Penlift Blanking Output for LINE TRIGGER to mainframe rear panel 32 NC 14 AUX A Vertical Output W10P3 VERT top contact to mainframe rear panel 2 contacts yellow wire 15 GROUND VERT bottom contact 16 NC orange wire 2 28 Other Packaging following general 3 Use enough shock absorbing material 3 to 4 inch instructions should be used for repackaging with layer around all sides of the instrument to provide commercially available materials firm cushion and prevent movement inside container Protect control panel with cardboard 1 Wrap instrument in heavy paper or plastic If shipment is to a Hewlett Packard office or service 4 Seal shipping container securely center attach a tag indicating type of service required return address model number and full 5 Mark shipping container FRAGILE to assure careful serial number A supply of these tags is provided at handling end of this section 2 Use a strong shipping container double wall carton made of 350 pound test material is adequate 2 4 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION III OPERATION 3 1 INTRODUCTION 3 2 This section provides operating information for the Model 85588 Spectrum Analyzer It also provides brief description of display m
129. RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 22K 1 125W F TC 0 100 5 RESISTOR 316K 1 125W F TC 0 100 10 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 133K 1 3 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 1 RESISTOR 2 5K 25 125W F TC 0 50 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 25 125W TC 0 100 1 RESISTOR 1 02K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 111 2 125W TC 0 100 3 RESISTOR 1M 5 25W FC TC 0 800 900 RESISTOR 1M 5 25W FC TC 0 800 900 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 1 RESISTOR 68 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 40K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20K 25 125W F TC 0 50 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20K 25 125W rC 0 50 1 IC OP AMP GP TD 99 PKG IC OP AMP GP DUAL TO 99 PKG IC OP AMP LOW NOISE TO 99 PKG 2 DIODE ZNR 10V 5 DO 35 PD 4W TC 06 1 DIODE ZNR 8 25V 5 DO 35 PD 4W DIODE ZNR 6 19V 5 DO 35 PD 4W 1 THIRD CONVERTER 1 THIRD CONVERTER OPTION 001 002 12 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 10 CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FXD 4 7PF 25PF 500VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FXD 20PF 4 596 500VDC CE
130. Resolution BW Selectivity 15 1 10 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity 15 1 3 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity 15 1 1 kHz Resolution BW Selectivity 4 60 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 4 15 Performance Test 3 of 4 Paragraph Results Number Test Description in Actual Average Noise Level 2 Average Noise Level 1 MHz to 1000 MHz 107 dBm 3 Average Noise Level 500 MHz to 1500 MHz 107 dBm 5 Average Noise Level 1 MHz to 11 MHz 107 dBm 001 Max is 100 dBm 002 Max is 53 V 4 18 Spurious Responses 9 Harmonic Distortion 2nd Harmonic 70 dB 3rd Harmonic 70 dB 18 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 30 MHz input signals 70 dB 20 Second Order Intermodulation Distortion 30 MHz input signals f4 fo 70 dB 22 Second Order Intermodulation Distortion 30 MHz input signals 14 12 70 dB 27 Third Order Intermodulation Distortion 4 MHz input signals 60 dB 29 Second Order Intermodulation Distortion 4 MHz input signals f4 fo 60 dB s 30 Second Order Intermodulation Distortion 4 MHz input signals f4 4 fo 60 dB 14 19 Residual Responses 11 Residual Responses 1 MHz to 1000 MHz 100 dBm 17 Residual Responses 500 MHz to 1500 MHz 100 dBm 001 Max is 95 dBm 002 Max is 45 dBm V 4 20 Frequency Response 17 Frequency Response 2 0 dB 4 21 Bandwidth Switching Amplitude Variation 6 MHz to 300 kHz overall variation 0 5 dB 40 5 dB 3
131. There may be a double peak tune past first peak to second peak Signal on display will peak and fall off slightly and then peak again Repeat steps 5 and 6 adjusting A10C1 and A10C3 for maximum amplitude Adjust A10C2 for maximum signal amplitude There may be a double peak tune to second peak Reduce input signal level to keep signal on display NOTE The following adjustment of A10L2 has very little effect on the signal or performance of the spectrum analyzer A10L2 need not be adjusted because the position of the core is not critical Adjust A10L2 2ND IF TUNING adjustment for maximum signal amplitude L2 is adjusted through motherboard on bottom of analyzer Reconnect W6P2 A10J1 5 22 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 24 CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS REFERENCE A11 and A13 Schematics DESCRIPTION The crystal and LC bandwidth filter circuits are adjusted for symmetry center and peak Three dB bandwidths are adjusted on the Sweep Generator Assembly A8 paragraph 5 22 SPECTRUM DISPLAY ANALYZER EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY Figure 5 6 Crystal and LC Bandwiath Filter Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT Adapter Type m to HP 1250 0780 Cable 20 em e en ate ee es en eva do sue teta HP 10502A Crystal Short 3 Required See Figure 5 7 Extender Cable
132. become more positive less negative A7Q13 decreases its conduction and turns 7014 on harder A7Q14 then increases the conduction of A7Q12 dropping the output voltage back to 10V The 10V supply is used for the negative supply on A7U2 U3 U4 and Q7 It is also used as the negative supply for the A6 YIG Oscillator and the second local oscillator in A5 Calibrate Single Shot The calibrate single shot circuit consists of A7Q23 Q22 and Q21 The circuit is activated when the front panel FREQ CAL button is pressed With the FREQ CAL switch 251 shown A2 schematic closed the YIG Oscillator is tuned to its lowest frequency Releasing the FREQ CAL button returns the YIG Oscillator to the previous operating frequency Pressing the FREQ CAL button shorts the 6V line to ground discharging A7C8 and turning A7Q23 off The emitter of A7Q22 is grounded turning it on and its collector goes low turning off FET switch A7Q4 The main coil filter is now disabled and the charge held on A7C13 C14 remains the same during the calibration sequence The charge voltage represents the previous operating frequency The ground on the 6V line is applied to the base of A7Q7 disabling the YIG main coil fixed driver When the 6 OV line is grounded the output of the coarse TUNING control is grounded the YIG main coil swept driver is disabled by the output from A7U2 With both YIG main coil drivers disabled the magnetic current is removed and the magnet hy
133. before stepping up to a new level 8 15 Sideband Noise Sideband noise is usually caused by YIG Oscillator Assembly A6 8 16 Spurious Responses Spurious responses are usually caused by loose RF connections Check all the RF connections 8 17 Baseline Step If the left side of the baseline lifts to the signal peak level the trouble is A7Q17 a lift of the right side of the baseline is caused by A7Q18 see Figure 8 4 8 18 GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION 8 19 simplified block diagram of the HP 85588 Spectrum Analyzer is shown in The HP 8558B is basically a superheterodyne receiver with a YIG Yttrium Iron Garnet tuned oscillator for the first LO local oscillator The first LO is the only LO that is swept The sweep width is determined by the sweep attenuator part of A8 which attenuates the ramp driving the LO This ramp is produced by the sweep generator on A8 The ramp also drives the horizontal sweep of 8 4 TM 11 6625 3061 14 the CRT and is available at a rear panel BNC connector to synchronize other instruments such as X Y recorders with the analyzer 8 20 The RF input to the spectrum analyzer passes through an attenuator network on assembly A3 which is controlled by the front panel INPUT ATTEN control This control is used to set the input signal level as required for a wide dynamic range From the attenuator the signal goes to first converter assembly A4 Here it is mixed with a 2050 to 3550
134. control to 100 kHz Tune the signal generator frequency for maximum reading on DVM 4 52 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 24 DISPLAY FIDELITY Cont d 6 Set the signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL so the DVM reads 800 mV plus the offset step 2 0 5 mV The trace should be approximately at the top graticule line Table 4 13 Amplitude Log Display Accuracy AUX A Theoretical Difference Attenuator DVM Corrected AUX A Reading Subtracted Between Setting Reading DMV Theoretical From Corrected Adjacent dB mV Reading Reading DMV Reading Readings mV mV mV mV 0 800 Ref 800 0 10 700 20 600 30 500 40 400 50 300 60 200 70 100 DVM Reading minus offset recorded in step 2 Example 4 5 mV offset Table 4 14 Sample Computations of Amplitude Log Display Accuracy AUX A Theoretical Difference Attenuator DVM Corrected AUX A Reading Subtracted Between Setting Reading DMV Theoretical From Corrected Adjacent dB mV Reading Reading DMV Reading Readings mV mV mV mV 0 805 800 800 0 10 811 703 700 3 3 20 599 594 600 6 9 30 497 492 500 8 2 40 406 401 400 1 9 DVM Reading minus offset recorded in step 2 7 Record the DVM Reading for each 10 dB step of the step attenuator up to 70 dB in Table 4 13 8 Having recorded the DVM readings for all of the attenuator settings from 0 to 70
135. d onto Ref Level Shaft securing with retainer clip Use a no 6 hex wrench to adjust Miter Gears 57 for alignment of Input Attenuator Pointer with 70 dB front panel label and proper gear mesh Input Attenuator A3 still in full counter clockwise position Turn REFERENCE LEVEL knob to indicate level of CAL OUTPUT signal i e 30 dB Option 002 20 dBm V and tighten knob securely with a no 4 hex wrench Check for proper operation and alignment of REFERENCE LEVEL and INPUT ATTEN controls and readjust knob gears and Rotating Lockout 70 as necessary Reference Level should range from 10 dBm to 100 dBm with 0 dB INPUT ATTEN selected Option 002 40 V to 50 dBm Turn REF LEVEL FINE Shaft 72 fully counter clockwise and use a no 4 hex wrench to install REF LEVEL FINE knob with 0 dB indicated Check for proper operation and alignment and readjust knob as necessary Turn BASELINE CLIPPER Shaft and VIDEO FILTER Shaft 39 fully counter clockwise and use a no 2 spline wrench to install BASELINE CLIPPER and VIDEO FILTER knobs in OFF position Check for proper operation and alignment and readjust as necessary Loosely tighten second Hex Nut 32 on Coarse Tune Bushing 42 against Front Switch Diecast 1 Install front panel nut and washer on Coarse Tune Bushing and tighten with special 1 2 inch nut driver Use a no 4 hex wrench to install COARSE TUNE and FINE TUNE knobs Base of COARSE TUNE knob should clear front panel Check
136. dB Observe digital voltmeter reading 002 30 dBm V Adjust A14R3 LIN GAIN for a digital voltmeter reading of 700 mV Repeat steps 4 5 and 6 until the DVM reading in step 5 is 700 2 mV Set 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL to 50 dBm and set step attenuator to 0 dB Change REFERENCE LEVEL andtep attenuator settings as shown Table 7 4 If Deviation From Reference is not within the given limits readjust A14R3 002 Set REFERENCE LEVEL dBm V to 0 and set attenuator to 0 dB REFERENCE LEVEL dBmV settings in Table 5 7 top to bottom are 0 10 20 30 40 7 16 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 7 6 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT CHANGE B Cont d 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Table 7 4 Linear Gain Adjustment Limits Reference Level Step Attenuator Deviation From dBm Setting dB Reference 0 Reference 50 2 DIV 20 mV 50 2 DIV 20 mV 50 2 DIV 20 mV 0 3 DIV 30 mV Set 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL to 0 dBm and disconnect signal generator from step attenuator Record offset reading DVM The offset should be less than 30 mV 002 REFERENCE LEVEL 50 dBm V Reconnect signal generator as shown in Figure 7 3 Set 10 dB DIV 1 dB DIV LIN switch to 10 dB DIV and set step attenuator to 40 dB Set output level of signal genertor for a digital voltmeter reading of 400 mV plus offset recorded in step 9 algebraic sum Example If offset is 23 mV set output level of signal ge
137. dB subtract the AUX Theoretical Reading from the Corrected DVM Reading DVM reading minus offset in each case and record results in Theoretical Reading Subtracted From Corrected DVM Reading should not exceed 15 mV 1 5 dB 4 53 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 24 DISPLAY FIDELITY Cont d 9 Subtract each converted reading AUX A Theoretical Reading Subtracted From Corrected DVM STEEL from the previous converted reading This subtraction must be performed algebraically Record results in Table 4 13 see Example 10 difference between adjacent readings Table 4 13 should not exceed 10 mV 4 0 1 dB dB Linear Display Accuracy 11 Replace 10 dB step attenuator with 1 dB step attenuator Set step attenuator to 0 dB 12 Set spectrum analyzer Amplitude Scale to LIN and RESOLUTION BW control to 1 MHz 13 Peak the signal on the CRT display using the TUNING control Set the signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to place the trace at the top graticule line 14 Set the step attenuator to 6 dB Trace should be at 4th division above graticule baseline center horizontal graticule line 1 2 minor divisions div 15 Set the step attenuator to 12 dB Trace should be at 2nd division above graticule baseline 1 2 minor divisions div 4 54 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 25 CALIBRATOR ACCURACY SPECIFICATION Amplitude 30 dBm 1 dB 002 20 1 Frequency 280 MHz 300 M
138. erii e iU LE HEEL ERE ERR LEURS RE HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA m 000000000000000000 HP 1250 1200 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 23 REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY Cont d PROCEDURE Step Accuracy in Log Mode 1 Set controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer MM ee CENTER TUNING rrt 30 MHz galzex ap 5 kHz RESOLUTION 3 kHz INPUT ATTEN p donde 0 dB REFERENCE LEVEL ABM 10 dBm 002 40dBmV Amplitude Scale MN 1 dB DIV SWEEP STIME DIN ice AUTO SWEEP ode FREE RUN BASELINE CLIPPER SOLU URNS Ode OFF VIDEOJEIETDEE ek 2 o clock Signal Generator MODE RR INT AM EAE NO ERO DUTIES Nana OFF EM eie ION ADU NAR SUNL OFF FREQUENGY ng 30 MHz OUTPUT EEVEL iuit ipi oed Dico Doe Eo DOR bet Rd OA DAI 10 dBm 2 Connect equipment Figure 4 19 with step attenuator set at 0 dB Locate signal on CRT NOTE If signal is difficult to locate press RESOLUTION BW control to couple with
139. fingers etched on the A5A1 printed circuit board and the internal transistor capacitances of A5A1QI provide the positive feedback necessary to sustain oscillation The oscillator tank circuit is a slug tuned cavity Z4 The signal from the second LO is coupled into cavity Z4 by a 4 40 machine screw extending down into the cavity The second LO output is also available at test jack A5J3 The 1748 6 MHz local oscillator provides the drive for mixer diode CR1 The difference frequency between the first IF 2050 MHz and the second LO frequency 1748 6 MHz is 301 4 MHz This 301 4 MHz signal is coupled through the matching filter to the A10 Second IF The matching filter is a passive network designed to match the relatively high impedance of the second mixer about 200 ohms to the low input impedance of the second IF about 50 ohms The match may be optimized by adjusting 512 2nd MIXER MATCH adjustment A6 YIG Oscillator Circuit Description The YIG Oscillator is a transistorized thin film microcircuit It uses an yttrium iron garnet YIG sphere as the frequency determining structure The YIG sphere is a ferromagnetic material whose resonant frequency is directly proportional to the applied magnetic field The sphere is placed in the gap of an electromagnet to provide a magnetic tuning structure whose field and thereby the oscillator s frequency is linearly proportional to the drive current from Frequency Control Assembly A7 8 29 Model 8558B TM
140. for proper operation of TUNING control 8 116 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 INSTALLATION OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY INTO HP 8558B CHASSIS Set Front Switch Assembly into place in chassis being careful not to bend semi rigid cables or pinch wires or ribbon cables Attach Front Switch Diecast 1 to left and right side gussets with four screws Connect four wires 0 916 918 923 to correspondingly4abelled pins in upper right corner of Front Switch Board 2 1 Attach DPM Driver Assembly 1 2 to DPM Mounting Brackets 20 21 with four Screws 19 Connect 14 conductor Ribbon Cable A2A1W1 52 DPM Driver Assembly A1A2 Connect 50 conductor Ribbon Cable A2A1 W2 53 to Motherboard Assembly A16 Use a 5 16 inch open end wrench to carefully connect Semi rigid Cable W14 to RF Input Limiter 1 Use special 9 16 inch nut driver to install CAL OUTPUT and 1ST LO OUTPUT connectors to front panel with two dress nuts Attach brown CAL OUTPUT Cable W8 to Front Switch Standoff 69 with tiewrap Slide HP 8558B into display mainframe turn instrument ON and verify proper operation of all controls 8 117 Model 8558B FACTORY PRESET SHAFT ASSEMBLIES A REF LEVEL SHAFT FLUSH WITH REAR OF BLACK PRESSFIT COLLAR B BANDWIDTH SHAFT 2 C FREQUENCY SPAN SHAFT NOTE Arrows point toward rear of HP 85588 Figure 8 48 Shaft Assemblies 8 118
141. iG Linear Adjustment Variable Persistence and Sweep Time Per Division Storage Functions 3 15 Persistence and Intensity Frequency Control and 3 19 Photographic Techniques DPM Adjustments 5 48 Operating Precautions 5 29 1 dB Offset Adjustment 5 51 CONTENTS Section Page Section REPLACEABLE 5 11 6625 3061 14 Schematic Symbols Terminology and Voltage Levels Test Equipment Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Hints General Principles of Operation Front Switch Assembly A2 Disassembly and Repair NOTE Schematic block and component location diagrams are listed under ILLUSTRATIONS LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 6 1 Introduction 6 3 Replaceable Parts List l 6 6 Ordering Information MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES Introduction PE 7 1 7 5 Manual Instructions eeeeesssss SERVICE 8 1 In
142. in Table 6 3 Page 6 31 Figure 6 2 Mechanical Chassis Parts Substitut Figure 7 CHANGE A of thissection for Figure 6 2 Page 6 33 Front Panel Assembly Substitute Figure 7 4 CHANGE in this section fo Page 8 26 Figure 8 12 Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 Component Locations Delete Page 8 27 Figure 8 13 Front Switch Assembly A2 Schematic Diagram Substitut Figure 7 3 of this section for Figure 8 13 General Change all references to front panel control INPUT ATTEN dB to read OPTIMUM INPUT In Section in the operation booklet 8558B Spectrum Analyzer Operation change front panel PUSH TO LOCK to LOCK rotate clockwise to lock 8558B into mainframe Change description of OPTIMUM INPUT changed from INPUT ATTEN control function to read The optimum and maximum input level selected is designated by the pointer behind the control Push in control knob and turn it to select the required input level range Use table below to translate input attenuation levels given in manual to optimum input levels INPUT OPTIMUM OPTION OPTION ATTEN dB INPUT 001 002 15 dBmV 25 dBmV 35 dBmV 45 dBmV 55 dBmV 65 dBmV 75 dBmV 80 dBmV CHANGE B Page 5 GiTable 5 1 Add adjustment LOG GAIN 1481 paragraph 7 6 adjusts dc offset circuitry at output of Log Amplifier for 10 dB steps in Log mode Add adjustment LOG LIN A14R2 paragraph 7 6 adjusts for Log to linear full screen display translations Add ad
143. in hole 1 and hole 18 as shown in Figure 8 49 Check that Springs 62 and Ball Bearings 10 are in position Place RESOLUTION BW Rotor 63 onto Bandwidth Shaft 61 Position RESOLUTION BW Rotor assembly so that stop tab does not fall within small span between Roll Pins 12 Place Rotor Spacer 64 onto RESOLUTION BW Rotor 63 Clean contract fingers on RESOLUTION BW Rotor and switch traces on Bandwidth Switch Board 66 using lint free cloth and isopropyl alcohol distilled water mixture Use a 1 4 inch nut driver to fasten Bandwidth Switch Board 66 to Front Switch Assembly with two Hex Nuts 22 End of Bandwidth Shaft 61 must not bind against hole in board Align MANUAL SWEEP Shaft 26 with MANUAL SWEEP Potentiometer 65 by turning MANUAL SWEEP knob clockwise until shaft engages with MANUAL SWEEP Potentiometer 8 113 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 NOTE Depth of MANUAL SWEEP Shaft 26 can be adjusted if necessary by carefully tapping SWEEPTIME DIV Shaft 28 farther into the white plastic rotor i Turn Front Switch Assembly over and remove FREQ SPAN DIV knob using a no 4 hex wrench j Install Retainer Clip 25 on Bandwidth Shaft 61 k Useano 4 hex wrench to temporarily install FREQ SPAN DIV and RESOLUTION BW knobs Pull and turn FREQ SPAN DIV Knob until a set screw is visible on Coupling Hub 60 Push FREQ SPAN DIV knob in and out to align pin on Coupling Hub with slots in Bandwidth Rotor 63 With FRE
144. level set by the front panel REF LEVEL CAL screwdriver adjustment A2R3 Setting the dc level by adjusting A2R3 calibrates the 8558B display at a given frequency usually performed at 280 MHz The frequency analog voltage is a dc level varying from 0 6 volts to 6 7 volts as a function of frequency This frequency analog voltage at the base of 905 compensates for input mixer response SLOPE COMP adjustment A9R1 sets the amount of compensation required for a flat frequency response total current through the PIN diodes 9 and CR4 is shaped by the emitter network of A9Q5 This network provides a change in current through the PIN diodes to cause a change of PIN diode resistance The change in resistance is required to provide the proper log curve within an 8 dB range for the voltage controlled attenuator Page 8 61 Figure 8 26 Replace function block E and with function blocks E and F shown in Figure 7 10 CHANGE F CHANGE G Page 7 11 Change item 53 HP Part Number to 08558 20052 Check Digit 9 Change item 57 on HP Part Number 08552 20053 Check Digit 0 7 5 Model 8558B Reference Designation A1 A1MP1 A1MP2 A1MP4 A1MP5 A1MP6 A1MP7 A1IMP8 A1MP9 THRU A1MP16 A1MP17 THRU A1MP20 A1MP21 THRU A1MP24 A1MP25 THRU A1MP28 A1A1 A1A1DS1 A1A1DS2 A1A1DS3 A1A1DS4 A1A1W1 A1A1XDS1 A1A1XDS2 A1A1XDS3 A1A1XDS4 HP Part Number 08558 00090 08558 00091 08558 20130 08558 20130 2200 010
145. maximum video filtering for noise measure mode by switching in C26 through Q47 Sweep Attenuator The sweep attenuator circuit changes the amplitude of the sweep voltage applied to the Frequency Control A7 as a function of the FREQ SPAN DIV selected The attenuator attenuates the 5V to 5V ramp routed through XA8 pin 39 in a divide by 1 2 5 and 10 sequence from a divide by 1 to a divide by 200 The circuit also generates an auto sweep control current used to control the AUTO sweep time circuit as a function of the frequency span The sweep attenuator has two voltage dividers buffered by the unity gain voltage follower 03 The divider at the input of 03 provides either a divide by two or a divide by five the divider at the output of the U3 provides a divide by one divide by ten and a divide by one hundred Assuming that FS3 divide by two is selected 15V turns on Q31 and Q32 grounds a 10K ohm resistor R113 The 5V to 5V ramp is divided across the input resistor R101 10K ohms and R113 10K ohms The ramp is now divided half and applied to sweep buffer 03 pin 3 The dividers at the output of 03 controlled by FS4 and FS5 have reversed control logic they are normally connected to 15V by 2 155 and open when selected Q50 is a gate to drive Q30 When 254 and FS5 are connected to 15V Q50 is off and Q30 is on connecting the divide by one divider at the output of 03 If either FS4 or FS5 is open Q30 is off and Q28 Q26 is o
146. metallic mesh contrast filter or a light blue contrast filter may be used 4 Slide bezel back into place to retain overlay and filter 2 15 Mainframe Interconnections 2 16 When the HP 8558B is properly installed in the display mainframe the interconnections are as listed in Table 2 2 2 17 Operating Environment 2 18 Temperature The instrument may be operated in temperatures from 0 C to 55 C 2 19 Humidity The instrument may be operated in environments with relative humidity from 5 percent to 95 percent 0 to 40 C The recommended long term operating environment is 5 percent to 80 percent relative humidity instrument should also be protected from abrupt temperature changes that cause internal condensation 2 20 Altitude The instrument may be operated in altitudes up to 4572 meters 15 000 feet 2 21 Modifications 2 22 A Modification Kit HP part number 00180 69503 provides materials and information necessary to add Option 807 rear panel connections to the standard HP 180 series display Refer to Table 1 3 in Section 1 Option 807 is factory installed in 180T 181T 181TR and 182T mainframes The modification kit is required for use with other mainframes if all four rear panel outputs are needed Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SCREW 2200 0168 4 PLACES SIDE STOP 08558 00094 2 PLACES Only one side stop and two screws are used for rackmount models Figure 2 1 Loc
147. nutum a E Basic BEN Saka Button Capacitance Capacitore Center Tapped Centistoke Cermet Circular Mil Foot Closed Cup Cold Compression CCP Carbon Composition Plastic CD Cadmium Card CRAN PAAA E EENT Chamfer GHAR EEE cused S A Character Characteristic Charcoal OS Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor Conducting Conductive Conductor Contact Continuous HRS Controller Converter 5 Compression CUBSPT x saa ee as Cup Point OW Clockwise Continuous Wave TM 11 6625 3061 14 Reference Designations and Abbreviations 1 of 3 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS EE unte LE SL LN Filter oe eee Hardware ht E Circulator Electrical Connector Stationary Portion Jack RR a eds Relay RM MOD Coil Inductor RM e Meter MP Miscellaneous Mechanical Part Poss Electrical Connector Movable Portion Plug o Silicon Controlled Rectifier SCR Transistor Triode Thyristor Resistor ABBREVIATIONS D Dt Deep Depletion Depth Diameter Direct Current OA Darlington DAP QL Diallyl Phthalate Glass BE Double G Degre D HOLE D Shaped Hole D A te stata Diameter Dual In Line Package DIP SLDR Dip Solder D MODE Depletion Mode DO Pa
148. on the title page TM 11 6625 3061 14 SERIAL NUMBER M PREFIX SUFFIX 2147401903 UN HEWLETT PACKARD MADE N USA Figure 1 2 Typical Serial Number Label 1 17 Manual Changes Supplement 1 18 An instrument manufactured after the printing of this manual might have a serial number prefix that is not listed on the title page This unlisted serial number prefix indicates that the instrument is different from those described in this manual The manual for this newer instrument is accompanied by a yellow Manual Changes supplement This supplement contains change information that explains how to adapt the manual to the newer instrument 1 19 In addition to change information the supplement may contain information for correcting errors in the manual To keep this manual as current and accurate as possible Hewlett Packard recommends that you periodically request the latest Manual Changes supplement The supplement carries a manual identification block that includes the model number print date of the manual and manual part number Complimentary copies of the supplement are available from Hewlett Packard Addresses of Hewlett Packard offices are located at the back of this manual 1 20 Manual Backdating Changes 1 21 Instruments manufactured before the printing of this manual have been assigned serial number prefixes other than those for which this manual was written directly Manua
149. output at TP2 is 2 1 x 5 4 or 11 3V Q1 acts as an emitter follower and provides the current drive for the 11 V supply 8 83 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B A14 aH Fae ns TPS gt m c c Q Component Locations Figure 8 37 A14 Log Amplifier Assembly 8 84 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 85 through 8 88 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A15 VERTICAL DRIVER AND BLANKING CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Description The Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly provides a preamplifier circuit to amplify the detected and filtered video from the log amplifier The video signal needed to trigger the sweep generator in INT mode is picked off at the preamplifier A vertical driver differential amplifier converts the signal to drive the vertical deflection plates push pull output The blanking and pen lift drive signals are also generated on assembly A15 Preamplifier The detected and filtered video input 0 to 0 8V from the Log Amplifier Assembly A14 is applied to the gate of A15Q17A 15017 Q11 Q12 and 018 make up a differential amplifier The gate of is the noninverting input and the gate of Q17B is the inverting input The output at the emitter of A15Q18 is feedback applied to the gate of Q17B through voltage divider A15R11 R12 and R13 The voltage gain of the preamplifier is 1 R11 R12 R13 10 With an input voltage rang
150. sweep times If the same amount of charging current is supplied to a larger capacitor it charges at a slower rate Timing capacitors C3 and C4 are used to provide fast and slow sweep operation When a fast sweep time ms div is selected at TIME DIV switch A2A1S3 the ST6 FAST SWEEP control line is grounded turning off Q55 and Q53 With off C3 and C4 are in series and the timing capacitor becomes C4 With Q55 off the 15V at R57 back biases CR9 and CR6 so C27 is switched out of the dead time circuit the dead time about 0 4 ms is set by C15 In sweep times greater than 1 ms div or in AUTO sweep times the ST6 FAST SWEEP control line is open Q55 and Q53 are both on With on a ground is provided for and it becomes the timing capacitor CR6 and 9 are on because of the conduction of Q55 C15 and C27 are in parallel so the longer dead time about 7 5 ms is set by C27 When selecting FREE RUN mode 2 154 15 volts is routed to the voltage divider R59 and R60 via the TRIG control line CR10 is reversed biased FREE RUN TRIGGER Operation The circuit free runs and QIO conducts when U1 switches on and off at a time determined by the RC time constants VIDEO TRIGGER OPERATION When the video mode is selected VIDEO position on A2A1S4 switch CR10 is forward biased by R59 and Q10 is off The sweep ramp is generated by turning on Q10 with a negative pulse from the pulse shaper circuitry The negative pulse is appl
151. tested from 50 to 95 relative humidity lt 40 C per requirements of MIL STD 810C Method 507 1 Procedure IV EMI Conducted and radiated interference is in compliance with MIL STD 461A Methods CE03 and RE02 CISPR Publication 11 1975 Postverfuegung 526 527 79 Kennzeichnung Mit F Nummer Funkschutzzeichen 1 Input level not to exceed 30 dBm 002 80 dBm V damage level 2 100 kHz bandwidth limited to 80 relative humidity Amplitude variation is 2 5 at 95 relative humidity 40 C 3 gt 60 dB for 100 kHz to 5 MHz input signals 1 4 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 1 1 HP Model 8558B Specifications 3 of 3 POWER REQUIREMENTS HP Model 182T 180TR Display with HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer 48440 Hz 115 or 230 volts 41096 200VA maxi mum convection cooled HP Model 181T 181TR Display with HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer 48440 Hz 115 or 230 volts 1096 225 VA maxi mum convection cooled WEIGHT HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer Net 5 5 kg 12 Ibs Shipping 10 5 kg 23 165 HP Model 182 Display Net 12 5 kg 27 lbs Shipping 16 5 kg 36 165 HP Model 181T Display Net 11 0 kg 24 Ibs Shipping 15 5 kg 34 165 HP Model 181TR Display Net 12 0 kg 26 Ibs Shipping 17 5 kg 38 Ibs HP Model 180TR Display Net 12 0 kg 26 Ibs Shipping 17 5 kg 38 165 DIMENSIONS HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer gt 17
152. the frequency of YIG oscillator Assembly A6 and also controls the horizontal deflection of the CRT beam The SWEEP TIME DIV control varies from 0 1 mSEC DIV to 10 SEC DIV so the full scan sweep time varies from 1 ms to 100 sec The sweep may be synchronized with either the video input or the line voltage Manual and free run modes are also provided single sweep may be started or stopped with the front panel TRIGGER switch retrace voltage is generated and applied to Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15 Sheet 2 of the A8 schematic shows the resolution bandwidth control circuit the video filter the sweep attenuator circuit and the V sweep offset circuit The resolution bandwidth control circuit has three purposes First it provides the bandwidth filter control current to the PIN diodes on Bandwidth Filter Assemblies A11 and A13 Second it provides current to the sweep generator current source AST line to control the AUTO sweep time circuit as a function of resolution bandwidth Third it switches in the proper capacitor for the RC lowpass video filter to provide video filtering as a constant percentage of resolution bandwidth The sweep attenuator circuit attenuates the sweep ramp to Frequency Control Assembly A7 in proportion to the FREQ SPAN DIV selected It also provides a current to the sweep generator current source AST line to control the automatic sweep time circuit as a function of frequency span per division The V sweep offse
153. the display of low repetition rate pulses without flickering and using the longest persistence intermittent signals can be captured and displayed The storage capability allows side by side comparison of changing signals 3 15 Persistence and Intensity CAUTION Excessive INTENSITY may damage the CRT storage mesh 3 16 These controls determine the appearance of the CRT trace Specifically PERSISTENCE controls the rate at which a signal is erased and INTENSITY controls the trace brightness as the signal is written With a given PERSISTENCE setting the actual time of trace visibility can be increased by greater INTENSITY Since the PERSISTENCE control sets the rate of trace erasure a brighter trace requires more time to be erased Conversely a display of low intensity disappears more rapidly The same principle applies to a stored display of high or low intensity TM 11 6625 3061 14 3 17 Storage These controls select the storage mode in which the CRT functions In ERASE mode STORE WRITE and MAX WRITE are disconnected and all written signals are removed from the CRT The STORE selector disconnects the WRITE MAX WRITE and ERASE functions and implements signal retention at reduced intensity In the STORE mode PERSISTENCE and INTENSITY have no function 3 18 Writing Speed In the MAX WRITE mode the CRT storage surface is primed to allow much faster writing on the storage surface Since the erasing rate is decreased the e
154. through cover access holes across A13TP1 TP2 A11TP1 TP2 and A11TPA TP5 5 25 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 24 CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS Co nt d NOTE Keep crystal spike centered during adjustments The SYM and CTR adjustments for each crystal interact 13 Adjust front panel TUNING control to center bandpass spike Figure 5 8 on the CRT display 14 Adjust A13C38 SYM and A13C54 for a centered and symmetrical bandpass as shown in Figure 5 8 Adjust A13C54 CTR for minimum signal amplitude 15 Remove crystal short from A13TP1 TP2 and connect it across 4 5 16 Adjust A13C15 SYM and A13C25 CTR for a centered and symmetrical bandpass Adjust A13C25 CTR for minimum signal amplitude 17 Remove crystal short from A11TP4 TP5 and connect it across A13TP1 TP2 18 Adjust A11C38 SYM and A11C54 CTR for a centered and symmetrical bandpass Adjust A11C54 CTR for minimum signal amplitude 19 Remove crystal short from A11TP1 TP2 and connect it across A11TP4 TP5 20 Adjust 11 15 SYM and A11C25 CTR for a centered and symmetrical bandpass Adjust A11C25 CTR for minimum signal amplitude 21 Remove the crystal shorts LC Alignment 22 Perform preliminary LC filter adjustments as follows Install A13 on extender board Set RESOLUTION BW control to 100 kHz Short to ground the following test points AT3TP6 A11TP3 and A11TP6 Jumper A8TP1 to A8TP2 Adjust A13C73 for minimum signal a
155. tighten nut to front panel CAUTION Do not overtighten screws and studs into Front Switch Diecast 1 Tighten Stud 59 and left most Screw 54 attaching Front Switch Board Assembly to Front Switch Diecast 1 Check all switch rotors for smooth free switch action Readjust position of Front Switch Board Assembly as necessary for proper switch action Install Screw 23 and Spacer 24 used to attach Front Switch Board Assembly to Front Switch Diecast 1 above DPM Display Tighten the two remaining Screws 54 attaching Front Switch Board Assembly to Front Switch Diecast 1 Recheck all switch rotors for smooth free switch action and readjust Front Switch Assembly as necessary Connect PROBE POWER wires 0 92 97 to respective pins on Front Switch Board Assembly Assembly of RESOLUTION BW Switch Place Coupler Hub 60 on Frequency Span Shaft 9 with pin facing up away from Front Switch Assembly Do not tighten Coupler Hub at this time Center Bandwidth Detent 58 over Coupler Hub 60 with stop tab towards top of Front Switch Assembly and fasten to Front Switch Assembly using two Studs 59 If Drive Hub 14 has been removed or loosened from Bandwidth Shaft 61 refer to Figure 8 48B for proper adjustment Lightly grease narrow end of Bandwidth Shaft 61 and detent holes on Bandwidth Detent 58 Insert Bandwidth Shaft 61 through Frequency Span Shaft 9 Inspect RESOLUTION BW Rotor 63 Roll Pins 12 should be positioned
156. unserviceable counterpart i Repair The application of maintenance services inspect test service adjust aline calibrate replace or other maintenance actions welding grinding riveting staightening facing remachining or resurfacing to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage fault malfunction or failure in a part subassembly module component or assembly end item or system This function does not include the trial and error replacement of running spare type items such as fuses lamps or electron tubes Overhaul That maintenance effort service action necessary to restore an item to a completely serviceable operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards i e DMWR in appropriate technical publications Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition k Rebuild Consists of those services actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements hours miles etc considered in classifying Army equipments components D 3 Column Entries Column 1 Group Number Column 1 lists group numbers the purpose of which is to indentify componen
157. with Record the change in amplitude for each RESOLUTION BW setting Changes in amplitude above reference level set in step 4 are positive 4 Changes below reference level are negative Table 4 7 Amplitude Accuracy Switching Between Bandwidths RESOLUTION FREQ Change in Overall Variation Between Overall Variation BW SPAN DIV Amplitude 3 MHz and 300 kHz Between 3 MHZ and Setting Setting dB RESOLUTION BW Settings dB 1 HZ RESOLUTION BW Settings dB 0 Ref 6 To find the overall variation in algebraically subtract the greatest negative change in amplitude from the greatest positive change in amplitude If all changes in amplitude are of the same sign the overall variation is the largest positive or largest negative change in amplitude overall variation between 3 MHz and 300 kHz RESOLUTION BW settings should be lt 1 0 dB 5 0 dB The overall variation between 3 MHz and 1 kHz RESOLUTION BW settings should be lt 2 0 dB 1 0 dB 4 42 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 22 INPUT ATTENUATOR ACCURACY SPECIFICATION Accuracy 0 5 dB for each 10 dB step but not more than 1 0 dB over full 70 dB range DESCRIPTION The input attenuator accuracy is tested over its full 70 dB range using an RF substitution method A step attenuator that has been calibrated by a Standards Laboratory at 30 MHz is used for substitution The known error of the calibrated attenuator is taken into account when computing
158. 0 Set spectrum analyzer INPUT ATTEN to 0 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to 10 dBm Set RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz Leave FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 002 REFERENCE LEVEL 40 dBmV Connect equipment as shown in Remove W7P1 from 100 2 Connect signal generator through adapters to W7P1 Adjust signal generator frequency until spectrum analyzer trace is at peak Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to position trace at 7 1 divisions above graticule baseline Tune signal generator frequency until trace drops to 5 divisions above graticule baseline Record signal generator frequency MHz Tune signal generator frequency in direction opposite to that of step 15 until trace peaks and then drops to 5 divisions above graticule baseline Record signal generator frequency MHz Calculate and record resolution bandwidth at 3 dB points difference between frequencies recorded in steps 15 and 16 Min Actual Max 24 kHz 36 kHz Set RESOLUTION BW to 10 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps 14 through 17 Min Actual Max 8 kHz 12 kHz 4 18 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 15 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY Cont d 19 Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps 14 through 17 Min Actual Max 2 4 kHz 3 6 kHz 20 Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps 14 through 17 Min Actual Max 0 8 kHz 1 2 kHz 21 Reconn
159. 0 0160 2252 0160 2250 0160 2250 1250 0830 1250 0830 9100 2247 08558 80005 08558 80003 08558 80003 08558 80003 08558 00015 1200 0172 1853 0007 5086 4218 0757 0442 0698 3136 0757 0438 0698 3442 0757 0280 08558 60128 0160 2055 0160 0127 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2207 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2250 0121 0059 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0140 0194 0160 3431 0160 4084 0121 0036 0121 0446 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 4084 0160 2207 0160 2055 0160 2055 A RO Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description MIXER DOUBLE BALANCED DIODE ZNR 5 62V 595 DO 35 PD 4W DIODE ZNR 10V 5 DO 35 PD 4W 06 SURFACE ACOUSTICAL WAVE RESONATOR SAWR SECOND IF CAPACITOR V TRMR PSTN 8 8 5PF 750V CAPACITOR V TRMR PSTN 8 8 5PF 750V CAPACITOR V TRMR PSTN 8 8 5PF 750V CAPACITOR FXD 1000 4 209 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1PF 25 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25PF 500 VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25PF 500 VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 6 2PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25PF 500VDC CER CONNECTOR RF SMC M SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM CONNECTOR RF SMC M SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM IN
160. 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 7 5 25W FC TC 400 500 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1M 5 25W FC TC 800 900 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125WF TC 0 100 RESISTOR 196 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 196 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 62K 1 125W F T 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 51 1 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 64K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W FTC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 8 25K 1 5W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 2K 1 5W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1
161. 0 IF Gain Accuracy in Linear Mode REFERENCE Step Attenuator Deviation from Deviation from Step Attenuator Corrected LEVEL Setting 6 Division in 6 Division Error Calibra Deviation Setting dBm db Linear Mode div in db tion dB dB 002 REFERENCE LEVEL dBmvV from top to bottom 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 to convert deviation in linear mode to deviation in dB Attenuations gt dial settings are positive Attenuations lt dial settings are negative Table 4 11 Conversion Table Deviation in Linear Mode POSTIVE DEVIATIONS Above 6 division NEGATIVE DEVIATIONS Below 6 division from graticule baseline from graticule baseline Liner Divisions l dB Linear Divisions 4 49 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 23 REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY Cont d Vernier Accuracy 9 Replace 10 dB step attenuator with 1 dB step attenuator Set spectrum analyzer as follows HEFERENGE LEVEBL Reuter ete 10 dBm REFERENCE LEVEL FINE 0 Amplitude Scale e dB DIV FREQ NT EL EDEN 50 kHz RESOLUTION BW 300 kHz 10 Center the signal on the CRT and adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL until trace is 6 divisions above graticule baseline Set step attenuator and spectrum analyzer REFERENCE LEVEL FINE to settings indicated in Table 4 12 Record Deviation from 6th Division for each setti
162. 0 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 47K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 50 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1X 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESIST1 R 1 96K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 215 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 237 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESIST OR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 62K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TC 0 110 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 196 1 125W F TC 0 110 RESISTOR 511 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 10 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 31 6 1x 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 48K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125W F TC 0 100 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 045 IN BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 045 IN BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ S0 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 045 IN BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 045 IN BSC SZ S CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ NOT ASSIGNED C10NNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN
163. 0 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 23 7K 1 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 RESISTOR 2 61K 1 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 147 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 8 25K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 464K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 825 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 121K 1 125W F TC 0 100 OP AMP GP DUAL TO 99 DIODE ZNR 5 11V 5 DO 7 PD 4W 009 DIODE ZNR 6 81V 5 DO 7 PD 4W TC 043 DIODE ZNR 5 11V 5 DO 15 PD 1W 009 7 23 Mfr Code 24546 19701 19701 24546 19701 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 19701 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 24546 19701 19701 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number C4 1 8 TO 316R F MF4C1 8 TO
164. 0 1 division from the reference one division down from top graticule line If signal level is out of limits repeat steps 3 through 8 until the signal level is within limits 9 Check REF LEVEL FINE control from 0 to 12 dBm as shown in Table 5 5 Verify correct operation on display or measure voltage at A15TP1 with digital voltmeter NOTE Be sure all covers in the IF section are secured by at least six screws before proceeding covers are left off or not secured by at least six screws leakage between assemblies may occur This leakage causes erroneous adjustment 10 Replace 1 dB step attenuator with 10 dB step attenuator set to 0 dB Set REF LEVEL FINE control to O 5 36 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 24 STEP AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENTS Cont d Table 5 5 REF LEVEL FINE Control Check FINE Setting Setting dB Reference 0 0 1 mV R X 11 Connect power sensor and power meter to attenuator output and adjust signal generator output level for a power meter reading of 13 dBm Connect test cable from attenuator to A9J1 12 Tune signal generator frequency for peak amplitude on the display near 301 4 MHz 13 Set step attenuator to 10 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to 10 dBm 002 40dBmV 14 Adjust A12R3 10 dB adjustment for signal level one division from top graticule line T5 Set step attenuator to 20 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to 20 dBm 002 30 dBmV 16 Adjust A12R2 20 dB adjustment
165. 0 3456 0160 3466 0160 2257 0160 2150 150D225X9020A2 DM15E680JO300W VICR 150D225X9020A2 CO023F101H223Z822 CDH 0160 3456 0160 3094 0160 3449 023 101 22327522 150D334X9035A2 150D104X9035A2 0160 0163 0160 2055 0160 0155 0160 0153 0160 0134 1500225X902A2 0170 0066 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0376 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 11 IS GND A7TP12 NOT ASSIGNED Model 8558B Reference Designation A8CR16 A8CR17 A8CR18 A8CR19 A8CR20 A8CR21 A8CR22 A8CR23 A8CR24 A8CR25 A8MP1 A8MP2 A8Q1 A8Q2 A8Q3 A8Q4 A8Q5 A8Q6 A8Q7 A8Q8 A8Q9 A8Q10 A8Q11 A8Q12 A8Q13 A8Q14 A8Q15 A8Q16 A8Q17 A8Q18 A8Q19 A8Q20 8021 A8Q22 A8Q23 A8Q24 A8Q25 A8Q26 A8Q27 A8Q28 A8Q29 A8Q30 A8Q31 A8Q32 A8Q33 A8Q34 A8Q35 A8Q36 A8Q37 A8Q38 A8Q39 A8Q40 A8Q41 A8Q42 A8Q43 A8Q44 A8Q45 A8Q46 A8Q47 A8Q48 A8Q49 A8Q50 A8Q51 A8Q52 A8Q53 A8Q54 A8Q55 A8R2 A8R3 A8R4 A8R5 A8R6 A8R7 A8R8 A8R9 A8R10 HP Part Number 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0040 1901 0050 1901 0040 1205 0202 0380 0198 2360 0055 1854 0071 1855 00B2 1855 0082 1853 0007 1853 0020 1854 0071 1853 0007 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0404 1855 0417 1853 0020 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854
166. 0 5dB 10 dBm 100 dBm 1 0 dB Vernier Accuracy 0 5 dB DESCRIPTION The reference level accuracy is tested over the range of 10 dBm to 100 dBm by checking the IF gain steps in 1 dB DIV Log and in LIN The resulting maximum deviation in each case must be less than 1 0 dB 0 5 dB from 10 dBm to 80 dBm and less than 2 0 dB 1 0 dB from 10 dBm to 100 dBm 002 Change range to 40 dBm V to 50 dBm V SPECTRUM SIGNAL GENERATOR ANALYZER 5 ADAPTER ADAPTER 001 AND 002 ADD 750 MINIMUM LOSS ADAPTER 750 CABLE AND ADAPTERS Figure 4 19 Heference Level Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Signal Generator 8640 1 dB Step 2 HP 355C Opt H80 10 dB Step Atten alor X RA TURO MERE Re Y ERE HP 355D Opt H82 Adapter 2 required e tete at HP 1250 0780 BNC Cable 20 9 HP 10502A BNC Cable 120 cm 48 HP 10503A Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 222222222 0600000000000000000000000002002200020 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 750 nennen HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA iade
167. 0 dBm 12 Set spectrum analyzer INPUT ATTEN to 20 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to 0 dBm Set RESOLUTION BW to 100 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 002 REFERENCE LEVEL 50 13 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 11 14 Set signal generator frequency to 50 MHz Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING to locate peak of 50 MHz signal on CRT 15 Adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to position trace at top graticule line 4 22 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 16 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY Cont d 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 SPECTRUM SIGNAL GENERATOR ANALYZER RF DUTPUT 1 ADAPTER Figure 4 11 Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Test Setup 100 kHz to 3 MHz Tune signal generator frequency until trace drops to 2 divisions above graticule baseline Record signal generator frequency MHz Tune signal generator frequency in direction opposite to that of step 16 until trace peaks and then drops to 2 divisions above graticule baseline Record signal generator frequency MHz Calculate and record resolution bandwidth at 60 dB points difference between frequencies recorded in steps 16 and 17 kHz Set spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW to 300 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps 14 through 18 kHz Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps 14 through 18 MHz Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 MHz leavi
168. 00 28480 28400 28480 28450 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 24 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F 4 1 8 3831 4 1 8 2371 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 316R F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F 4 1 8 7501 C4 1 8 TO 121R F 4 1 8 3831 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 101 C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 562R F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 34R8 F C4 1 8 TO 90R9 F C4 1 8 TO 619R F C4 1 8 TO 196R F 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 1782 4 1 8 101 C4 1 8 TO 619R F 4 1 8 7501 4 1 8 2611 C4 1 8 TO 147R F 4 1 8 6811 50 102 4 1 8 751 4 1 8 7501 4 1 8 1622 4 1 8 1622 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 1961 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 111 0757 1438 C3 1 8 TO 101R F C3 1 8 TO 100R F ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 1826 0092 1826 0092 1902 0901 08558 00015 150D225X9020A2 150D225X9020A2 150D225X9020A2 0160 2055 150D225X9020A2 0160 2055 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 19
169. 00 kHz comb on the spectrum analyzer display 4 5 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 11 FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY Cont d NOTE To obtain a clean comb on the spectrum analyzer display use the LOW or HIGH output of the function generator as necessary Readjust the function generator OUTPUT LEVEL and the comb generator INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE 1 MHz as necessary 13 Set spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN DIV to 200 kHz Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line Error should be no greater than 4 0 4 division div 14 Using procedure of NOTE in step 12 vary spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN DIV and Function Generator Output Frequency in accordance with Table 4 2 Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure span error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line Table 4 2 Narrow Span Width Error Measurement Spectrum Analyzer Function Generator Allowable Error FREQ SPAN DIV RESOLUTION BW Output Frequency Max 100 kHz OPTIMUM 100 kHz 0 4 Division 50 kHz OPTIMUM 50 kHz 0 4 Division 20 kHz OPTIMUM 20 kHz 0 4 Division 10 kHz OPTIMUM 10 kHz 0 4 Division 5 kHz OPTIMUM 5 kHz 0 4 Division Check function generator output frequency using a frequency counter Frequency readout should be within 40 596 of desired audio frequency 4 6 Model
170. 01 0535 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0050 1901 0050 Model 8558B Reference Designation A15CR11 A15CR12 A15L1 A15L2 A15MP1 A15Q1 A15Q2 A19Q3 A15Q4 A15Q5 A15Q6 A15Q7 A15Q8 A15Q9 A15Q10 A15Q11 A15Q12 A15Q13 A15Q14 A15Q15 A15Q16 A15Q17 A15Q18 A15Q19 A15Q20 15021 A15R1 A15R2 A15R3 A15R4 A15R5 A15R6 A15R7 A15R8 A15R9 A15R10 A15R11 A15R12 A15R13 A15R14 A15R15 A15R16 A15R17 A15R18 A15R19 A15R20 15821 15822 15823 15824 15825 A15R26 A15R27 A15R28 A15R29 A15R30 15831 15832 A15R33 A15R34 A15R35 A15R36 A15R37 A15R38 A15R39 A15R40 A15R41 A15R42 A15R43 A15R44 A15R45 A15R46 A15R47 A15R48 A15R49 A15R50 HP Part Number 1901 0050 1901 0518 9140 0179 9140 0179 1200 0173 1853 0007 1854 0234 1854 0234 1854 0009 1854 0404 1854 0234 1854 0234 1853 8007 1854 0019 1854 0039 1853 0451 1853 0451 1854 0404 1854 0475 1854 0404 1853 0007 1855 0049 1854 0404 1855 0417 1854 0404 1855 0020 2100 3123 0757 0199 0757 0420 0757 0280 0757 0279 0698 3156 0757 0444 0757 0424 0698 3156 8757 0199 0698 3155 0757 0416 0683 0475 0757 0424 0757 0199 0757 0199 0757 0280 0698 3155 0698 0084 0757 0416 0683 1055 0757 0442 0757 0465 0757 0442 0757 0199 0698 3153 0698 3440 0698 3440 0757 0279 0698 3156 0757 0444 0698 3444 0757 0424 0698 3156 0757 0279 0757 0200 0757 0465 0757 0199 0698 3444 0757 0394 0698 3155 0757 0416
171. 01 0535 1901 0047 1901 0535 1901 0047 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 02 02 02 00 02 OO CO OO CO CO OO CO CO CO CO CO OcO coco 000 Qty Table 6 3 Heplaceable Parts Description CAPACITOR FXD 6 8PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 5 5 18PF 350V NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 4 5 20PF 160V CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20x 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 300PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 2 8PF 350 PC MTG NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 6 8PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 110PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 5 5 18PF 350V CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 10
172. 014 BNC m 1250 1288 Adapter Type N m to SMA f HP 1250 1250 P A T P Performance Test A Adjustment T Troubleshooting 1 17 1 18 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION II INSTALLATION 2 1 INTRODUCTION for the correct voltage level could cause damage to the instrument 2 2 This section includes information initial when plugged in Refer to the inspection preparation for use and storage and shipping requirements for the HP Model 8558B 2 3 INITIAL INSPECTION 2 4 Inspect the shipping container for damage If the shipping container or cushioning material is damaged it should be kept until the contents of the shipment have been checked for completeness and the instrument has been checked mechanically and electrically contents of the shipment should be as shown in Figure The electrical performance is checked with the procedures in If the contents are incomplete if there is mechanical damage or defect or if the instrument does not pass the Performance Test procedures notify the nearest Hewlett Packard office If the shipping container is damaged or if the cushioning material shows signs of stress notify the carrier as well as the Hewlett Packard office the shipping materials for inspection by the carrier The Hewlett Packard office will arrange for repair or replacement without waiting for a claim set
173. 0160 0168 0180 2207 0160 4084 1901 0040 1901 0050 1200 0508 9100 1644 1854 0404 1854 0404 0757 0465 0757 0420 2100 1702 0698 3446 0757 0442 0698 3260 0698 3457 0698 3439 0757 0442 0757 0416 0757 0442 0757 0458 0757 0458 0757 0317 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 1826 0431 1858 0047 1820 1413 1810 0346 1902 0064 08558 60100 2100 3593 2100 3452 2100 3066 2100 0542 2100 3973 2100 3973 3101 0044 2100 3973 U NDOA Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Qty Description DIGITAL PANEL METER ASSEMBLY NOT ASSIGNED 1 DPM DRIVER ASSEMBLY NOTE SEE A2 FOR DPM DISPLAY NOT ASSIGNED 18 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10X 20VDC TA NOT ASSIGNED 11 CAPACITOR FXD UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA NOT ASSIGNED 1 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 200VODC POLYE 1 CAPACITOR FXD 100UF 10 10VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20X 50VDC CER NOT ASSIGNED 29 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 27 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 1 SOCKET IC 14 CONT DIP SLDR 1 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 330UH 5 2DX 45L G NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED 35 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD2360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW 27 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W TC 0 100 7 RESISTOR 750 1 125W F 0 100 1 3 RESISTOR 383 196 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125W F TC 0 100 5 RESISTOR 464K
174. 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2250 304324 2 8PF NPO 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 DM15F111J0300D0WV1CR 0160 3431 0160 4084 304324 5 5 18PF NPO 0121 0446 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 4084 0160 2207 0160 2055 0160 2055 Model 8558B Reference Designation A11C36 A11C37 A11C38 A11C39 A11C40 A11C41 A11C42 A11C43 A11C44 A11C45 11 46 A11C47 A11C48 A11C49 A11C50 A11C51 A11C52 A11C53 A11C54 A11C55 A11C56THRU A11C59 A11C60 11 61 11 62 A11C63 A11C64 A11C65 A11C66 A11C67 A11C68THRU A11C72 A11C73 A11C74 A11CR1 A11CR2 A11CR3 A11CR4 A11CR5 A11CR6 A11CR7 A11CR8 A11CR9 A11CR10 A11CR11 A11CR12 A11CR13 A11CR14 A11CR15 A11CR16 A11CR17 A11E1 THRU 11 8 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1110 1111 11112 11113 11114 11115 11116 11117 A11MP1 A11Q1 A11Q2 A11Q3 1104 1105 HP Part Number 0160 2055 0160 2250 0121 0059 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2055 0160 3431 0140 0194 0121 0036 0160 4084 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0121 0446 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2208 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0121 0452 0121 0452 1901 0047 1901 0047 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0047 1901 0047 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0047 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0047 1901 0535 91
175. 0179 9140 0098 9100 1620 9100 3854 9140 0144 9100 1624 08565 00024 2N5179 1854 0404 2N3251 2 3251 1855 0267 Model 8558B Reference Designation A11Q6 A11Q7 A1RQ8 A11Q9 A11Q10 A11R1 A11R2 A11R3 A11R4 A11R5 A11R6 A11R7 A11R8 A11R9 A11R10 A11R11 A11R12 A11R13 A11R14 A11R15 A11R16 A11R17 A11R18 A11R19 A11R20 11821 A11R22 A11R23 A11R24 A11R25 A11R26 A11R27 A11R28 A11R29 A11R30 A11R31 A11R32 A11R33 A11R34 A11R35 A11R36 A11R37 A11R38 A11R39 A11R40 A11R41 A11R42 A11R43 A11R44 A11R45 A11R46 A11R47 A11R48 A11R49 A11R50 A11R51 A11R52 A11R53 A11R54 A11R55 A11R56 A11R57 A11R58 A11R59 A11R60 A11TP1 A11TP2 A11TP3 A11TP4 A11TP5 A11TP6 A11TP7 A11TP8 A11TP9 A11TP10 HP Part Number 1853 0007 1854 0404 1853 0007 1855 0267 1853 0007 0757 0444 0698 3156 0757 0402 0757 0405 0698 3431 0698 8822 0757 0401 0757 0439 0757 1094 0757 0440 0757 0447 0698 0082 0757 0346 0698 3440 0757 0419 0698 3442 0757 0279 0757 0279 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0289 0757 0465 0757 0465 2100 3163 0757 0444 0757 0290 0757 1094 0757 0402 2100 3052 0757 0442 0757 0199 0757 0288 0698 0083 0757 0416 0698 3441 0757 0419 0698 3442 0757 0279 0757 0442 0757 0200 0757 0442 0757 0401 0757 0401 0757 0346 0698 3156 0757 0444 0757 0346 0757 0290 0698 3440 0757 0416 0757 0442 0757 0424 0757 0180 0698 3152 0757 0180 0698 3153 0360 1788 0360 1788
176. 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9100 2260 9140 0158 9100 2552 1853 0007 1854 0345 1853 0007 1854 0345 1853 0007 1854 0345 1853 0007 1853 0007 1853 0007 1854 0882 1854 0882 1853 0007 1853 0213 2100 3103 2100 3103 2100 3054 2100 3061 2100 3103 O O1 O 00 gt 00 XO KO 60 02 02 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO MO Qty aa QA Table 6 3 Heplaceable Parts Description CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ DIODE ZNR 6 81V 5 DO 35 PD 4W CRYSTAL 21 4 MHZ MATCHED SET OF FOUR INCLUDES A11Y1 A11Y2 A13Y1 amp A13Y2 STEP GAIN STEP GAIN OPTION 001 002 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 35VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2000PF 10 250VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80
177. 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 2076 100VDC CER 51 25PF 500VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 22UF 10 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1PF 25 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 2076 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1PF 25 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 80 2076 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 2076 100VDC CER 80 20 100VDC CER 02UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1PF
178. 02 CABLE ASSY INTERCONNECT CABLE ASSY OUTPUT VERTICAL NOT ASSIGNED CABLE ASSY YIG DRIVER CABLE ASSY SECOND CONVERTER CABLE ASSY ATTENUATOR TO LIMITER CABLE ASSY LIMITER TO FIRST CONVERTER Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 7 7 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 11593A 1250 0780 5020 8565 5020 8565 5020 8567 08558 60131 08558 60117 2100 3593 2100 3452 2100 3066 2100 0542 2100 3317 2100 3317 3101 0044 5086 7282 08558 60038 08558 60031 08558 20071 08558 20090 08558 20073 08558 60047 08558 60048 08558 60046 08558 60074 08558 60037 08558 60043 08558 60044 08558 60080 08558 20117 08558 20116 Model 8558B Reference Designation ARUN 11 HP Part Number 08558 00002 08558 00004 08558 00005 08558 00003 08558 20039 08558 20040 08558 20037 08558 20036 08558 20051 08558 20038 08558 40015 08558 20092 08558 20030 08558 20041 08558 20027 0624 0203 2200 0055 2200 0104 2360 0210 0624 0268 0624 0206 2200 0103 2360 0115 2200 0170 0380 0006 2260 0003 2200 0107 2200 0164 2200 0168 08558 00086 08558 00089 08558 00088 08558 00
179. 08558 20071 08558 20092 08558 00082 08558 00083 08558 00084 2950 0072 3101 0044 00183 67407 0510 0045 0590 0012 08558 20093 08558 00045 08558 00044 5060 0467 08558 60038 08558 60031 08558 00107 0380 0063 1430 0567 1430 0568 1460 1542 3050 0086 08558 00069 08558 00070 08558 20111 08558 20112 08558 20113 08558 20114 1460 0623 2200 0165 6960 0016 2200 0121 2190 0004 2950 0001 7120 7136 Qty mer mer mer aA A VE Mfr Description Code Mfr Part Number NUT HEX DBL CHAM 4 40 28480 2260 0001 SHAFT BANDWIDTH 28480 08558 20056 HUB COUPLING 28480 08558 20058 WASHER LK INTL T 15 32 472 IN ID 28480 2190 0102 WASHER FL MTLC NO 5 13 IN ID 28480 3050 0124 SHAFT MANUAL SWEEP 28480 08558 20055 SCREW SET 2 56 094 IN LG CUP PT SST 28480 3030 0332 KNOB KNURLED 28480 08558 40007 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 635 IN THX 28480 2950 0142 SHAFT SWEEP TIME 28480 08558 20049 WASHER FL NM IN 26 IN ID 562 IN OD 28480 2190 0390 SHAFT SWEEP TRIGGER 28480 08558 20048 SPRING TRSN MUW CD 28480 1460 0537 STOP ARM 28480 08558 00053 DETENT SWEEP TRIGGER 28480 08558 00026 SCREW MACH 4 40 75 IN LG PAN HD POZI 28480 2200 0151 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 28 125 IN THX 28480 2950 0054 WASHER LK INTL T IN 505 IN ID 28480 2190 0068 SCRE MACH 4 40 1 INTLG PAN HD POZI 28480 2200 0
180. 08558 60130 10 513 11 10 513 11 10 513 11 10 513 11 Model 8558B Reference Designation AT1 HP Part Number 11593A 1250 0780 5020 8565 5020 8566 5020 8567 08558 60131 08558 60117 2100 3593 2100 3452 2100 3066 2100 0542 2100 3317 2100 3317 3101 0044 5086 7282 08558 60038 08558 60031 08558 20071 08558 20090 08558 20073 08558 20047 08558 20048 08558 20046 08558 20074 08558 60037 08558 60043 08558 60044 08558 60080 08558 20117 08558 20116 OONAN gt n ON NO NK OUNDOLH Table 7 3 Replaceable Parts CHANGE A Qty Description ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED TERMINATION 50 OHM ADAPTER TYPE N MALE TO BNC FEMALE OVERLAY 180 SERIES SCOPES OVERLAY 181 SERIES SCOPES OVERLAY 182 SERIES SCOPES KIT SIDE STOP CHASSIS PARTS REAR PANEL INTERCONNECT PREWIRED RESISTOR VAR PREC W CP 10 TRN 5K 10 RESISTOR VAR PREC W CP 10 TRN 10K 10 RESISTOR VAR PREC WW 10 TRN 5K 5 RESISTOR VAR CONTROL WW 10K 5 LIN RESISTOR VARIABLE W SW 50K 20 10CW RESISTOR VARIABLE W SW 50K 20 10CW SWITCH PB SPST NO MOM 5A 115VAC RED BTN LIMITER RF INPUT CABLE ASSY INPUT RF SEE FIG 6 1 CABLE ASSY INPUT RF OPT 001 002 NOT ASSIGNED CABLE ASSY OUTPUT L O CABLE ASSY INPUT 1ST L O CABLE ASSY OUTPUT 1ST I F CABLE ASSY INPUT 2ND I F CABLE ASSY OUTPUT 2ND I F CABLE ASSY CAL OUTPUT CABLE ASSY CAL OUTPUT OPT 001 0
181. 087 08565 20096 08565 20093 D Qty 7 1 9 1 0 1 8 1 2 1 5 1 0 1 9 1 7 2 1 1 6 1 aN ao N NNN Handa ANNOO WWOWD A Description MECHANICAL CHASSIS PARTS PANEL FRONT SUP GUSSET LEFT GUSSET RIGHT PANEL REAR GUIDE RAIL LEFT GUIDE RAIL RIGHT EXTRUSION END PLATE ENCLOSURE EXTRUSION CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE TAPPED 4 EXTRUSION CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE EXTRUSION ENCLOSURE DIVIDER HOUSING LATCH FOR INSTRUMENTS WITH SERIAL PREFIX 13344 amp BELOW SEE SECTION VII SHIFT LATCH INSULATOR BOTTOM GUIDE RAIL GUIDE RAIL BOTTOM BOARD VERTICAL OUTPUT CONNECTOR SCREW TPG 4 40 375 IN LG 82 DEG SCREW MACH 4 40 125 IN LG 82 DEG SCREW MACH 4 40 25 IN LG 82 DEG SCREW MACH 6 32 625 IN LG 82 DEG SCREW TPG 4 24 375 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW TPG 6 32 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI STL SCREW MACH 4 40 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 6 32 31 2 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 4 40 625 IN LG 82 DEG SPACER RND 375 IN LG 18 IN ID NUT HEX PLSTC LKG 4 40 THD 141 IN THK SCREW MACH 4 40 375IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 4 40 188 IN LG UNCT 82 DEG SCREW MACH 4 40 438 IN LG 82 DEG COVER LOG AMPLIFIER COVER BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 1 COVER STEP GAIN COVER BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 2 EXTRUSION CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE TAPPED 8 EXTRUSION CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE TAPPED 4 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28
182. 0VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 4 5 20PF 160V CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 80 2076 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR V TRMR AIR 1 3 5 4PF 175V CAPACITOR V TRMR AIR 1 3 5 4PF 175V DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 112V DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY NOT ASSIGNED DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD Mfr Code 28480 28480 52763 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 20480 28480 52763 28480 28480 20480 28480 72136 52763 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 74970 749
183. 1 OUT 21 4 MHz IF 350mv S XX ur oa Figure 8 33 A12 Step Gain Schematic 8 75 8 76 blank TM 11 6625 3061 14 NOTES 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS 9 CAPACITANCE MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH 3 SEE FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS 4 RIPPLE MEASURED WITH SWEEP TIME DIV CONTROL SET TO MAN 5 MNEMONIC TABLE MNEMONIC DEFINITION REF LEVEL FINE REFERENCE VOLTAGE CW END OF R4 REF LEVEL FINE VOLT AGE WIPER OF R4 GAIN CONTROL LINES Aag A13 BANDWIDTH FILTERNO 2 08558 60129 QFIRST LC POLE yn SIGNAL TO FROM FUNCTION BLOCK 0 CONTROL LINES SEE 8 0 wi To lalate 19 104107 150 0 0 008 INPUT BUFFER AMPLIFIER Qa P P R45 100 lt d 86 O Femo Q UNITY GAIN BUFFER AMPLIFIER E rr ET ce gE 107 SECOND XTAL POLE Q FIRST XTAL POLE IVF RIG 4 Hr fe
184. 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 16 Mfr Code 04713 28480 04713 28480 04713 24546 24546 24546 24546 03888 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 02111 24546 19701 24546 24546 02111 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 28480 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 2N3251 1854 0404 2 3251 1855 0267 2 3251 4 1 8 1212 C4 1 8 TO 1472 F C4 1 8 TO 111 F C4 1 8 TO 162R F PME55 1 8 TO 23R7 F 0698 8822 C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 6811 F C4 1 8 TR 1471 F C4 1 8 TO 7501 F C4 1 8 TO 1622 F 4 1 8 4640 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F C4 1 8 TO 196R F C4 1 8 TO 681R F C4 1 8 TO 237R F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F MS4C1 8 TO 1332F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F 43P105 C4 1 8 TO 1212 F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 1471 F C4 1 8 TO 111 F 43P500 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F MF4C1 8 TO 9091 F 4 1 8 1961 C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 681R F C4 1 8 TO 237R F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F
185. 1 7 singla input signal gt 5 MHz two equal input signals gt 5 MHz 7 200 kHz separation Option 002 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 1 2 Model 8558B 180 Series Supplemental Characteristics 3 of 3 SUPPLEMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS NOTE Values in this table are not specifications They are typical characteristics included for user information CAL OUTPUT 30 dBm at 280 MHz with second through fourth harmonics greater than 70 dBm into 50 ohms 001 30 dBm at 280 MHz into 75 ohms 002 20 dBm V at 280 MHz into 75 ohms 1ST LO OUTPUT 10 dBm nominal into 50 ohms 2 05 3 55 GHz Terminate with a 50 ohm load when not in use PROBE POWER 15V 12 6V and GND 150 mA maximum for use with HP High Impedance Probes i e HP 11204 1121 1123A 11244 The HP 1121 is recommended for its low noise characteristics REAR PANEL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS VERTICAL PENLIFT BLANKING AND HORIZONTAL OUTPUTS AUX A B D These outputs are compatible with and may be used to drive HP X Y Recorders using positive pencoils or TTL penlift input and CRT monitors 1See Section details regarding use with 001 and 002 75ohm inputs 2Rear panel outputs refer to 180T series display mainframes and other 180 series mainframes with Option 807 installed Horizontal vertical and blanking outputs attenuated and shifted in dc level are available on other 180 series mainframes at the MAIN SWEEP MAIN GATE and D
186. 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 51 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 1 5W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W TC 0 101 RESISTOR 2 61K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 464K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 WW SIDE ADJ 20 TRN See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 11 Mfr Code 28480 24546 02111 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 19701 19701 01121 01121 19701 19701 24546 24546 28480 24546 24546 24546 01121 28480 24546 24546 24546 19701 03888 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 02660 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 02660 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 0698 3457 C4 1 8 TO 237R F 43P500 C4 1 8 TO 383R F C4 1 8 TO 1101 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 C C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 5112 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 1001 C4 1 8 T0 316R F MF4C1 8 TO 1002 C MF4C1 8 TO 4402 C MF4C1 8 TO 1002 C CB3355 CB3355 MF4C1 8 TO 1002 C MF4C1 8 TO 5251 C C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 3162 F 0698 3260 C4 1 8 TO 3162 F C4 1 8 TO 90R
187. 124 A14R125 A14R126 A14R127 A14R128 A14R129 A14R130 A14R131 A14R132 A14R133 A14R134 A14TP1 A14TP2 A14TP3 A14TP4 A14TP5 A14TP6 A14TP7 A14TP8 A14TP9 A14TP10 A14U1 A14U2 A14VR1 A15 A15C1 A15C2 A15C3 A15C4 A15C5 A15C6 A15CR1 A15CR2 A15CR3 A15CR4 A15CR5 A15CR6 A15CR7 A15CR8 A15CR9 A15CR10 HP Part Number 0757 0289 0757 0289 0698 3153 0698 3150 0757 0346 0698 3444 0757 0289 0757 0289 0757 0440 0757 0403 0698 3153 0757 0346 0757 0401 0757 0401 0698 3444 0757 0417 0757 0199 0698 3434 0757 0400 0757 0418 0698 3440 0757 0280 0757 0280 0698 3136 0757 0401 0757 0418 0757 0440 0698 0085 0698 3438 0757 0439 2100 2633 0757 0420 0757 0440 0757 0447 0757 0447 0757 0465 0757 0465 0757 0465 0698 0083 0757 0279 0757 0402 0757 1438 0698 7212 0698 7212 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 0360 0535 1826 0092 1826 0092 1902 0901 08558 60015 0180 0197 0180 0197 0180 0197 0160 2055 0180 0197 0160 2055 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0535 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0050 1901 0050 Q3 2 XO 00 O0 O1 Q0 O O O O O O O O O 0 2 1020000 ICO CO Q0 TO PO CO PO PD Qty 33 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W T
188. 13TP4 1 5 A13TP6 A13TP7 A13TP8 A13TP9 A13TP10 A13TP11 A13VR1 A13Y1 2 A14 A14C1 A14C2 A14C3 14 4 14 5 14 6 14 7 14 14 9 14 10 14 11 A14C12 A14C13 A14C14 THRU A14C34 A14C35 A14C36 THRU A14C69 A14C70 A14C71 A14C72 A14C73 A14C74 A14C75 A14C76 A14C77 A14CR1 A14CR2 A14CR3 A14CR4 A14CR5 A14CR6 A14CR7 A14CR8 A14CR9 A14CR10 A14CR11 A14CR12 A14CR13 A14CR14 A14CR15 HP Part Number 0757 0401 0757 0346 0698 3156 0757 0444 0757 0346 0757 0290 0698 3440 0757 0416 0757 0442 0757 0274 0757 0180 0698 3153 0757 0180 0698 3153 0360 1788 0360 1788 1251 0600 0360 1788 0360 1788 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1902 0048 0410 0450 5061 5411 0160 4554 0180 0197 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 3879 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4519 0140 0195 0160 4386 0160 3872 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 1910 0016 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1070 EAE NNO ONNONNONONAONNOAON WONNNNOWN Qty 16 1 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description RESISTOR 100 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 10 195 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 12 1K 196 125W F 0
189. 155 CABLE LO OUTPUT 28480 08558 20071 SHAFT LATCH 28480 08558 20092 PANEL FRONT SEE FIG 6 2 FOR SUB PANEL 28480 08558 00082 PANEL FRONT OPTION 001 28480 08558 00083 PANEL FRONT OPTION 002 28480 08558 00084 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 32 062 IN THK 28480 2950 0072 SWITCH PB SPST NO MOM 5A 115VAC RED BTN 28480 3101 0044 KNOB 28480 00183 67407 RETAINER RING F R EXT 188 IN DIA STL 28480 0510 0045 NUT KNRLD R 15 32 32 THD 062 IN THK 28480 0590 0012 KNOB LATCH 28480 08558 20093 KNOB MANUAL SWEEP 28480 08558 00045 KNOB SWEEP TIME 28480 08558 00044 CONNECTOR MALE PROBE POWER 28480 5060 0467 CABLE ASSY INPUT RF 28480 08558 60038 CABLE ASSY 75 OHM INPUT RF 28480 08558 60031 KNOB TRIGGER SWITCH 28480 08558 00107 SPACER RND 125 IN LG 129 IN ID 28480 0380 0063 GEAR SPUR 60 T 28480 1430 0567 GEAR SPUR 40 T 28480 1430 0568 SPRING UNIVERSAL COUPLER 28480 1460 1542 WASHER FL MTLC 3 8 IN 406 IN ID 28480 3050 0086 SPRING 28480 08558 00069 BRACKET DUAL POT 28480 08558 00070 BUSHING COARSE TUNE SHAFT 28480 08558 20111 WASHER THRUSH 28480 08558 20112 SHAFT COARSE TUNE 28480 08558 20113 SHAFT FINE TUNE 28480 08558 20114 SPRING CPRSN 18 INOD 312 IN OA LG MUW 28480 1460 0623 SCREW MACH 4 40 25 IN LG 82 DEG 28480 2200 0165 PLUG HOLE TR HD FOR 125 D HOLE NYL 28480 6960 0016 SCREW MACH 4 40 1 1258 IN LG PAN HD POZI 28480 2200 0121 WASHER LK INTL T NO 6 115 IN ID 2
190. 160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2207 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2250 304324 2 8PF NPO 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 DM15F111J0300WV1CR Model 8558B Reference Designation 13 21 13 22 A13C23 A13C24 A13C25 A13C26 A13C27 A13C28 A13C29 A13C30 13 31 A13C32 A13C33 A13C34 A13C35 A13C36 A13C37 A13C38 A13C39 A13C40 A13C41 A13C42 A13C43 A13C44 A13C45 A13C46 A13C47 A13C48 A13C49 A13C50 13 51 13 52 13 53 13 54 13 55 A13C56 THRU A13C59 A13C60 A13C61 A13C62 A13C63 A13C64 A13C65 A13C66 A13C67 A13C68 THRU A13C72 A13C73 A13C74 A13CR1 A13CR2 A13CR3 A13CR4 A13CR5 A13CR6 A13CR7 A13CR8 A13CR9 A13CR10 A13CR11 A13CR12 A13CR13 A13CR14 A13CR15 A13CR16 A13CR17 A13CR18 A13E1 A13E2 A13E3 A13E4 A13E5 A13E6 A13E7 A13E8 HP Part Number 0160 3431 0160 4084 0121 0036 0121 0446 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 4084 0160 2207 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2250 0121 0059 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2055 0160 3431 0140 0194 0121 0036 0160 4084 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0121 0446 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0121 0452 0121 0452 1901 0047 1901 0047 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0047 1901 0047 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0047 1901 0535 19
191. 160 2250 0121 0059 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0140 0194 O1 O OO 0000 00 Qty Table 6 3 Heplaceable Parts Description RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 500 5 WW SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 9 09K 17 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1x 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 46 4K 11 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2 17 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 11 125W F TC 0 108 RESISTOR 562 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 OPTION 001 002 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F C 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 750 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1X 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W
192. 1854 0019 1853 0015 1854 0019 1853 0015 1854 0019 1853 0015 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0475 1854 0404 2N2907A 1854 0404 1854 0019 C4 1 8 TO 1331 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 2151 F PME55 1 8 TO 21R5 F C4 1 8 TO 1102 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 4222 F ET50X102 4 1 8 4641 4 1 8 5112 4 1 8 101 4 1 8 6192 4 1 8 5112 Model 8558B Reference Designation A14R16 A14R17 A14R18 A14R19 A14R20 A14R21 A14R22 A14R23 A14R24 A14R25 A14R26 A14R27 A14R28 A14R29 A14R30 14831 A14R32 A14R33 A14R34 A14R35 A14R36 A14R37 A14R38 A14R39 A14R40 14841 A14R42 A14R43 A14R44 A14R45 A14R46 A14R47 A14R48 A14R49 A14R50 14851 A14R52 A14R53 A14R54 A14R55 A14R56 A14R57 A14R58 A14R59 A14R60 14861 A14R62 A14R63 A14R64 A14R65 A14R66 A14R67 A14R68 A14R69 A14R70 14871 14872 14873 14874 14875 14876 14877 14878 14879 A14R80 14881 A14R82 A14R83 A14R84 A14R85 A14R86 A14R87 A14R88 A14R89 A14R90 HP Part Number 0757 0180 0757 0464 0698 3136 0757 0123 0698 0003 2100 2489 0698 3452 2100 2514 0757 0274 0757 0274 0757 0274 2100 2489 0757 0346 0757 0346 2100 2522 0757 0346 0757 0346 2100 2522 2100 2521 0757 0346 0757 0346 0757 0442 0698 3151 2100 2520 0757 0442 0757 0290 0757 0200 0757 0447 0757 0420 06
193. 19 OFS adjustment A7R72 compensates for input offset of A7U6B 14 5V Regulator The 14 5V Regulator consists of series regulator A7Q8 driver Q10 and reference amplifier Q9 and Q11 The 6 2V developed across zener diode A7VRI provides the base reference for A7Q9 This is compared to the voltage at the base of A7Q11 1 which senses the 14 5V output across voltage divider A7R28 R29 and the 14 5V adjust R5 Should the output voltage increase A7Q11 conducts more decreasing the conduction of A7Q9 and driving the base of Q10 more positive This decreases the drive current to A7Q8 and causes the output voltage to drop return to 14 5V 7 4 provides stability compensation and some additional noise filtering at the output The 14 5V supply is used for the positive supply on A7U2 03 04 and Q7 It is also used on Sweep Generator Assembly A8 as the voltage reference that sets the 5V to 5V ramp amplitude The 14 5V is also applied to Second Converter A5 as the positive supply for the 1748 6 MHz second local oscillator 6 00V Reference Voltage Regulator The 14 5V at A7R32 and the 6 2V dropped across A7VR2 develop the 6 00V reference voltage A7R4 REF V adjusts the voltage at TP6 to 6 00V 10V Regulator The regulated 14 5V provides a reference voltage for voltage divider A7R34 and R35 for the 10V regulator The 10V regulator consists of series regulator A7Q12 and reference amplifier A7Q13 and Q14 Should the 10V tend to
194. 2 2N3251 2N5179 2N3251 2N5179 2N3251 2N5179 2N3251 2N3251 2N3251 1854 0882 1854 0882 2N3251 2N4236 43P103 43P103 43P503 43P504 43P103 Model 8558B Reference Designation A12R6 A12R7 A12R8 A12R9 A12R10 A12R11 A12812 A12R13 A12R14 A12R15 A12R16 A12R17 A12R18 A12R19 A12R20 A12R21 A12R22 12823 12824 12825 12826 A12R26 12827 A12R28 A12R29 A12R30 12831 12832 A12R33 A12R34 A12R35 A12R36 A12R37 A12R38 A12R39 A12R40 A12R41 A12R42 A12R43 A12R44 A12R45 A12R46 A12R47 A12R48 A12R49 1251 12 1 THRU 12 9 A12VR1 A13 A13C1 A13C2 A13C3 13 4 13 5 13 6 13 7 13 8 13 9 13 10 13 11 A13C12 A13C13 A13C14 A13C15 A13C16 A13C17 A13C18 A13C19 A13C20 HP Part Number 2100 3056 2100 1757 0757 0288 0698 3457 0757 0346 0757 0279 0698 3444 0757 0208 0757 0395 0757 0346 0757 0346 0757 0290 0757 0346 0757 0290 0757 0279 0698 3162 0757 0279 0698 3444 0757 0395 0757 0280 0757 0417 0757 0419 0757 0280 0757 0279 0690 3444 0757 0395 0757 0280 0757 0420 0757 0280 0757 0279 0698 3444 0757 0395 0757 0280 0757 0420 0757 0280 0698 3440 0757 0274 0757 0274 0698 3151 0698 3151 0757 0290 0698 3151 0698 3162 0698 3162 0698 3162 3101 0973 1251 0600 1902 0033 08558 60129 0160 2055 0160 0127 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2207 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0
195. 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS 2 CAPACITANCE MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH n Bwor R27 2 1K GND NC 3 REFER TO FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIONS GNU NC 4 TEMPERATURE COMPENSATING PACITOR Did REAR PANEL 21 29 GNO NC 5 ASTERISK DENDTES FACTORY SE LECTED COMPONENT NOMINAL VAL UE 15 SHOWN GNU NOM 8 1 7 29 6 SOURCE VOLTAGE SHOULD 0 2V TO 1 5V GREATER THAN THE GATE VOLTAGE END 1 30 9 OUTPUT BUFFER AMPLIFIER 048 INPUT BUFFER AMPLIFIER UNITY GAIN BUFFER AMPLIFIER GNO us 7 VOLTAGES SHOULD BE MEASURED WITH 1KQ OR GREATER AT PROBE TO PREVENT OSCILLATION AND ER RONEOUS READINGS O 55V 10V GNO 2821 32 3 240 535 300pF GND NC 3855 5080 L7 07 5 837 95 56 18v V R30 amp NOTE 6 V 001 FEEDBACK SECOND XTAL POLE BW CON TROL LINES TYPICAL VOLTAGES GND v BIAS FIRST XTAL POLE R39 681 5VF 1 i 08 ET 2 SYM 15 E4 GND LC NC P1 22 OUT d 3MHz 1MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz
196. 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2000PF 10 250VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2000PF 10 250VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 30PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 47PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 110PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 35VDC TA DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD CORE SHIELDING BEAD INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1 8UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 15UH 10 161DX 385LG TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO 72 PD 200MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO 72 PD 200MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO 72 PD 200MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TR
197. 236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 150D226X901582 0160 2055 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3459 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2256 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 DM15F131J0300WV1CR 0160 2055 0160 2308 0160 2240 0160 2055 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 7 20 Model 8558B Reference Designation A14C71 A14C72 14 73 14 74 14 75 14 76 A14C77 A14C78 A14CR1 A14CR2 A14CR3 A14CR4 A14CR5 A14CR6 A14CR7 A14CR8 A14CR9 A14CR10 A14CR11 A14CR12 A14CR13 A14CR14 A14CR15 A14CR16 A14CR17 A14CR18 A14CR19 A14CR20 A14CR 1 A14CR22 A14CR23 A14CR24 A14CR25 A14CR26 A14CR27 A14CR28 A14CR29 A14CR30 A14CR31 A14CR32 A14E1 A14L1 1412 A14L3 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 14110 14111 14112 14113 14114 A14Q1 A14Q2 A14Q3 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 14010 A14Q11 A14Q12 A14Q13 A14Q14 A14Q15 A14Q16 A14Q17 A14Q18 A14Q19 A14Q20 HP Part Number 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0180 2206 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0180 0197 1901 0040 1901 0040
198. 246 2100 3094 0757 0462 0757 0459 0698 3428 0757 0199 0698 3132 0683 1065 0757 0422 1251 0600 1826 0261 1826 0229 1858 0032 1826 0092 1902 0033 1902 0680 1902 0202 08558 60123 0180 0197 0160 3456 0160 3402 0160 3009 0180 0197 0160 3094 0160 3456 0160 3466 0160 2257 0160 2150 0180 0197 0140 0192 0180 0197 0160 4297 0160 3456 0160 3094 0160 3449 0160 4297 0180 2205 0180 1743 0160 0163 0160 2055 0160 0155 0160 0153 0160 0134 0180 0197 0170 0066 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0376 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 Qty 2wmocoowvo wg VLA E See introduction to this section for ordering information Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description RESISTOR 100 196 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 00 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 1Dno RESISTOR 41 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 8 25K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 150 1 7 5W PW TC 0 20 RESISTOR 10N 5 25W 900 1100 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 7 5W PW TC 0 20 RESISTOR TRMR 100K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TEN RESISTOR 75K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 261 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10M 5 25W CC TC 900 1100 RES
199. 25 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 9 1PF 2PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 130PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 36PF 5 500VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 2PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1PF 0 25 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 Mfr Part Number 08565 60111 0160 2055 0160 3459 0160 3459 0160 3459 0160 3459 0160 2055 0160 3459 0160 3459 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2
200. 2UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR 400NH 10 3DX1 016LG Q 150 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 2 2UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 12UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 240UH 5 166DX 305LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10UH 10 166DX 38SLG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 30UH 5 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 2 2UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 15UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR 400 10 3DX1 016LG Q 150 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 30UH 5 166DX 385LG BAFFLE INDUCTOR TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO 72 PD 200MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360NW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE TO 92 SI TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI 18 360 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE TO 92 SI TRANSISTOR PNP 2N5251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW RESISTOR 16 2K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 19 6K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1X 125W F 0 100 NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR 162 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 23 7 196 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 9 09K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 215 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 237 1
201. 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 7 6 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT CHANGE B Cont d 25 Change REFERENCE LEVEL and step attenuator settings as shown in Deviation From Reference should not exceed the given limits 002 REFERENCE LEVEL dBmV settings top to bottom 0 10 20 30 40 26 Return the TEST NORM switch on A12 assembly to the NORM position Table 7 6 Log Gain Adjustment Limits Reference Level Step Attenuator Deviation From dBm Setting dB Reference Reference 50 3 DIV 30 mV 50 3 DIV 30 50 3 DIV 30 50 3 DIV 30 mV 7 19 Reference Designation A14 A14C1 A14C2 A14C3 14 4 A14C5 A14C6 A14C7 A14C8 14 9 14 10 14 11 A14C12 A14C13 A14C14 A14C15 A14C16 A14C17 A14C18 A14C19 A14C20 A14C21 A14C22 A14C23 A14C24 A14C25 A14C26 A14C27 A14C28 A14C29 A14C30 A14C31 A14C32 A14C33 A14C34 A14C35 A14C36 A14C37 A14C38 A14C39 A14C40 14 41 14 42 A14C43 A14C44 A14C45 A14C46 A14C47 A14C48 A14C49 A14C50 A14C51 A14C52 A14C53 A14C54 A14C55 A14C56 A14C57 A14C58 A14C59 A14C60 14 61 14 62 A14C63 A14C64 A14C65 A14C66 A14C67 A14C68 A14C69 A14C70 HP Part Number 08565 60111 0160 2055 0160 3459 0160 3459 0160 3459 0160 3459 0160 2055 0160 3459 0160 3459 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2234 0160 2055 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055
202. 3R15 A13R16 A13R17 A13R18 A13019 A13R20 13821 13822 A13R23 A13R24 A13R25 A13R26 A13R27 A13R28 A13R29 A13R30 A13R31 A13R32 A13R33 A13R34 A13R35 A13R36 A13R37 A13R38 A13R39 A13R40 A13R41 A13R42 A13043 A13R44 A13R45 HP Part Number 9140 0112 9100 1641 9140 0114 9100 1624 9140 0179 9100 3854 9140 0098 9140 0178 9100 1641 9140 0114 9100 1624 9140 0179 9140 0098 9100 1620 9100 3854 9140 0144 9100 1624 08565 00024 1854 0345 1854 0404 1853 0007 1053 0007 1855 0267 1853 0007 1854 0404 1853 0007 1855 0267 1853 0007 0757 0447 0698 3157 0757 0402 0757 0405 0698 3431 0698 3427 0757 0402 0757 0288 0698 0083 0757 0442 0757 0199 0757 0416 0757 0346 0698 3441 0757 0419 0698 3442 0757 0279 0757 0200 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0698 3156 0757 0465 0757 0465 2100 3163 0757 0444 0757 0290 0757 1094 0757 0402 2100 3052 0757 0442 0757 0199 0757 0288 0698 0083 0757 0416 0698 3441 0757 0419 0698 3442 0757 0279 0757 0442 0757 0438 0757 0442 0757 0401 0 C050 OqQ 000 00 09 60 00 Qty Table 6 3 Heplaceable Parts Description INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 240UH 5 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 30UH 5 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 2
203. 4 1 8 4 1 8 4 1 8 2 C4 1 8 TO 4 1 8 4 1 8 4 1 8 4 1 8 4 1 8 4 1 8 2 4 1 8 14 1002 3161 1080 1002 1001 6811 1003 7501 1962 3 7 1 00 16 08 00 00 81 00 50 96 16 51 78 87 7 R F 2 R 2 C4 1 8 TO 2611 C4 1 8 TO 3161 MF4C1 8 TO 133 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 2872 C4 1 8 TO 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 3481 F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F MF4C1 8 TO 133 MF4C1 8 TO 133 C4 1 8 TO 316R C4 1 8 TO 10R0 C4 1 8 TO 147R F C4 1 8 TO 6811 F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 4221 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F 2 MF4C1 8 TO 1332 C4 1 8 TO 6811 F C4 1 8 TO 1961 F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 1961 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 2871 F C4 1 8 TO 5112 F C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1962 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 3481 F C4 1 8 TO 2612 F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 C4 1 8 TO 6811 F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 C4 1 8 TO 7501 F C4 1 8 TO 8252 F 3 1 0 6 02 81 12 61 61 11 61 13 01 52 F F 2 2 Model 8558B Reference Designation 14871 1
204. 4 LOG AMPLIFIER W10 A13 BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 2 W10P3 A12 STEP GAIN W7 RED W8 A11 BANDWIDTH CAL OUTPUT FILTER NO 1 A9 THIRD CONVERTER W6 BLUE 8 SWEEP 7 GENERATOR C 10 SECOND IF Sacone 4 A7 FREQUENCY 6 3 ANM CONTROL UN A6 YIG OSC ie UNDER A5 P t y 5 E 2ND LO CONVERTER 1748 6 MHz i 1 2 hes DPM DRIVER DPM DISPLAY 0 FRONT SWITCH ASSY 2 Figure 8 47 Location of Major Assemblies 8 105 8 106 blank RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS SOMETHING WRONG wim nus FROM PRINT YOUR UNIT S COMPLETE ADORESS THEN JOT DOWN THE DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS FORM CAREFULLY TEAR IT OUT FOLD IT AND DROP IT IN THE MAIL PUBLICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE T BE EXACT PIN POINT WHERE IT IS FORM 2028 2 PREVIOUS EDITIONS 5 YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR Y JUL 78 ARE OBSOLETE RECOMMENDATION MAXE A CARBON COPY OF THIS AND GIVE TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT 16 WRONG AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT o YEAR ALONG PERFORATED LINE omama amaw
205. 46 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 28480 24046 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 52763 28480 28480 28480 72136 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 18 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 43P502 2100 1757 MF4C1 8 TO 9091 F 0698 3457 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 3161 C4 1 8 TO 316R F MF4C1 8 TO 9091 F C4 1 8 TO 56R2 F 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 10 0 MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F 4 1 8 10 0 MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 4642 4 1 8 3161 C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 56R2 F 4 1 8 1001 C4 1 8 TO 562R F C4 1 8 TO 681R F 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 3161 C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 56R2 F 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 751 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 3161 C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 56R2 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 751 F 4 1 8 1001 C4 1 8 TO 196R F C4 1 8 TO 1211 F C4 1 8 TO 1211 F 4 1 8 2071 4 1 8 2871 MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F 4 1 8 2871 4 1 8 4642 4 1 8 4642 4 1 8 4642 3101 0973 1251 0600 1 823 08558 60129 0160 2055 0160 0127 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0
206. 480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28280 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 Figure 7 1 Mechanical Chassis Parts 1 of 2 CHANGE A 7 8 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 08558 00002 08558 00004 08558 00005 08558 00003 08558 20039 08558 20040 08558 20037 08558 20036 08558 20051 08558 20038 08558 40015 08558 20092 08558 00030 08558 20041 08558 20027 0624 0203 2200 0055 2200 0104 2360 0210 0624 0268 0624 0206 2200 0103 2360 0115 2200 0170 0380 0006 2260 0003 2200 0107 2200 0164 2200 0168 08558 00086 08558 00089 08558 00088 08558 00087 08565 20096 08565 20093 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B Figure 7 1 Mechanical Chassis Parts 2 of 2 CHANGE A 7 9 Model 8558B Reference Designation NP po C5 02 02 02 C2 C2 CO 00 10 014 Number 08558 00036 3030 0007 0510 0089 08558 00017 08558 00055 3050 0032 08558 60050 08558 60072 3030 0022 08558 00043 08558 00018 08558 00038 08558 60051 00180 67402 08558 00043 08558 40003 2950 0043 21
207. 4821 A14R23 A14R27 A14R30 A14R33 Adjustment Paragraph 4 PX o N 1 1 1 e vl m m m Description Adjusts to calibrate 12 dB position of REF LEVEL FINE control Adjusts 19 5 volt supply Adjusts symmetry of first stage of crystal bandwidth filter Adjusts centering of first stage of LC bandwidth filter Adjusts centering of first stage of crystal bandwidth filter Adjusts symmetry of second stage of crystal bandwidth filter Adjusts centering of second stage of LC bandwidth filter Adjusts centering of second stage of crystal bandwidth filter Compensate for capacitance of CR3 Compensates for capacitance of CR11 Adjusts feedback in LC circuit of bandpass filter Adjusts feedback in crystal circuit of bandpass filter Adjusts 8V temperature compensated supply Adjusts gain of 1V supply to provide temperature compensation for log mode temperature controlled variable gain amplifier Factory adjustable only Adjusts gain of log mode temperature controlled gain amplifier Adjusts combined gain of 2nd and 3rd stages in linear mode Adjusts gain of 4th stage in linear mode Adjusts gain of 5th stage in linear mode Model 8558B Adjustment Name LIN 10 dB 30 dB 1VT LOG GAIN 1 dB OFFSET TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 1 Adjustable C
208. 4872 14873 A14R74 A14R75 A14R76 A14R77 A14R78 A14R79 A14R80 A14R81 A14R82 A14R83 A14R84 A14R85 A14R86 A14R87 A14R88 A14R89 A14R90 A14R91 A14R92 A14R93 A14R94 A14R95 A14R96 A14R97 A14R98 A14R99 A14R100 A14R101 A14R102 A14R103 A14R104 A14R105 A14R106 A14R107 A14R108 A14R109 A14R110 A14R111 A14R112 A14R113 A14R114 A14R115 A14R116 A14R117 A14R118 A14R119 A14R120 A14R121 A14R122 A14R123 A14R124 A14R125 A14R126 A14R127 A14R128 A14R129 A14R130 A14U1 A14VR1 A14VR2 A14VR3 HP Part Number 0698 3444 0757 0290 0757 0346 0698 3151 0757 0442 0757 0289 0757 0280 0757 0346 0757 0346 0757 0439 0757 0403 0757 0290 0757 0418 0757 0402 0757 0279 0757 0289 0757 0416 0757 0346 0698 3444 0757 0439 0757 0346 0757 0438 0757 0346 0757 0289 0757 0280 0757 0346 0757 0346 0757 0346 0757 0346 0757 0439 0757 0290 0757 0405 0757 0279 0757 0280 0757 0289 0757 0288 0698 3444 0757 0439 0757 0346 0698 3158 0698 3160 0698 3160 0698 3160 0757 0346 0757 0289 0698 0085 0757 0439 0757 0290 0757 0279 0698 0348 0757 0447 0757 0447 0757 0441 0698 3260 0757 0442 0757 0421 0757 0290 0757 0290 0757 0467 1826 0092 1902 0041 1902 0048 1902 0579 ooo OO 4 41 gj gl agna Ay Table 7 7 Replaceable Parts 4 of 4 CHANGE Qty
209. 5 HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA HP 1250 1200 PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows START GENTE Reaves iae aede eei in CENTER nubem 280 MHz FREQ SPAN DIV ARE 1 MHz RESOLUTION BW it n er a ei a re i a n e 3 MHz INPUTATTEN 0 dB REFERENCE MEV Elbe ici uie eee e ev e eae e d a 20 dBm 002 30 dBm BEEF EEVELEEINE iem eee ee ee ea ea es tea eeu o TAE 10 1 dB DIV SWEEPZRME DIV 5 tiui Iussit eese TUER AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER FREE RUN nenn nnne nh h hnnan nh R nnna aaa OFF VIDEO HRI TIERS a pnn e pa h n e a a a eats OFF 2 Connect spectrum analyzer CAL OUTPUT signal to INPUT 500 connector 001 002 750 4 41 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 24 BANDWIDTH SWITCHING AMPLITUDE VARIATION Cont d 3 Set TUNING control as required to center 280 MHz signal on CRT 4 Set REF LEVEL FINE control to position peak of 280 MHz signal seven divisions above graticule baseline 5 Vary the RESOLUTION BW and FREQ SPAN DIV controls in accordance
210. 5 24046 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 2B480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 00000 24546 24546 28480 28480 24546 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 04713 04713 04713 04713 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 56289 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 26 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 0757 0837 C4 1 8 TO 316R F 0698 3260 C4 1 8 TO 383R F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C3 1 8 TO 1003 F 11326 0092 CA3146E 1N823 1902 0202 1902 0556 1251 0600 08558 65159 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 150D225X9020A2 150D225X9020A2 0160 3879 0160 2055 1901 0033 1901 0376 1901 0050 9140 0158 9140 0158 9140 0158 9140 0158 9100 2247 08558 20159 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 4 1 8 1101 4 1 8 1003 0698 5368 2100 1757 4 1 8 1212 C4 1 8 TO 237R F C4 1 8 TO 56R2 F 0698 3260 1251 0600 1251 0600 1N829 1N5351B 1N5354B 1902 3182 08558 60169 08558 60044 08558 60080 08558 60081 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 0472 1251 0472 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 2034 08558 60035 150D226X9015B2 150D157X0015 0160 0128 150D336X9010B2 0160 0128 Model 8558B Reference Designation A17C6 A17CR1 A17CR2 A17CR3 A17CR4 A17CR5 A17CR6 A17CR7 A17CR
211. 5 COIL 100 UH COIL 100 UH HEAT SINK TO 5 TO 39 CS HEAT SINK TO 5 TO 39 CS HEAT SINK TO 5 TO 39 CS HEAT SINK YIG DRIVE SCREW MACH 2 56 312 IN LG PAN HD POZI NUT HEX DBL CHAM 2 56 THD 062 IN THK WASHER LK INTL T NO 2 089 IN ID TRANSISTOR NPN 2N30536 SI 39 PD 1W TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3799 SI 18 360 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 815 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE TO 18 SI TRANSISTOR NPN 2 30535 SI 39 PD 1W TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR DUAL NPN PD 750MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2904A SI TO 39 PD 600MW TRANSISTOR NPN PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW Mfr Code 28480 28480 20480 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 28480 28480 28480 24546 28480 28480 01121 01121 28480 28480 28480 28480 28460 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 20480 26480 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 26480 28460 28480 28480 28480 28430 00000 00000 20480 3L585 01295 28486 26480 31585 28480 28480 01295 28480 04713 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 7 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 08558 20074 08558 00032 08558 20120 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 08565 20068 08565 20069 08565 20092 C4 1 8 TR 10R0 F 08558 60028 50
212. 546 24546 00000 00000 00000 04713 13606 3L585 11236 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 5 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 08558 60125 150D225X9020A2 0160 4084 0160 4084 150D225X9020A2 0160 0168 150D107X9010R2 0160 4084 1901 0040 1901 0050 1200 0508 9100 1644 1854 0404 1854 0404 4 1 8 1003 C4 1 8 TO 751 F 3810P 101 C4 1 8 TO 383R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F 0698 3260 0698 3457 C4 1 8 TO 178R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 B TO 5112 F C4 1 8 TO 5112 F C4 1 8 TO 1331 F ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION MC14433L ULN 2003A CD45118E 761 3 RI80 1902 0064 0855860100 2100 3593 2100 3452 2100 3066 2100 0542 2100 3973 2100 3973 3101 0044 2100 3973 Model 8558B Reference Designation A2A1 A2A1CHR1 A2A1CR2 A2A1DS1 A2A1DS2 2 1053 A2A1DS4 A2A1D55 A2A1R1 A2A1R2 A2A1R3 A21AR4 A2A1R5 A2A1R6 A2A1R7 A2A1R8 2 151 2 152 2 153 2 154 2 155 2 156 2 157 A21AW1 A2A1W2 A2A1XDS1 A2A1XDS2 2 1 053 A2A1XDS4 A2A1XDS5 A3 A4 A4J1 A4J2 A4J3 A4J4 AAMP1 A4HP2 A4MP3 AA4RO A4R2 64R3 64R4 A4R5 A4U1 AS 5 1 5 2 5 5 4 ASCR1 A5J1 A5J2 A5J3 ASL1 512 514 515 5 1 2
213. 55 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 3831 C4 1 8 TO 196R F C4 1 8 TO 196R F 4 1 8 3161 C4 1 8 TO 1472 F C4 1 8 TO 1212 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 1101 F 4 1 8 1472 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 5621 4 1 8 1013 4 1 8 2152 C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 51R1 F 4 1 8 4641 C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F 0757 0837 0757 0844 C4 1 8 TO 196R F C4 1 8 TO 751 F 0757 0844 C4 1 8 TO 196R F Model 8558B Reference Designation 15851 A15R52 A15R53 A15R54 A15R55 A15R56 A15V1 A15V2 A15VR1 A15VR2 A15VR3 A15TP1 THRU A15TP8 A16 A16C1 A16C2 A16C3 16 4 16 5 16 6 16 7 A16C8 THRU A16C14 A16CR1 A16CR2 A16CR3 A16L1 A16L2 A16L3 A16L4 A16L5 A16MP1 A16MP2 A16R1 1682 A16R3 1684 A16R5 A16R6 A16R7 A16R8 A16TP1 A16TP2 A16VR1 A16VR2 A16VR3 A16VR4 16 1 A16W2 A16W3 16 4 16 1 THRU 16 6 A16XA7 A16XA8 A16XA9 A16XA10 A16XA11 A16XA12 A16XA13 A16XA14 A16XA15 A17 A17C1 A17C2 A17C3 17 4 A17C5 HP Part Number 0757 0837 0698 3444 0698 3260 0698 3446 0757 0280 0698 7284 1826 0092 1E58 0032 1902 0033 1902 0202 1902 0556 1251 0600 08558 65159 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0180 0197 0180 0197 0160 3879 0160 2055 1901 0033 1901 0376 1901 0050 9140 0158 9140 0158 9140 0158 9140 0158 9100 2247 08558 2015
214. 683 6845 3498 3457 0757 0442 0698 3451 0757 0459 0698 7421 0698 3194 0698 7794 0698 3156 0757 0199 0757 0346 0757 0465 0757 0464 0757 0442 0757 0279 0757 0439 0757 0460 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0465 0757 0439 0757 0465 0757 0279 0698 3160 0757 0465 0757 0465 0757 0346 0757 0199 0757 0199 0757 0199 0757 0199 0698 7412 0757 1094 0757 0199 0757 0199 2100 2850 0757 0199 0698 3151 0757 0199 0757 0442 0757 0199 0757 0458 0757 0199 0757 0199 0757 0199 0698 0085 0698 3260 0757 0444 2100 2850 Qty Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description RESISTOR 316K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 237 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 50 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 383 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 51 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 44K 25 125W F TC 0 50 RESISTOR 10K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 3M 5 125W F TC 900 1100 RESISTOR 3 3M 5 25W F TC 900 1100 RESISTOR 10K 25 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR 5 25K 25 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 464k 1 125W F TC 100 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 90 9 1
215. 7 2200 0107 2200 0107 2200 0107 0520 0174 3 0610 0001 2190 0890 3050 0098 08558 60124 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 08558 60130 1200 0693 1200 0693 1200 0693 1200 0693 AAAA NNNNO Table 7 2 Replaceable Parts CHANGE A Qty ROA B Moo Aa Description DIGITAL PANEL METER ASSEMBLY BRACKET LEFT HAND BRACKET RIGHT HAND DPM DISPLAY MOUNT DPM DISPLAY MOUNT SCREW MACH 4 40 375 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 4 40 375 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 4 40 375 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 4 40 375 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 2 56 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI NUT HEX DBL CHAM 2 56 THD 062 IN THK WASHER LK MTCL NO 2 088 IN ID WASHER FL MTLC NO 2 094 IN ID DPM DISPLAY DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 3 H CABLE ASSY RIBBON DPM SOCKET IC 10 CONT DIP DIP SLDR SOCKET IC 10 CONT DIP DIP SLDR SOCKET IC 10 CONT DIP DIP SLDR SOCKET IC 10 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 7 6 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 51167 51167 51167 51167 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 08558 00090 08558 00090 08558 20130 08558 20130 2200 0107 2200 0107 2200 0107 2200 0107 0520 0174 0610 0001 2190 0890 3050 0098 08558 60124 5082 7613 5082 7613 5082 7613 5082 7613
216. 7 0757 0465 0683 1555 0757 0280 0757 0465 0757 0465 0757 0424 0757 0274 069B 3151 0683 1555 0757 0438 0698 3458 0757 0465 0683 1555 0698 3458 0757 0465 0757 0438 0698 0083 0698 3153 0698 3151 06B3 1555 0683 1555 0757 0280 0698 3153 0757 0290 0698 3154 0698 3458 0698 3156 0698 3453 0757 0401 0698 3458 0757 0470 0698 3160 0757 0470 0757 0401 0757 0401 0757 0290 0757 0199 0698 3151 0698 6271 0698 6315 0683 1555 0698 7799 0698 8323 0698 3458 0698 3438 0698 3162 0757 0317 0757 0290 0757 0279 0698 3153 Qty gt Aa aw 22 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description TRANSISTOR NPN PD 300MNW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 2N30535 SI TO 39 PD 1W TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360NMW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET 2N4391 N CHAN D MODE TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360HW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360hW RESISTOR TRMR 50 5 WW SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 5K 5 WW SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 50 5 WW SIDE ADS 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 500 5 WW SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 500 5 WW SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 200 5 WW SIDE ADJ I TRN RESISTOR TRMR 500 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR TRMR
217. 7 6 31 32 111 113 HEAR 3 8 4 29 64 L 12 5 32 9l 346 13 5 8 HP Model 182 Display Note Dimensions in millimeters and inches Note Dimensions in millimeters and inches 530 21 e nog ees 19 E DEREN HP Model 180TR 181TR Display 493 19 fa Note Dimensions in millimeters and inches rack height including filler strip for cabinet height including feet add 8 5 16 to EIA rack height B Rear apron recess 14 8 25 4 1 4826 19 543 21 3 8 REAR 8 132 6 SIDE 5 7 32 Wee eee Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 1 2 Model 8558B 180 Series Supplemental Characteristics 1 of 3 SUPPLEMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS NOTE Values in this table are not specifications They are typical characteristics included for user information FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS present at the input that may be measured within the FREQUENCY ACCURACY limits of specified accuracy sensitivity and distortion FREQUENCY ZERO i e spurious responses 70 dB Adjusts digital FREQUENCY MHz readout FRE FREQUENCY RESPONSE AND AVERAGE QUENCY ZERO control may be
218. 7 0401 0 4 64K 0698 3155 1 215K 0698 3454 3 110 0757 0402 1 5 11K 0757 0438 3 237K 0698 3266 5 121 0757 0403 2 5 62K 0757 0200 7 261K 0698 3455 4 133 0698 3437 2 6 19K 0757 0290 5 287K 0698 3456 5 147 0698 3438 3 6 81K 0757 0439 4 316K 0698 3457 6 162 0757 0405 4 7 50K 0757 0440 7 348K 0698 3458 7 178 0698 3439 4 8 25K 0757 0441 8 383K 0698 3459 8 196 0698 3440 7 9 09K 0757 0288 1 422K 0698 3460 1 215 0698 3441 8 10 0K 0757 0442 9 464K 0698 3260 9 237 0698 3442 9 11 0K 0757 0443 261 0698 3132 4 12 1K 0757 0444 1 287 0698 3443 0 13 3K 0757 0289 2 316 0698 3444 1 14 7K 0698 3156 2 348 0698 3445 2 16 2K 0757 0447 4 383 0698 3446 3 17 8K 0698 3136 8 422 0698 3447 4 19 6K 0698 3157 3 5 9 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 3 HP Part Numbers of Standard Value Replacement Components 3 of 3 RESISTORS RANGE 10 to 1 47M Ohms TYPE Fixed Film WATTAGE 5 at 125 C TOLERANCE 1 Value HP Part Value HP Part Value HP Part Value HP Part Q Number Q Number Q Number Q Number 0757 0984 0698 3401 0698 3348 0757 0859 0575 0985 0698 3102 0757 0833 0757 0860 0757 0986 0757 1090 0757 0834 0757 0310 0757 0001 0757 1092 0757 0196 0698 3175 0698 3388 0698 3402 0757 0835 0757 0130 0757 0989 0698 3403 0757 0836 0757 0129 0698 3389 0698 3404 0757 0837 0757 0063 0698 3390 0698 3405 0757 0838 0757 0127 0698 3391 0698 0090 0757 0839 0698 3424 0698 3392 0757 0814 0757 0841 0757 0064 0757 0003 0757 0
219. 7 4 f your instrument serial number is not listed on the title page of this manual or in Table 7 1 below it may be documented in a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement For additional important information about serial number coverage refer INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL in Section NOTE In instruments with serial numbers listed in Table 7 1 some parts have part numbers that are different from those listed in the Replaceable Parts list of this manual Unless otherwise indicated by the change instructions in this section however the listed parts are the recommended replacement parts Table 7 1 Manual Change Requirements by Serial Number Serial Number Prefix or Complete Number Make Manual Changes 2024A06643 thru 06691 and 2024 06731 to but not including prefix 2118A A B C D 20244 prefix with suffixes thru 06642 D 1926 prefixes and 1914 with suffixes 04747 04918 A D 04993 05158 05160 05172 05228 05229 05252 05281 05297 05300 thru 05307 05311 05312 05313 05316 05318 05320 1914 with suffixes other than those listed above A B C D F G Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 7 5 MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS CHANGE A Insert Table 7 2 CHANGE A1 Digital Panel Meter parts list of this section so it precedes the 2 list Page 6 28 Table 6 3 Substitute Table 7 3 CHANGE of this section for list of Accessories and Chassis Parts shown
220. 70 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 19 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 0160 3431 0160 4084 304324 5 5 18PF NPO 0121 0446 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 4084 0160 2207 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2250 304324 2 8PF NPO 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 2055 0160 3431 DM15F111J0300WV1CR 304324 5 5 18PF NPO 0160 4084 0160 2055 0160 20550 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0121 0446 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 187 0103 028 187 0103 028 1901 0047 1901 0047 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0047 1901 0047 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0047 1901 0535 1901 0535 1901 0047 1901 0535 1901 0047 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 Model 8558B Reference Designation A13L1 A13L2 A13L3 A13L4 A13L5 A13L6 A13L7 A13L8 A13L9 A13L10 A13L11 A13L12 A13L13 A13L14 A13L15 A13L16 A13L17 A13MP1 A13Q1 A15Q2 A13Q3 A13Q4 A13Q5 A13Q6 A13Q7 A13Q8 A13Q9 A13Q10 A13R1 A13R2 A13R3 A13R4 A13R5 A13R6 A13R7 A13R8 A13R9 A13R10 A13011 A13R12 A13R13 A13R14 A1
221. 70 0029 9140 0112 9100 1641 9140 0114 9100 1624 9140 0179 9100 3854 9140 0098 9140 0178 9100 1641 9140 0114 9100 1624 9140 0179 9140 0098 9100 1620 9100 3854 9140 0144 9100 1624 08565 00024 1854 0345 1854 0404 1853 0007 1853 0007 1855 0267 Noo CO CO CO O00 ORONA 000 9 Q 0 0000000 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Qty Description CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 2 8PF 350V PC MTG NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01F 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 6 8PF 5PF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 110PF 5 300VDC CER CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 5 5 18PF 350V CAPACITOR FXD 1UF4 20 CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 2096 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 2096 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 2 0 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 4 5 20PF 160V CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 2096 10VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER 1 CAPACITOR FXD 330PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100V
222. 757 0430 0757 0465 0757 0440 0698 3157 0698 3444 0757 0420 0698 3136 0698 3443 0698 3156 0698 0085 0757 0279 0757 0289 0757 0346 0698 3444 0757 0279 0698 3152 0757 0290 0757 0346 0698 3449 0757 0199 0698 3152 0757 0279 0757 0289 0757 0289 0698 3154 0757 0346 0698 3438 0757 0439 0757 0279 0698 3154 0757 0280 0757 0346 0757 0346 0757 0289 0757 0439 0698 0083 0757 0279 0757 0289 0757 0416 0698 3444 0757 0346 0757 0465 0698 0083 0757 0280 0698 3151 0757 0458 0757 0346 0757 0289 0757 0442 0698 3157 0757 0442 0698 3152 0698 3159 0757 0279 0757 0290 0757 0439 0757 0279 0757 0289 0757 0440 0757 0463 ANNORUTOUDOWONNNNWADN ANNODAKR OI O INOO NOOU Table 7 7 Replaceable Parts 3 of 4 CHANGE Qty See introduction to this section for ordering information Description TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300mw FT 150MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300mw FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300mw FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 2N30538 SI TO 39 PD 1w RESISTOR TRMR 2K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 20K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 2K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1
223. 7U5C turns on U5E and USD and these two transistors then turn off FETs Q15 024 respectively The emitter of A7U5C turns off and 058 which then turn on FETs Q16 and 020 With A7Q20 conducting and A7Q24 open the attenuated sweep is applied to sweep buffer 703 and YIG main coil swept driver A7U4 to control the YIG oscillator frequency FET A7Q15 is turned off preventing the attenuated sweep input from reaching the YIG FM Coil Driver and A7Q16 is turned on grounding the input to the YIG FM coil driver YIG FM Coil Gate The selection of 1 MHz Div and narrower frequency spans with FREQ SPAN DIV control A2S6 applies 15V to the input of A7USC The 15V turns U5C on FETs 020 and Q16 are turned off and FETs 024 and Q15 are turned on This enables the YIG FM coil gate allowing the sweep signal to be applied to the YIG FM Coil Driver A7Q20 prevents the Attenuated Sweep input from reaching the sweep buffer A7U3 and A7Q24 grounds the input of A7U3 However the tuning voltage from the tune summing amplifier is still applied to the YIG main coil swept driver Main Coil Filter When the narrower frequency spans are selected the 15V from FREQ SPAN DIV switch 256 is also applied to A7Q4 in the main coil filter The main coil filter consists of FET switch A7Q4 R75 and C13 C14 The filter provides noise filtering in the 1 MHz and narrower frequency spans With the FET switch closed the filter is connected in parallel with the YIG main tu
224. 8 A17L1 A17L2 A17L3 A17L4 A17L5 A17L6 A17L7 A17L8 A17NP1 A17MP2 A17MP3 A17Q1 A17Q2 A17R1 A17R2 A17T1 A17VR1 HP Part Number 0180 1714 1901 0620 1901 0620 1901 0620 1901 0620 1901 0620 1901 0620 1901 0620 1901 0620 9100 2552 08558 80010 9100 1618 9100 2552 9100 2552 9140 0096 08558 80007 08558 80007 7100 0529 7100 0530 08558 00049 1854 0039 1854 0039 0757 0459 0757 0180 08558 80006 1902 0551 PRHOR WWWWHW NA NN NNO OO k Qty Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description CAPACITOR FXD 330UF 10 6VDC TA DIODE SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 60V 400MA DO 35 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 15UH 10 161DX 385LG COIL FILTER ORANGE 500 UH INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5 6UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 15UH 10 161DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 15UH 10 161DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1UH 10 166DX 385LG COIL FILTER GREEN 150 UH COIL FILTER GREEN 150 UH COVER CAN INSULATOR INVERTER TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053S SI TO 39 PD 1W TRANSISTOR NPN 2N3053S SI TO 39 PD 1W RESISTOR 56 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W F TC 0 100 TRANSFORMER INVERTER DIODE ZNR 6 2V 5 PD 1W 1R 10UA Indicates factory selected value 6 27 Mfr
225. 8 3132 Check Digit 4 Qty 1 RESISTOR 261 1 125W F 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 2610 F Change A9R14 to A9R14 HP Part Number 0757 0462 Check Digit 3 Qty 1 RESISTOR 75K 196 125W F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 7502 F Change A9R25 to A9R25 Page 8 60 Figure 8 25 Replace Figure 8 25 with Figure 7 9 1 this section Pages 8 57 and 8 58 Replace circuit descriptions for 21 4 MHz Amplifier E and PIN Driver F with the circuit descriptions provided below 21 4 MHz Amplifier E The 21 4 MHz Amplifier consists of a common emitter configuration and A9Q4 as an emitter follower Transistor employs resistor 9 12 andzener diode 2 to furnish base bias and negative feedback for gain control and stabilization Resistor A9R12 is factory selected to provide the proper gain of the third converter assembly Capacitor A9C14 is connected across A9VR2 to reducezener noise The output of the 21 4 MHz Amplifier looks into a voltage controlled attenuator consisting of two PIN diodes and resistor A9R25 and the input impedance of the A11 Bandwidth Filter No 1 7 4 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 7 5 MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS Cont d CHANGE F Cont d PIN Driver F The PIN diode resistance of 9 and is controlled by the PIN driver A9Q5 and its associated circuitry The base of A9Q5 is the summing point for the frequency analog voltage from the A7 Frequency Control and dc
226. 815 0698 3413 0757 0154 0698 3393 0757 0158 0698 3414 0698 3425 0698 3394 0757 0816 0757 0844 0757 0195 0698 3395 0757 0817 0698 0025 0757 0133 0698 3396 0757 0818 0698 3415 0757 0134 0698 3397 0757 0819 0698 3416 0698 3426 0698 3398 0757 0159 0698 3417 0757 0135 0757 1000 0757 0820 0698 3418 0757 0868 0757 1001 0757 0821 0698 3103 0757 0136 0757 1002 0698 3406 0698 3419 0757 0869 0757 0794 0757 1078 0698 3420 0757 0137 0757 0795 0757 0873 0698 3421 0757 0870 0757 0796 0698 0089 0698 3422 0757 0138 0757 0797 0698 3407 0698 3423 0757 0059 0757 0198 0698 3408 0757 0853 0757 0139 0757 0798 0698 3409 0757 0854 0757 0871 0757 0799 0698 0024 0757 0309 0757 0194 0698 3399 0698 3101 0757 0855 0698 3464 0698 3400 0698 3410 0757 0856 0757 0802 0698 3411 0757 0857 0698 3334 0698 3412 0757 0858 0757 1060 0698 3346 0757 0367 lO CO TO O NH 0 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 4 Helated Adjustments Assembly Charged Paragraph or Repaired Perform the Following Related Adjustments Number A1 Digital Panel Meter A1A2R3 A2 Front Switch A12RS A12R6 A3 Input Attenuator No related adjustm
227. 8480 2190 0004 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 IN THK 28480 2950 0001 LABEL HP LOGO 28480 7120 7136 Figure 7 2 Front Panel Assembly 2 of 3 CHANGE A 7 11 7 12 blank D EK TM 11 6625 3061 14 TYPICAL 2 PLACES g 2 E Sen 9 22 NIS 5 X au feste Met Qs 2 7 2 m lt 23 A e do ES A gt gt A LES 38 4 18 16 m MP Sous P CN uu D E lt DW e 517 CA X LS MU aor 5 7 NM E ESSE Ed S MA iip gt Ned ea AM ros wu 9 2 Figure 7 2 Front Panel Assembly 3 of 3 CHANGE Model 8558B Model 8558 um um am um I A A s A M X 2 FRONT SWITCH 2 08558 60002 FRONT PANEL i 90 Xx GND 46 46 00V AIGJI 48 TO 27 COARSE TUNE 49 TO 7 1 51 FINE TUNE 6 50 A7PI 4 26 15 Al JI 4I FROM PI 29 lt 95 LFROM AIZFI 40 44 Al2Pi al FREO ZERO 1691 47 A7PI 6 28 12 6 AI6J1 37 FROM PI 28 VIDEO FILTER 6 17 ABPI 34
228. 854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0019 1855 0082 1855 0002 1855 0082 1855 0082 1855 0062 1855 0082 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0019 1854 0404 1854 0404 1353 0020 1854 0071 1855 0417 1854 0071 1853 0020 1854 0071 C4 1 8 TO 4222 F 43P102 4 1 8 3161 C4 1 8 TO 681R F C4 1 8 TO 5622 F C4 1 8 TO 3481 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1212 F 43P202 Model 8558B Reference Designation A8R11 A8R12 A8R13 A8R14 A8R15 A8R16 A8R17 A8R18 A8R19 A8R20 A8R21 A8R22 A8R23 A8R24 A8R25 A8R26 A8R27 A8R28 A8R29 A8R30 A8R31 A8R32 A8R33 A8R34 A8R35 A8R36 A8R37 A8R38 A8R39 A8R40 A8R41 A8R42 A8R43 A8R44 A8R45 A8R46 A8R47 A8R48 A8R49 AR850 A8R51 A8R52 A8R53 A8R54 A8R55 A8R56 A8R57 A8R58 A8R59 A8R60 A8R61 A8R62 A8R63 A8R64 A8R65 A8R66 A8R67 A8R68 A8R69 A8R70 A8R71 A8R72 A8R73 A8R74 A8R75 A8R76 A8R77 A8R78 A8R79 A8R80 A8R81 A8R82 A8R83 A8R84 A8R85 HP Part Number 0698 3457 0698 3442 2100 3052 0698 3446 0757 0424 0698 7412 0757 0442 0757 0458 0757 0465 0757 0465 0757 0279 0757 0280 0698 3444 0698 7794 0698 0416 0698 7794 0683 3355 0683 3355 0698 7794 0698 7798 0757 0442 0698 3160 0698 3260 0698 3160 0757 0400 0757 0401 0
229. 86 4218 CB4705 C82715 5086 7080 08558 00008 08558 00008 08558 00076 08558 20118 08558 20119 08558R0126 150D156X9020812 150D156X902082 0160 3466 150D225X9020A2 0160 3094 0160 3457 0160 3094 1500225X9020A2 150D155X9020A2 0160 3466 0160 2055 0160 2055 1500337 900652 156B337X9006S2 1901 0040 1901 0535 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0040 08558 80011 08558 80011 1205 0002 1205 0002 1205 0002 08558 00007 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 2190 0014 2N3053S 2N3799 1854 0023 1855 0417 2N3053S 1854 0023 1854 0475 2N2904A 1854 0882 2N3251 Model 8558B Reference Designation A7Q11 A7Q12 A7Q13 47Q14 A7Q15 A7Q16 A7Q17 A7Q18 A7Q19 A7Q20 A7Q21 A7Q22 A7Q23 A7Q24 A7Q25 A7R1 A7R2 A7R3 A7R4 A7R5 A7R6 A7R7 A7R8 A7R9 A7R10 A7R11 A7R12 A7R13 A7R14 A7R15 A7R16 A7R17 A7R18 A7R19 A7R20 7 21 A7R22 A7R23 A7R24 A7R25 47R26 A7R27 A7R28 A7R29 A7R30 A7R31 A7R32 A7R33 A7R34 A7R35 A7R36 A7R37 A7R38 A7R39 A7R40 A7R41 A7R42 A7R43 A7R44 A7R45 A7R46 A7R47 A7R48 A7R49 A7R50 A7R51 A7R52 A7R53 A7R54 A7R55 A7R56 A7R57 A7R58 A7R59 A7R60 HP Part Number 1854 0882 1854 0039 1853 0007 1853 0007 1855 0062 1855 0062 1854 0404 1853 0007 1855 0420 1855 0062 1B54 0404 1854 0404 1854 0404 1855 0062 1854 0404 2100 1754 2100 1760 2100 1754 2100 1757 2100 1757 2100 1756 2100 3123 2100 3123 0698 3458 0757 031
230. 9 0380 0843 0757 0424 0757 0465 0698 5360 2100 1757 0757 0444 0698 3442 0757 0395 0698 3260 1251 0600 1251 0600 1902 0625 1902 0631 1902 0632 1902 3182 08558 60169 08558 60044 08558 60080 08558 60081 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 0472 1251 0472 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 2034 08558 60035 11100 0228 0180 1747 0160 0128 0180 0229 0160 0128 Qty NOONNNN 0 DORDWUNWWO D morer Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description RESISTOR 8 25K 196 5W F 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 464K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 383 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 IC OF AMP GP DUAL TO 99 PKG TRANSISTOR ARRAY 14 PIN PLSTC DIP DIODE ZNR 1N823 6 2V 5 DO 7 PD 4W DIODE ZNR 15V 5 PD 1W 1R 5UA DIODE ZNR 20V 5 PD 1W 1R 5UA CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ MOTHERBOARD INCL W12 W13 amp P1 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 4 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CE R CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 4 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER DIODE GEN PRP 180V 200MA DO 7 DIODE GEN PRP 35V 50MA DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1
231. 9 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F CB6845 0698 3457 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1333 F C4 1 8 TO 5622 F MF4C1 8 TO 4002 C PMES55 1 8 T2 2002 C MF4C1 8 TO 1002 C 4 1 8 1472 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 9092 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 6811 4 1 8 6192 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 6811 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 3162 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 1003 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2152 MF4C1 8 TO 1332 C 4 1 8 1471 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2152 3810 103 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2071 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 5112 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2611 0698 3260 C4 1 8 TO 1212 F 3810P 103 Model 8558B Reference Designation A8R86 A8R87 A8R88 A8R89 A8R90 A8R91 A8R92 A8R93 A8R94 A8R95 A8R96 A8R97 A8R98 A8RR99 A8R100 A8R101 A8R102 A8R103 A8R104 A8R105 A8R106 A8R107 A8R108 A8R109 A8R110 A8R111 A8R112 A8R113 A8R114 A8R115 A8R116 A8R117 A8R118 A8R119 A8R120 A8R121 A8R122 A8R123 A8R124 A8R125 A8R126 A8R127 A8R128 A8R129 A8R130 A8R131 A8R132 A8TP1 THRU A8TP9 A8U1 A8U2 A8U3 A8VR1 A8VR2 A8VR3 H
232. 90 0016 1410 0721 08558 40001 2200 0781 08558 00019 0380 0411 08558 20047 08558 20051 1410 0006 1460 0578 08559 60060 1480 0367 1480 0059 08558 4001 1 08558 40008 0510 0015 08558 60046 08558 60074 2200 0509 2200 0125 08558 00024 08558 20050 08558 20066 08558 20089 1460 1376 08558 20088 0520 0139 0380 0487 0610 0002 08558 20002 08558 40005 3050 0017 1460 0532 2200 0165 08558 00020 08558 20061 08558 20062 08558 20052 2260 0002 0380 0413 08558 00022 08558 20053 1490 0841 2950 0006 2190 0027 08558 00021 2190 0019 08558 20054 1430 0036 08558 00081 3050 0105 08558 20030 2200 0143 08558 40004 08558 00025 I 00 00 O 00 00 TO OX CO CO O1 4 DHDODWNO UDO DOHMDOORON nm WOW Qty E 5 RA 60 Ao Description FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY KNOB REF LEVEL FINE SCREW SET 4 40 125 IN LG SMALL CUP PT RETAINER RING BSC EXT 188 IN DIA BE CU DISC INDEX DISC INDEX OPTION 002 WASHER FL MTLC NO 8 189 IN ID KNOB REF LEVEL KNOB REF LEVEL OPTION 002 SCREW SET 6 32 125 IN LG SMALL CUP PT NUT POINTER ATTENUATOR KNOB DIAL RESOLUTION KNOB FREQUENCY KNOB FINE TUNING KNOB COARSE TUNING WINDOW DBM NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 IN THK WASHER LK INTL T
233. 901 0050 9170 0029 9100 1618 9140 0144 9140 0105 9100 1619 9100 1619 9140 0114 9140 0114 9140 0114 9140 0112 9140 0105 9100 1627 9100 1629 9100 1622 9100 2257 1854 0637 1853 0281 1853 0281 1053 0015 1053 0015 1853 0007 1854 0019 1853 0015 1854 0019 1853 0015 1854 0019 1053 0015 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0019 1854 0475 1854 0404 1853 0181 1854 0404 1854 0019 0757 0117 0757 0280 0698 0084 0698 1430 0757 0443 0757 0442 0757 0465 0757 0442 0698 3450 2100 2633 0698 3155 0757 0458 0757 0401 0757 0460 0757 0458 7M KO O KO O 00 N CO TO PO 02 0 0 CO 0 0000 000 OX CO O Ox cO Qty B lt lt Table 6 3 Heplaceable Parts Description DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 CORE SHIELDING BEAD INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5 6UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCT
234. 9100 2249 9100 2249 9100 2276 9140 0178 9140 0178 9140 0143 9100 1623 9100 1623 08558 00014 08558 00079 2N5179 1854 0247 1854 0247 1854 0019 1854 0404 ET50X103 C4 1 8 TO 001 F 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 1101 F 43P501 4 1 8 10 0 4 1 8 10 0 0757 0799 4 1 8 1211 C3 1 8 TO 10R F C3 1 8 TO 21R5 F C3 1 8 TO 42R2 F C3 1 8 TO 56R2 F C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 4222 F C4 1 8 TO 0252 F C4 1 8 TO 147R F CB47G5 C4 1 8 TO 9092 F 4 1 8 2371 4 1 8 1472 C4 1 8 TO 619R F C4 1 8 TO 2612 F 4 1 8 1331 C4 1 8 TO 422R F 4 1 8 1001 C4 1 8 TO 619R F R R 2 Model 8558B Reference Designation A9U1 A9VR1 A9VR2 921 10 A10C1 A10C2 A10C3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 8 A10C9 A10C10 A10C11 A10C12 A10C13 A10C14 A10C15 A10J1 A10J2 A10L1 A10L2 A10L3 A10L4 A10L5 A10MP1 A10MP2 A10Q1 A10Q2 A10R1 A10R2 A10R3 A10R4 A10R5 A11 A11C1 A11C2 A11C3 11 4 A11C5 A11C6 A11C7 A11C8 A11C9 A11C10 A11C1 A11C12 A11C13 A11C14 A11C15 A11C16 A11C17 A11C18 A11C19 A11C20 A11C21 A11C22 A11C23 A11C24 A11C25 A11C26 A11C27 A11C28 A11C29 A11C30 A11C31 A11C32 A11C33 A11C34 A11C35 HP Part Number 0955 0076 1902 3104 1902 0025 1GA1 8001 08558 60010 0121 0457 0121 0457 0121 0457 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3877 0160 3878 0160 2236 0160 2250 0160 3878 0160 2250 0160 225
235. 96 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 750 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 2K 1 5W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 196 1 125W F TC 0 100 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 3L585 31585 04713 28480 31585 31585 04713 28480 31585 01295 01295 28480 28480 28480 04713 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 02111 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 01121 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 01121 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 28480 24546 24546 28480 24546 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 25 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 1901 0050 1901 0518 9140 0179 9140 0179 1200 0173 2N3251 2N3440 2N3440 2N709 1854 0404 2N3440 2N3440 2N3251 1854 0019 2N30535 2N3799 2N3799 1854 0404 1854 0475 1854 0404 2N3251 1855 0049 1854 0404 1855 0417 1854 0404 1855 0020 43P501 C4 1 8 TO 2152 F 4 1 8 751 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 3161 4 1 8 1472 4 1 8 1212 4 1 8 1101 4 1 8 1472 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 4641 C4 1 8 TO 511R F CB47G5 C4 1 8 TO 1101 F 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 1001 4 1 8 4641 4 1 8 2151 C4 1 8 TO 511R F CB10
236. 98 3444 0698 3156 0757 0346 0698 3150 0698 3132 0757 0279 0757 0346 0698 3444 0757 0444 0757 0444 0757 0440 0757 0401 0757 0280 0757 0346 0698 3150 0698 3444 0757 0200 0757 0444 0757 0444 0757 0440 0757 0401 0757 0280 0757 0346 0698 8958 2100 2692 0698 3444 0757 0279 0707 0444 0757 0444 0757 0440 0757 0401 0757 0280 0757 0346 0698 3150 0690 3444 0757 0289 0757 0289 0757 0440 0757 0401 0757 0280 0757 0279 0757 0346 0698 3444 2100 2522 0757 0440 0757 0403 2 amp PISO Qty N 2 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description RESISTOR 31 6 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 90 9K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 34 8K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 147K 1 125W F TO 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 20K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 1 21K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 21K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 21K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 5K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 2 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN
237. ANSISTOR PNP 2N4236 SI TO 5 PD 1W RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 50K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 500K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 72136 56209 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 28480 28480 04713 04713 02111 02111 02111 02111 02111 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 17 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 1251 0600 1902 0048 0410 0450 08558 60012 08558 60073 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 150D105X9035A2 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3457 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3457 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3457 0160 2055 0160 2199 0160 2307 DM15F111J0300WV1CR 150D105X9035A2 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1070 9170 0029 9170 0029 9170 0029 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9140 0179 9100 2260 9140 0158 9100 255
238. ATTENUATOR HP8491A 50 ohm TERMINATOR HP908A TOOL KIT ELEC EQUIP TK 105 G TUNING TOOL 08555 60107 ALINEMENT TOOL MET TIP 8710 0630 ALINEMENT TOOL PLASTIC 8710 0033 DISPLAY MAINFRAME HP181T FREQUENCY COUNTER HP5342A DIGITAL VOLTMETER HP3455A POWER METER HP435A POWER SENSOR HP8482A AMPLIFIER HP8447D SIGNAL GENERATOR HP8460 COMB GENERATOR HP8406A 300 MHz LP FILTER TPL300 4AB STEP ATTENUATOR HP355C STEP ATTENUATOR HP355D SWEEP OSCILLATOR HP8350A RF PLUGIN HP83522A TIME COUNTER HP5308A OSCILLOSCOPE HP1741A CRYSTAL DETECTOR HP423B SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP141T BOARD PULLER 03950 4001 EXTENDER BOARD 6 PIN 08559 60042 EXTENDER BOARD 10 PIN 85680 60028 EXTENDER BOARD 22 PIN 08565 60107 EXTENDER CABLE ASSY 5060 0303 D 6 NATIONAL NATO STOCK NUMBER 6625 00 185 4802 6625 01 028 4989 6625 01 017 2713 5985 00 128 0195 5180 00 610 8177 5120 01 080 7650 1005 00 634 8012 6625 01 103 2958 6625 01 874 1000 6625 00 449 9167 6625 01 065 0305 6625 00 318 6304 6625 00 937 3525 5985 00 525 5074 5985 00 957 1860 6625 01 022 6231 6625 01 058 0139 6625 01 035 0626 6625 00 424 4370 6625 01 137 2674 5995 01 036 2960 TM 11 6625 3061 14 TOOL NUMBER TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION IV REMARKS SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP8558B REFERENCE CODE Adjustments made when combining units with other subassemblies in display frame Test repair and calibrate by USATSG at general support Subassemblies A3 A6 A7 A8
239. C 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 37 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 121 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 562 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125 TC 0 100 RESISTOR 34 8 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 90 9 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 196 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 61K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 147 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 750 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 16 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 110 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESIST
240. C 1 100 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F TC 0 100 OPTION 001 002 RESISTOR 42 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 02 5K 1X 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 147 196 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 4 7 5 25W FC 400 500 RESISTOR 90 9K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 14 7 1Z 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 26 1 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 33K 1 125W 0 100 RESISTOR 422 1 125W F T 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 619 1 125W F TC 0 100 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 13 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28400 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 28480 28480 28480 28480 30983 24546 24546 24546 02111 24546 24546 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 01121 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 0160 3456 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0070 1901 0070 9170 0029 1200 0173 1200 0173 1250 0830 1250 0830 9100 2255 9100 2255 08558 80002 08558 80012 9100 2255 9100 2250 9100 2255 9100 2255
241. CR8 and CR15 are turned off and CR2 and CR13 are turned on thus blocking any signal from passing through the XTAL filer sections 2 Q14 is turned on pulling BW6 to 4V which further defeats any possible action of the XTAL filter sections 3 Q21 is turned on allowing the voltage on BW7 to be controlled by the current through 020 8 49 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 The current through Q20 is a function of the states off or on of Q23 044 049 the values of factory select resistors R89 R92 and R95 and the setting of R85 LC 1 MHz adjustment The off on states of Q23 Q44 Q49 are controlled by BW2 BW3 BWA which are controlled by the front panel bandwidth switch and are either at 15V or some negative voltage The amount of current through Q20 controls the bandwidths of the LC filter sections on the Bandwidth Filter boards 4 Q22 is turned on having an effect on AUTO sweep time which is discussed later Video Filter The video filter is composed of front panel control A2R6 switch A2S2 and 8 capacitors on Sweep Generator A8 The amount of filtering is controlled by the Resolution Bandwidth setting through Q16 Q18 Q43 Q41 Q46 Q24 and Q45 These transistors switch in and out various combinations of filter capacitors to provide more video filtering when the resolution bandwidth is decreased In LC mode BW6 is low holding Q15 Q17 042 041 off and keeping C19 C20 C21 and C22 out of the circuit Switch 252 applies
242. Code 56289 9N171 9N171 9N171 9N171 9N171 9N171 9N171 9N171 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 31585 31585 24546 28480 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 1500337 900652 NDP250 NDP250 NDP250 NDP250 NDP250 NDP250 NDP250 NDP250 9100 2552 08550 80010 9100 1618 9100 2552 9100 2552 9140 0096 08558 80007 08558 80007 7100 0529 7100 0530 0855 00049 2 30535 2N3053S C4 1 8 TO 5622 F 0757 0100 08558 80006 1902 0551 Model 8558B Reference Designation HP Part Number 11593A 1250 0780 5020 8565 5020 8566 5020 8567 08558 60131 5086 7282 08558 60031 08558 60038 08558 20071 08558 20090 08558 20073 08558 60047 08558 60048 08558 60046 08558 60074 08557 60045 08558 20117 08558 20116 08558 60170 OONAN OON Qty Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED TERMINATION 50 OHM ADAPTER TYPE N MALE TO BNC FEMAL E CRT OVERLAY 180 SERIES DISPLAYS CRT OVERLAY 181 SERIES DISPLAYS CRT OVERLAY 182 SERIES DISPLAYS SIDE STOP KIT ELECTRICAL CHASSIS PARTS LIMITER RF INPUT THRESH 1MW MAX 10W 2WDC CABLE ASSY 750 OHM INPUT OPT 001 002 CABLE ASSY 50 OHM INPUT STD SEE FIG 6 1 NOT ASSIGNED CABLE ASSY 1ST LO OUTPUT CABLE ASSY YIG OSC TO FIRST CONVE
243. DAPTER SPECIAL ADAPTER ADAPTER TEST CABLE SPECTRUM A533 conis on ER EXTENDER ANALYZER 280 LO 1748 6 MHz GENERAT ASSEMBLY Figure 5 1 Second Converter LO and Bandpass Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT Bi e j e AU T HP 5342A Gomb Generalor 2 nsnsonnenenenenenmemememetmetet ndn erre rer Decret EAE HP 8406A Test Cable SMC f to nnne nnns HP 11592 60001 Adapter SMC m to SMC 1250 0827 Adapter m to 1250 0780 Special Adapter e etre ee Tee Ted See Figure 5 2 Gable 120 cmi 48 10 ccs ots aa reete eder det eoe odes dob deo dee due dee de eov HP 10503A Extender Cable nennen nsns nnn innen sse HP 5060 0303 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 0 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 75 0 02022 000 0 0900000000 HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA m esistente nnn nnne nsn HP 1250 1200 5 12 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 17 SECOND CONVERTER LO AND BANDPASS ADJUSTMENTS Cont d NOTE The special adapter in is made from a SMC f to SMC f adapter HP Part No 1250 1113 The nuts must be soldered to the body of the s
244. DC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 50 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER NOT ASSIGNED 4 CAPACITOR V TRMR AIR 1 3 5 4PF 175V CAPACITOR V TRMR AIR 1 3 5 4PF 175V 13 DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY NOT ASSIGNED DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE PIN 110V DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75HA 10NS DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY CORE SHIELDING BEAD INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 ARAREONAW INDUCTOR RF CH ML INDUCTOR RF CH M INDUCTOR INDUCTOR RF CH M INDUCTOR 400N INDUCTOR RF CH INDUCTOR RF C INDUCTOR RF C INDUCTOR RF C INDUCTOR RF C INDUCTOR RF C INDUCTOR RF C INDUCTOR RF CH ML H H H H H H H H M M M ML M M D 240UH 5 166DX 385LG LD 10UH 1096 166DX 385LG D 30UH 5 166DX 385LG LD 22UH 1096 166DX 385LG 1096 3DX1 016LG 150 LD 2 2UH 10 LD 12UH 1096 166DX 385LG LD 240UH 5 166DX 385LG D 10UH 10 166DX 385LG MLD 30UH 5 166DX 385LG MLD 22UH 10 166DX 385LG D 2 2UH 10 D 15UH 10 166DX385LG INDUCTOR 400NH 1096 3DX1 016LG Q 150 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 185 DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 30UH 5 1 6DX 385LG BAFFLE INDUCTOR TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI TO 72 PD 200MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD
245. DPM Driver is divided into three parts 1 The Analog to Digital Converter 2 The Segment Driver 3 The Digit Driver Analog to Digital Converter The Analog to Digital converter comprises an MOS LSI device A1A2U1 and associated circuitry A1A2U1 compares the input voltage MTR V on pin 3 with a reference voltage V REF on pin 2 and outputs the measured voltage in a binary coded decimal BCD format The BCD data is multiplexed out of A1A2U1 one decimal digit four bits at a time on pins 20 through 23 DS1 through 054 pins 16 through 19 are the enable lines for A2DS1 MSD through 2054 LSD A1A2R2 A1A2R3 and A1A2R4 form an adjustable voltage divider which divides the 6 2 volts from A16VRI down to approximately 2 0V for the reference voltage V REF at pin 2 of A1A2U1 Segment Drive AIA2U3 converts the BCD data to seven segment data for the displays and prov ides a test function which lights all the segments of all the displays when pin 3 TP2 is jumpered to ground A1A2Q3 switches the decimal point LED on for frequencies below 198 6 MHz The voltage MTR V is multiplied by 10 on the Frequency Control Assembly A1A2Q4 allows the g segment line of A2DS1 to go high when the input voltage MTR V is less than zero This causes a minus sign to be displayed Digit Driver The digits are enabled one at a time sequentially through digit driver A1A2U2 Each digit display is in turn enabled for 300 microseconds until a 250 mill
246. DRIVE and BLANKING 0 31 32 SWEEP GENERATOR BANDWIDTH AND ATTEN CIRCUITS SWEEP GENERATOR RETRACE BLANKING SWEEP CIRCUIT 15 17 30 36 38 e E e SWEEP 40 3 18 22 2 23 A 24 FREQ ZERO CAL FREQ HORIZONTAL SWEEP OUT TUNING VOLTAGE TIME DIV FREQ SPAN DIV TIMEIDIV MAN BASELINE CLIPPER FRONT PANEL CONTROLS SCALE FRONT PANEL FRONT PANEL FRONT PANEL CONTROLS CUNTROLS A2 A2 CONTROLS A2 Figure 8 5 Simplified Block Diagram 8 15 8 16 blank 30 4V 0 4 30 9V pp 1 5V LOG AMPLIFIER 44 38 39 40 REF LEVEL LOG LIN 10 dB SWITCH STEPS 15VI 10V A2 A2 180 SERIES OSCILLOSCOPE TM 11 6625 3061 14 TM 11 6625 3061 14 MONNAL LEVELS OPTIONS Wat oor 9027 LEVEL Od USA 40 sea VTAT dom 290 Cy sram i 4 em uzam d msan Ts Q osan TR e 4 4072 2 i 548m 36 dam 260 0 wy e
247. DUCTOR RF CH MLD 100NH 10 105DX 26LG COIL PAR TANK COIL BANDPASS FILTER COIL BANDPASS FILTER COIL BANDPASS FILTER COVER SECOND INSULATOR XSTR DAP GL TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN MICROWAVE RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 237 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 00 100 BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 1 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CEOR CAPACITOR FXD 11JF 20 2SVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1PF 2PF 5S00VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 016F 80 20 1100VDC CER CAPACITOR 7FXD OUF 00 20 1001VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 500PF 1 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 10VDOC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 207 10IVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 x 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5 1PF 25 SPF 500VDC CER CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 2 8PF 350V PC MTG NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 0 20 1DOVDC 10 ER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20X 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 110PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 6 8 5PF 500VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 5 5 18PF 350V NOT ASSIGNED CAPACITOR V TRMR CER 4 5 20PF 160V CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 10UVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 10 20 10VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000P
248. Digit 0 Qty 1 CRYSTAL QUARTZ FREQ 280 MHz 11th OVERTONE Delete A9Z 1 8 60 Figure 8 25 Replace Figure 8 25lwith Figure 7 7 CHANGE C of this section Page 8 61 Figure 8 26 Replace function block A with function block A shown in CHANGE C of this section CHANGED Change A11C14 to HP Part Number 0160 2253 Check Digit 9 Qty 1 CAPACITOR FXD 6 8PF 25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160 2253 Change A11C37 to HP Part Number 0160 2252 Check Digit 8 Qty 1 CAPACITOR FXD 6 2PF 25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160 2252 7 3 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 7 5 MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS Cont d CHANGE D Cont d Pages 6 18 and 6 19 Table 6 3 Change 13 14 to HP Part Number 0160 2253 Check Digit 9 Qty 1 CAPACITOR 6 8 25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160 2253 Change A13C37 to HP Part Number 0160 2252 Check Digit 8 Qty 1 CAPACITOR FXD 6 2PFt 25PF 500VDC CER 28480 0160 2252 Page 8 69 Figure 8 30 A11 Bandwidth Filter No 1 Schematic Change value of C14 to 6 8PF and value of C37 t6 2PF Figure 8 35 A13 Bandwidth Filter No 2 Schematic Change value of C14 to 6 8PF and value of C37 to 6 2PF CHANGE E Page 6 26 Table 6 3 Delete A16C9 and A16C10 8 97 Figure 8 44 Delete C9 and C10 CHANGE F Page 5 7 Table 5 2 Change 9 14 to A9R25 Pages 6 12 and 6 13 Table 6 31 Delete A9C17 A9C18 A9C19 A9CR7 A9L15 and A9L16 Change A9R12 standard instrument to HP Part Number 069
249. Digital feline EIE E PE HP 3455A 10 dB Step HP 355D Opt H82 Adapter m to BNC f 2 required HP 1250 0780 Cable BNG to Banana Plug ree Deere terere HP 11001A Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 nennen nnns nnn n nnns ensi HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 750 HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA f sessi nennen ennt ntes sse niin rna nns HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA HP 1250 1200 4 51 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 24 DISPLAY FIDELITY Cont d PROCEDURE Log Display Accuracy E Set controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer START ACENTE Renna EM MM M M CMM CENTER et re or A ee 30 2 eM Led T 500 kHz RESOLUTION BM 2 300 2 10 dB REFERENCE LEVEL LED 0 dBm 002 dBm V ON otk dE aL eset E E eeu MUS MCI AA A E AE 0 Amplitude Stale 10 dB DIV oem tette esce ftc ttc cot ic e AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER
250. E DIV MEPCO ELECTRIC CORP SPECTRUM CONTROL INC STETTNER TRUSH INC SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO BOSTON GEAR WKS DIV OF NA ROCKWELL ELECTRO MOTIVE CORP ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS INC JOHNSON E F CO TEK BEARING CO INC UNITRODE COMPUTER PRODUCTS CORP ASSOCIATED SPRING CORP 6 4 Address MILWAUKEE WI DALLAS TX CITY OF IND CA BROADVILLE IL WHIPPANY NJ PHOENIX AZ SANTA CLARA CA BERNE IN CONCORD NH HANOVER NJ MINERAL WELLS TX WAKEFIELD MA BRADFORD PA PALO ALTO CA SOMERVILLE NJ SAN DIEGO CA FAIRVIEW PA CAZENOVIA NY NORTH ADAMS MA QUINCY MA FLORENCE SC ERIE PA WASECA MN NEW YORK NY METHUEN MA BRISTOL CT TM 11 6625 3061 14 Zip Codes 53204 75222 91745 60153 07981 85008 95050 46711 03301 07936 76067 01880 16701 94304 92121 16415 13035 01247 02171 06226 16512 56093 10013 06010 Model 8558B Reference Designation A1 A1A1 A1A2 A1A2C1 THRU A1A2C3 A1A2C4 A1A2C5 THRU A1A2C9 A1A2C10 A1A2C11 A1A2CI2 A1A2C13 A1A2C14 A1A2C15 A1A2C16 A1A2CHR1 A1A2CR2 A1A2CR3 A1A2J1 A1A2L1 A1A2Q1 A1A2Q2 A1A2Q3 A1A2Q4 A1A2R1 A1A2R2 A1A2R3 A1A2R4 A1A2R5 A1A2R6 A1A2R7 A1A2R8 A1A2R9 A1A2R10 A1A2R11 A1A2R12 A1A2R13 A1A2R14 A1A2TP1 A1A2TP2 A1A2TP3 A1A2U1 A1A2U2 A1A2U3 A1A2U4 A1A2VR1 A1A2VR2 A2 A2R1 A2R2 A2R3 A2R4 A2R5 A2R6 251 252 Number 08558 60125 0180 0197 0160 4084 0160 4084 0180 0197
251. ED CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 9 1PF 5PF 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 130PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 5 200VDC CER 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2PF 25PF 200VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 50VDC CER DIODE GE 60V 60MA 1US DO 7 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 NOT ASSIGNED DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 NOT ASSIGNED DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE PIN 110V Mfr Code 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 72136 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28400 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 21 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number C4 1 8 TO 101 F 4 1 8 10 0 C4 1 8 TO 1472 F C4 1 8 TO 1212 F 4 1 8 10 0 MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 196R F C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 TO 1002
252. ELAYED GATE outputs respectively DO NOT connect an X Y recorder to the DELAYED GATE OUTPUT or damage will result AUX A VERTICAL OUTPUT BNC output provides detected video signal from a 50 ohm output impedance Typical 0 800 mV range corresponds to full 8 division CRT vertical deflection AUX B PENLI FT BLANKING OUTPUT BNC output provides a 15V penlift blanking signal from a 10K ohm output impedance when CRT trace is blanked Otherwise output is low at OV low impedance 150 mA max for an unblanked trace AUX C 21 4 MHz IF OUTPUT BNC output provides 21 4 MHz IF signal linearly related to spectrum analyzer RF input from a 50 ohm output impedance Output bandwidth controlled by spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW setting output amplitude controlled by INPUT ATTEN REFERENCE LEVEL FINE and first six REFERENCE LEVEL positions i e 10 through 60 dBm with 0 dB input attenuation Output level is approximately 10 dBm into 50 ohms with a signal displayed at Reference Level 002 i e 40 to 10 dBmV dB input attenuation AUX D HORIZONTAL OUTPUT BNC output provides horizontal sweep voltage from 5K ohm output impedance 5V to 5V range corresponds to full 10 division CRT horizontal deflection Model 8558B 1 22 This information should not be confused with information contained in the yellow Manual Changes supplement which is intended to adapt this manual to instrument changes that are accomplished after its pri
253. ENTER LOW START TRIGGER HIGH FREE RUN FILTERED VIDEO SIGNAL FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SIGNAL NAMES AND MNEMONICS SEE A16 MOTHERBOARD SCHEMATIC 5 FRONT PANEL PROBE POWER SOCKET DIAGRAM FRONT VIEW Hv Ae TM 11 6625 3061 14 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED PRE AS SECOND CONVERTER TDR FROM 24 19 57 FROM AI2PI 10 FROM 32 YFM FROM 15 37 TFM 5 S POE 1nu A J A HA um X4 A vs m E amp um AX n RE AX n X A X SERIAL PREFIX 2147A A3 A4 048 60005 FIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEMBLY I A3 INPUT ATTENUATOR UI RF INPUT LIMITER 08558 Dicho RS NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFERENCE 5086 7282 FIRST CONVERTER cavity BLOCK pr at AP LEE DN EGER HE QUEE REL MR ey r SSS lee LT OESIGNATOR 5086 7363 08558 60004 2050 MHz 2050 MHz BANDPASS FILTER Hz 1 el 20 dB MATCHING FILTER
254. ESSORIES SUPPLIED 0 BNC termination Cable adapter Side stop kit Graticule overlays 1 32 Termination 1 33 A 50 ohm termination HP Model 11593A is supplied for the front panel 1ST LO OUTPUT 1 34 Cable Adapter 1 35 A Type N male to BNC female adapter HP part number 1250 0780 is supplied with the standard instrument for the use of lightweight cables with BNC connectors 1 36 Side Stop Kit 1 37 A side stop kit HP part number 08558 60131 is supplied to prevent the spectrum analyzer from sliding out of the mainframe When the side stops installed the plug in cannot be removed from the mainframe Refer to for installation or removal of the side stops 1 38 Graticule Overlays Three graticule overlays provide the operator with reference level labels for the CRT HP Part Number 5020 8565 is the overlay for 180 series display mainframes HP Part Number 5020 8566 is the overlay for 181 series display mainframes HP Part Number 5020 8567 is the overlay for 182 series display mainframes For proper installation of the graticule overlay refer Section 11 Model 8558B 1 39 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED 1 40 Display Mainframe 1 41 A 180T series display mainframe 180TR 181T 181TR or 182T is recommended for use with the HP Model 8558B the 180T series mainframe the rear panel auxiliary output connectors AUX A AUX B AUX C and AUX D provide respectively Vertical
255. EVEL FINE control When the REF LEVEL FINE control is fully clockwise the PIN diode is at minimum conduction and maximum signal is applied to the base of A12Q7 Conversely when the REF LEVEL FINE control is fully counterclockwise the PIN diode is at maximum conduction and minimum signal is applied to 1207 Step Gain Amplifiers Buffer amplifier A12Q7 operates in an emitter follower configuration and provides isolation between the 0 12 dB control and the 10 dB amplifier The three step gain amplifiers can be considered as operational amplifiers An equivalent circuit for the three stages is shown in Figure 8 31 The gain for each amplifier is Av Rf Ri The feedback resistance Rf for the 10 dB amplifier is A12R26 562 ohms and for the 20 dB amplifiers it is A12R32 and A12R38 750 ohms The input resistance Ri isa combination of a fixed series resistance 56 2 ohms and the controlled resistance of the PIN diodes The resistance of the PIN diodes is approximatey 10 to 1000 ohms and increases as the forward bias current is decreased from 100 mA to 1 pA Ri is approximately 260 ohms for the 10 dB amplifier and approximately 83 ohms for the 20 dB amplifiers 8 71 Model 8558B 1 1 6625 3061 14 Selection of the correct combination of step gain amplifiers is accomplished with front panel REF LEVEL dBm switch A2S 1 Rotating the switch grounds the emitter circuit of the selected amplifier s allowing current to flow through the PIN diode s
256. F 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF R80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 300PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 x100VDC CER See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 14 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 18736 18736 18736 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 52763 28480 28480 28480 72136 28480 28480 52763 28480 28480 28480 28400 28480 28400 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 0955 0076 1902 3104 1902 0025 1GA1 8001 08558 60010 TP9 TP9 TP9 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3877 0160 3878 0160 2236 0160 2250 0160 3878 0160 2250 0160 2250 0160 2252 0160 2250 0160 2250 1250 0830 1250 0830 9100 2247 08558 80005 08558 80003 08558 80003 08558 80003 08558 00015 1200 0172 2N3251 5086 4218 4 1 8 0 1002 4 1 8 0 1782 4 1 8 0 5111 C4 1 8 T0 237R F 4 1 8 0 1001 08558 60128 0160 2055 0160 0127 0160 2236 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2207 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055
257. F C4 1 8 TO 1211 F 0757 0180 C4 1 8 TO 3831 F 0757 0180 C4 1 8 TO 3831 F 0360 1788 0360 1788 1251 0600 0360 1788 0360 1788 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1251 0600 1902 0048 0410 0450 5061 5411 0160 4554 150D225X9020A2 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 3879 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4519 DM15F131J0300WV1CR 0160 4386 0160 3872 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 0160 4554 1910 0016 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1065 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1070 Model 8558B Reference Designation A14CR16 A14CR17 A14CR18 A14CR19 A14CR20 A14CR21 A14CR22 A14CR23 A14CR24 A14CR25 A14CR26 A14CR27 A14CR28 A14CR29 A14CR30 A14CR31 A14CR32 A14CR33 A14E1 A14L1 A14L2 A14L3 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 14110 14111 14112 A14L13 A14L14 A14Q1 1402 A14Q3 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 14010 14011 14912 14013 14014 14015 14016 14017 14018 14019 14020 14021 14022 14023 14024 14025 A14R1 A14R2 A14R3 A14R4 A14R5 A14R6 A14R7 A14R8 A14R9 A14R10 A14R11 A14R12 A14R13 A14R14 A14R15 HP Part Number 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0040 1901 1085 1901 1005 1901 1070 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 1070 1901 1070 1901 1005 1901 0050 1901 0050 1
258. F Schematic Diagram CHANGE F 7 30 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION VIII SERVICE 8 1 INTRODUCTION 8 2 This section provides instructions for troubleshooting and repairing the HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer It includes general servicing hints and information block diagrams of the instrument circuit descriptions parts identification illustrations and schematic diagrams WARNING To troubleshoot and repair this instrument you must remove it from the display mainframe and reconnect it to the mainframe through an extender cable Operating the spectrum analyzer outside the mainframe in this manner exposes high voltage points in the instrument which might if contacted cause personal injury Maintenance repair of this instrument should therefore performed only by a skilled person who knows the hazards involved 8 3 SERVICE INFORMATION INDEX 8 4 Table 8 1 lists specific kinds of information about the spectrum analyzer main assemblies and indicates where the information is located The service information for each assembly normally includes a description of the assembly circuits a diagram showing the locations of the assembly components and a schematic of the assembly circuits These packages of assembly information are arranged in assembly number order with the circuit descriptions and component locations diagram preceding the assembly schematic The assembly numbers are printed in large
259. FF 1d8 DIV CONTROL LINE LOW 1 08 010 FINE TUNE VOLTAGE REF LEVEL FINE REFERENCE VOLTAGE CW END OF REF LEVEL FINE VOLTAGE WIPER OF A2R4 FREQUENCY ANALOG VOLTAGE FREQUENCY CALIBRATION CONTROL LINE LOW CAL FREQUENCY ZERO VOLTAGE FREQUENCY SPAN CONTROL LINES FS2 ZERO SPAN FSG YIG MAIN FM COIL DPM ANALOG GROUND DPM DIGITAL GROUND GROUND FROM A7 FREQUENCY CONTROL IF GAIN CONTROL LINES 30V pp TRIGGER SIGNAL FROM MAINFRAME LINE POWER NORMALIZER CONTROL LINE LOW NORMALIZER ENABLED LOG LIN CONTROL LINE LOWELIN FOR FUTURE USE DPM VOLTAGE 10V TO SECOND CONVERTER OSCILLATOR MAX VIDEO FILTER CONTROL LINE HIGH MAX _PENLIFT BLANKING OUTPUT SIGNAL REFERENCE LEVEL CALIBRATION VOLTAGE RETRACE BLANKING SIGNAL SINGLE SWEEP CONTROL LINE HIGH START STOF FOR FUTURE USE SCAN TIME CONTROL LINES STS AUTO STB SLOW FAST ST7 MANUAL START CENTER CONTROL LINE LOW START CRT HORIZONTAL SWEEP SIGNAL SWEEP SYNC SIGNAL MANUAL SWEEP VOLTAGE TRIGGER CONTROL LINE HIGH FREE RUN DPM REFERENCE VOLTAGE FILTERED VIDEO SIGNAL VERTICAL GAIN VOLTAGE VERTICAL POSITION VOLTAGE VIDEO SIGNAL BEFORE VIDEO FILTERING VIDEO TRIGGER SIGNAL Y AXIS OUTPUT FROM NORMALIZER YIG 10V YIG COIL SIGNAL YIG COIL SIGNAL 4 YIG MAIN COIL SIGNAL YIG MAIN COIL SIGNAL YIG FM COIL SIGNAL TO GND SENSE GND YIG FM COIL SIGNAL NEGATIVE VERTICAL OUTPUT SIGNAL POSITIVE VERTICAL OUTPUT SIGNAL B VOLTS
260. HED TO ASFMP2NOT SEPARATELY REPLA CAVITY BLOCK SECOND CONVERTER MATCHED TO A5MP1 NOT SEPARATELY REPLACE NOT ASSIGNED Mfr Code 28480 28480 20480 20480 28480 28480 28480 28480 24546 28480 28480 28480 24546 28480 28480 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 33095 72982 28410 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28400 28480 28480 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 6 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 08558 60160 1901 0025 1902 0064 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0485 C4 1 8 TO 1622 F 2100 3340 2100 2681 2100 3332 4 1 8 1212 2100 1412 2100 3331 4 1 8 1331 3101 2213 3101 2124 08558 60168 08558 60037 1990 0819 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0619 1990 0485 5086 7363 08495 60004 08558 60004 1250 1020 1250 1020 1250 1020 1250 1020 08558 00052 08558 20042 08558 20043 C3 1 8 TO 100R F C3 1 8 TO 237R F C3 1 8 TO 147R F C3 1 8 TO 30R3 F C3 1 8 TO 147R F 08558 60152 0855800097 0160 3036 0160 3036 54 713 002 XSE 100J 666 053 0160 220K 1901 0950 1250 1157 1250 1435 1250 0829 9100 2255 08558 80009 08558 00034 08558 00033 08558 00033 08558 20122 08558 20121 Model 8558B Reference Designation 5
261. HP 1250 1200 4 10 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 13 RESIDUAL FM Cont d a Residual FM in Zero Span b Shape of 10 kHz Resolution BW Filter AMPLITUDE VARIATION OF IF SIGNAL FREQUENCY VARIATION OF IF SIGNAL Figure 4 6 Example of Residual FM PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer and comb generator controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer START GENEERB due Re CENTER FREQUENCY SPAN DIV 100 2 RESOLUTION BW rete ee esee ee eee pese 10kHz INPUT ATTEN rc LIE 0 dB REFERENCE LEVEE eee eee teret ee edet tenes Seve ehe ea eee 20 dBm 002 30dBmV Amplitude Scale oe eere eee eia eee raa rid LIN SWEEP 202 nennen AUTO SWEEP FREE RUN BASELINE GLEIBPBER 2 OFF OFF Comb Generator COMB FREQUENCY 2 22 1 200002 00000000000000 trien nnns 100 MC INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE 1 2 200220 0 0 00 OFF OUTPUT
262. Hz DESCRIPTION The amplitude accuracy and frequency accuracy of the CAL OUTPUT signal are checked for 30 dBm 1 dB and 280 MHz 300 kHz respectively 002 20 1 SPECTRUM SIGNAL ANALYZER GENERATOR 9 G 9 9 0 COUNTER RF OUTPUT INPUT 9 ADAPTER 300 MHz LPF 001 and 002 ADD 750 MINIMUM LOSS ADAPTER AND ADAPTERS 001 AND 002 7540 CABLE STEP AMPLIFIER ATTENUATOR E OUTPUT Figure 4 21 Calibrator Accuracy Test Setup 4 55 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 25 CALIBRATOR ACCURACY Cont d EQUIPMENT C M M HP 8447D Signal 8640 10 dB Step Attenuator Calibrated at 280 2 HP 355D Opt H82 Power EE tete ede ud M mI eMe le ete HP 435B 300 X TELONIC 300 4 T 8482 Adapter to f 2 required 1250 6780 Adapter f to 1250 0077 BNC Cable 120 cm 48 in 2 nennen nnn nnns HP 10503A Additional Equipment for Options 001 and 002 Power Sensor 7 0
263. IAGRAMS BASIC LOGIC SYMBOLS Distinctive Shape Symbols AMPLIFIER BUFFER Output is active when input is active AND FUNCTION Output is active only when all inputs are active OR FUNCTION Output is active when one or more in puts are active EXCLUSIVE OR Output is active when only one input is FUNCTION active WIRED AND Two or more elements are joined FUNCTION together to achieve the effect of an AND function WIRED OR Two or more elements are joined FUNCTION together to achieve the effect of an OR function Jure 8 1 Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Diagrams 3 of 4 8 7 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SYMBOLS USED IN SCHEMATIC AND BLOCK DIAGRAMS BASIC LOGIC SYMBOLS Indicator Symbols positive logic assumed ACTIVE HIGH inputs and outputs are indicated by the absence of the negation symbol O ACTIVE PERIOD ACTIVE LOW inputs and outputs are in dicated by the presence of the negation symbol O ACTIVE PERIOD EDGE TRIGGERED dynamic inputs are indicated by the presence of the dynamic input symbol Input is active only on the positive going transition ACTIVE PERIOD Figure 8 1 Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Diagrams 4 of 4 Input is active only on the negative going transition ACTIVE PERIOD 8 8 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Nominal power levels voltages and waveforms shown on schematic diagrams were measured using the test setup shown below Note that signal charact
264. ISTOR 909 1 125W F TC 0 100 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ IC OP AMP LOW NOISE TO 99 PKG IC OP AMP LOW DRIFT TO 99 PKG TRANSISTOR ARRAY 14 PIN PLSTC DIP IC OP AMP GP DUAL TO 99 PKG DIODE ZNR IN823 6 2V 5 0DO 7 PD 4W DIODE ZNR 1N827 6 2V 5 D00 7 PD 4W DIODE ZNR 15V 5 PD 1W IR 5UA SWEEP GENERATOR CAPACITOR FXD 2 2LIF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1IF 5 50VDC MET POLYC CAPACITOR FXD 982PF 1 1 100VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 2 21JF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 10PF 5 50FVDC CER 0 60 CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 2 21WF 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 68PF 4 596 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 2 21UF 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 022UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 200 10 250VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 022UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 35VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 35VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 033UF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD O01UF 80 2076 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 3300PF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 10 200VDC POLYE CAPACITOR FXD 220PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 027UF 10 200VDC POLYE DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50NA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50NA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50
265. ITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE PIN 110V DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 20V 75MA 10NS DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 CORE SHIELDING READ COIL MLD 24AUH 5 Q 60 155DX 375L NOM COIL MLD 8 2UH 10 Q 50 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 6 8UH 10 Q 50 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 6 8UH 1096 Q 50 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 6 8UH 10 Q 50 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 6 8UH 10 Q 50 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 6 8UH 10 Q 50 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 6 8UH 10 Q 50 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 39UH 5 Q 60 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 47UH 5 Q 55 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 24UH 5 Q 60 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 6 8UH 10 Q 50 155DX 375LG NOM COIL MLD 8 2UH 10 Q 60 095DX 25LG NOM COIL MLD 27UH 10 Q 45 095DX 25LG NOM TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300mw FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360mw TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360mw 1 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI D 360mw TRANSISTOR NPN SI D 360mw TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI T T Ti D 360mw T TRANSI
266. L PULSE SHAPER RENE TER 1 Iu Iw E FA K ARRON FSG 100 H H Ee LLL LLLI ed rcu P MEC or 5 ATTENUATED E 5 m T TA Ad OPM DISPLAY 1 a os E LL 4 4 2 TRIGGER 1 24 n TRIGGER i a SWEEP TIME a d Figure 8 6 Troubleshooting Block Diagram 8 17 8 18 blank M DRIVER 3558 60125 ANALOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTER 5 Ul cmos SEGMENT DRIVER SVF U3 ic mos 16 BLANKING 4 FROM AIG MOTHERBOARD FROM VREF AIGVRI MSB Y3 INTEGRATOR be 054 oispLay p UPDATE V V POWER SUPPLIES FROM 5V INVERTER FROM AIG MOTHERBOARD FROM A7PI 18 40 VIA AIG MOTHERBOARD A2AIWI rro ee A2A1 FRONT SW 08558 601 TCH BOARD ASSEMBLY 9 9 FROM A16 MOTHERBOARD GNDA ANALOG Ya Em E D X E TA uA um A Ui 0 o NENNEN
267. LINEAR ADJUSTMENT CHANGE B Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows FREQ SPAN DIV i Eb epe E Du pO E bu x kd 1 MHz RESOLUTION BW n n e iet a c a t ere eu e EE EYED E cron 300 kHz 001 25 dBm 002 25 dBm V REFERENCE LEVEL dBm rrt trt eee et rne Lote tae e ren e Rr do deca da gd 50 002 0 dBm V 10 dB DIV 1 dB DIV EIN o den el anni LIN SWEEP ns ate ae AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER e S FREE RUN Connect equipment as shown ih Figure 7 4 Set signal generator frequency to 301 4 MHz and output level to 13 dBm Remove W7P1 from Second IF assembly A10J2 Connect signal generator output through step attenuator 0 dB attenuator and adapters to W7P1 NOTE The 10 dB attenuator is included to compensate for the 10 dB of gain on A12 Step Gain assembly when the TEST NORM switch is in TEST Set the TEST NORM switch on A12 Step Gain assembly to the TEST position Tune signal generator frequency for maximum signal amplitude on oscilloscope display with step attenuator set at 0 dB Set output level of signal generator fora digital voltmeter reading of 700 mV with step attenuator set at 0 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL control set to 50 dBm 002 0 dBm V Set 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL to 80 dBm and set step attenuator to 30
268. MA 2NS D0 35 DIODE GEN PRP 35V 50MA D00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS D00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS D00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS D00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS 00 35 Indicates factory selected value 6 9 Mfr Code 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 21480 01121 24546 24546 24546 28480 02111 24546 24546 0388 24546 24546 01121 24546 20480 28480 06665 31585 28480 24046 24046 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 72136 56289 56289 28480 24800 28480 56289 56289 56289 28480 28480 21480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 511R F C4 1 8 T0 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 4222 F C4 1 8 TO 8251 F 0811 3247 C01065 C4 1 8 TO 1472 F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F 0811 3246 43P104 C41 8 TO 7502 F C4 1 8 TO 5622 F PME55 1 8 TO 14R7 F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 2610 F CB1065 C4 1 8 TO 909R F 1251 0600 1826 0261 OP 05CJ 146 1826 0092 1 823 1 827 1902 0202 0855860123 150D225X9020A2 0160 3456 0160 3402 0160 3009 1500225X9020A2 0160 3094 016
269. MENT Signal 8640B BNC Cable 120 cm 48 HP 10503A Adapter m to f 2 HP 1250 0780 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 75 21 0000000000 0000 HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA sessi HP 1250 1200 4 13 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 14 NOISE SIDEBANDS Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer START CENTERE GS eec ot Ut CENTER TUNING 400MHz FREQUENGY u 1 MHz RESOLUTION BW 30 KHz INPUT AT TEN e 10 dB REFERENCE LEVEL 20 dBm 002 30dBmV vij ile Acier 10 dB DIV i zdsicanl zip AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER FREE RUN BASEBINE CEIPBEE ta oe OFF VIDEOFI TER OFF Signal Generator FREQUENCY dm 400 MHz RF OUTPUT a a
270. NEATH REPLACED AS A UNIT GASKET Figure 8 16 A4 First Converter Component Locations 8 32 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A5 MP12 14 MP13 MP14 L5 MP15 42 CR1 Ci C2 MP1 MP18 MP4 MP7 MP8 9 5 MP16 10 Z1 TUNING Z2 TUNING Z3 TUNING 24 2ND LO SLUG SLUG SLUG FREQUENCY J1 UNDER NEATH 71 72 73 74 23 L3 MP17 MP2 MP25 MP24 MP8 MP1 MP9 c3 R1 L1 J3 A1 MP7 A101 UNDER PC BOARD A1R2 A1R1 v V L2 J2 C2 Figure 8 17 A5 Second Converter Assembly Component Locations 8 33 8 34 blank TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 35 through 8 36 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A7 FREQUENCY CONTROL CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Description Frequency Control Assembly A7 contains the circuitry to drive and control YIG Oscillator Assembly A6 The frequency is controlled by the sum of the sweep and tune voltages The tune voltage is generated by the center frequency coarse and fine TUNING controls The tune voltage is measured by the digital panel meter DPM voltmeter to provide the center frequency digital readout The sweep voltage controlled by the FREQ SPAN DIV switch is generated in Sweep Generator Assembly A8 The YIG Oscillator has two driving coils the main tuning coil and the FM coil The tune voltage is applied to the main tuning coil driver The sweep voltage is either summed with the tune voltage and applied to the main tuning c
271. NSULATOR XSTR DAP GL CONNECTOR RF SMC M SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM CONNECTOR RE SMC M SGL HOLE FR 50 OHM INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470NH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470NH 10 105DX 26LG COIL NEUTRALIZING COIL FREQUENCY ADJUST INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470NH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 180NH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470NH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470NH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 150NH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 150NH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 10 185Dx 26L G INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 12UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 12UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 3 3UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 27UH 5 166DX 38SLG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 27UH 5 166DX 385L G COVER THIRD CONVERTER RF SHIELD MIXER TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI 0 72 PD 200MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 39 PD 1W FT 800MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 39 PD 1W FT 800MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW RESISTOR TRMR 10K 10 C SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 1K 1 125W 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 500 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 10 1X 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 121 1x 5W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 21K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10 1 5OW 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5 196 05W F 0 100 OPTION 001 002 RESISTOR 42 2 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2 1 05W F TC 0 100 OPTION 001 002 RESISTOR 511 1 125W F T
272. O O DO O1 CQ amp IO TO XO QD CO amp O XQ Q 0 Qty lt Description MECHANICAL CHASSIS PARTS NOTE COMPLETE FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLIES LISTED BELOW INCLUDE A2 FRONT SWITCH ASSY PANEL ALL KNOBS amp PROBE POWER INPUT CAL OUTPUT AND LO OUTPUT CABLES FRONT PANEL ASSY STD FRONT PANEL ASSY OPT 001 FRONT PANEL ASSY OPT 002 PANEL FRONT STD PANEL FRONT OPT 001 PANEL FRONT OPT 002 SIDE GUSSET LEFT SIDE GUSSET RIGHT PANEL REAR GUIDE RAIL TOP EXTRUSION CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE TAPPED EXTRUSION END PLATE ENCLOSURE EXTRUSION CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE TAPPED EXTRUSION CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE EXTRUSION ENCLOSURE DIVIDER EXTRUSION CIRCUIT ENCLOSURE TAPPED WINDOW FREQ DISPLAY GLUED TO 1 INSULATOR GUIDE RAIL BOTTOM GUIDE RAIL BOTTOM CABLE ASSY W10 VERTICAL OUTPUT SCREW MACH 4 40 25 IN LG 82 DEG SCREW MACH 6 32 312 IN LG 100 DEG SCREW MACH 4 40 25 IN LG 82 DEG SCREW MACH 6 32 5 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW TPG 4 40 375 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW TPG 6 32 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 440 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 6 32 312 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 440 625 IN LG 82 DEG SPACER RND 312 IN LG 18 IN ID NUT HEX PLSTC LKG 4 40 THD 141 IN THK SCREW MACH 4 40 312 IN LG PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 4 40
273. ONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST Not Applicable MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION esses D 1 E EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIAL LIST Not Applicable vi TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION 0 INTRODUCTION 1 SCOPE This manual describes Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett Packard Model 8558B and provides instructions for operation and maintenance 0 2 CONSOLIDATED INDEX OF ARMY PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310 1 to determine whether there are new editions changes or additional publications pertaining to the equipment 0 3 MAINTENANCE FORMS RECORDS AND REPORTS a Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA Pam 738 750 as contained in Maintenance Management Update b Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies Fill out and forward SF 364 Report of Discrepancy ROD as prescribed in AR 735 11 2 DLAR 4140 55 NAVMATINST 4355 73A AFR 400 54 MCO 4430 3F Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 as prescribed in AR 55 38 NAVSUPINST 4610 33C AFR 75 18 MCO P4610 19D DLAR 4500 15 0 4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS EIR If your equipment needs improvement let us know Send us an EIR You the user are the only one who can tell us what you don t like about your equipment Let us know why you don t like the de
274. OR 100 1 05W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 05W F TC 0 100 TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB TERMINAL TEST POINT PCB IC OP AMP GP DUAL TO 99 PKG IC OP AMP GP DUAL TO 99 PKG DIODE ZNR 5 4V 1 DO 35 PD 4W TC 046 VERTICAL DRIVE AND BLANKING CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS DO 35 Mfr Code 19701 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 30983 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 24546 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 56289 28480 56289 284
275. OR RF CH MLD 8 2UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 6 8UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 6 8UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10UH 10 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 4 7UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 8 2UH 10 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 39UH 5 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 47UH 5 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 24UH 5 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 820NH 10 X 105DX 26LG TRANSISTOR NPN 2N2219A SI TO 5 PD 800MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO 18 PD 400MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO 18 PD 400MW TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 200MW FT 500MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 200MW FT 500MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI 0 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 200MW FT 500MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 200MW FT 500MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSTSTOR PNP SI PD 200MW FT 500MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR DUAL NPN PD 750MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR PNP 2N2907A SI TO 18 PD 400MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 18 PD 360MW RESISTOR 1 33K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR
276. OUTPUT LEVEL controls of both signal generators for 30 dBm displayed on spectrum analyzer 001 25 dBm 002 25 V 18 Reduce spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz and check for third order intermodulation distortion products at approximately 3 divisions to either side of center graticule line see NOTE below They should be more than 70 dB below input signals 100 dBm on spectrum analyzer display Sed Figure 4 15 001 95 dBm on spectrum analyzer display 002 50 dBmV on spectrum analyzer display NOTE If the intermodulation distortion product cannot be located increase output levels of both signal generators by 10 dB Be sure to return the OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to its previous setting before making the actual measurement 4 30 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 SPURIOUS RESPONSES Cont d h SECOND 10 HARMONICS FROM SIGNAL 20 GENERATORS lt a E 40 amp 2f 2f 50 60 70 RENE fa 3f f fi fi f SECOND THIRD SECOND ORDER ORDER ORDER Steps 20 29 Steps 18 27 Steps 22 30 Figure 4 15 Intermodulation Distortion Products 19 Set INPUT ATTEN to 0 dB REFERENCE LEVEL to 40 dBm and RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz Adjust OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to 43 dBm as displayed on 001 REFERENCE LEVEL 35 dBm output level of 38 dBm displayed on CRT 002 REFERENCE LEVEL 15 dBm
277. P Part Number 0698 7794 0757 0199 0757 0199 0757 0460 0698 7421 0757 0199 0757 0289 0698 3194 0757 0199 0698 3153 0698 7412 0757 0199 0757 0442 0757 0199 0757 0465 0698 7794 0757 0459 0757 0442 0698 3154 0698 3457 0757 0440 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0698 3451 0757 0442 0757 0442 0698 7794 0757 0459 0757 0442 0757 0442 0698 3238 0757 0465 0698 7794 0698 7086 0698 8322 0683 1055 0683 1055 0757 0465 0757 0461 0757 0442 0698 7421 0757 0442 0698 3194 0683 3355 0757 0442 0698 3194 1251 0600 1820 0223 1826 0092 1826 0261 1902 0025 1902 3139 1902 0049 08558 60154 08558 60155 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 2249 0160 2264 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 3878 0160 2207 0140 0195 0140 0198 0180 0197 0180 0197 0160 3878 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Qty Description RESISTOR 10K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 3 RESISTOR 61 9K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 40K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 7 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 20K 25 125W F TC 0 50 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 10 RESISTOR 3 83K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 13 3K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 25 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100
278. PIN DIAGRAMS TOP VIEW 4 6 ATQ4 19 7915 20 24 H 5 a D T B a gt 2 Li u 8 MNEMDNIC TABLE MNEMONIC DESCRIPTION DEC DECIMAL POINT LINE LOW OFF FM COIL DRIVER GROUND TO GND YFM ON YIG YIG MAIN FM COIL CONTRDL LINE GROUND TO A8 SWEEP GENERATOR DPM VOLTAGE YIG 10V YIG COIL SIGNAL YIG MAIN CDIL SIGNAL YIG COIL SIGNAL TO GND SENSE GND FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SIGNAL NAMES AND MNEMONICS SEE A16 MOTHERBOARD SCHEMATIC TM 11 6625 3061 14 SWEEP GENERATOR 08558 60123 MNEMONIC TABLE wn _ AST MANUAL SWEEP CONTROL COMPARATOR ML 2 RETRACE OUT BUFFER AUTO SCAN TIME pos 10 TEMP iE c AMPLIFIER VOLTABE _ DEPENDENT et ji POWER SUPPLY BANDWIDTH CONTROL R28 LINES A21 ST 002 AN FREQUENCY SPAN CON TROL LINES FS2 ZERO P128 i 7 29 007 SPAN FS6 YIG MAIN 10v NOM FM COIL OUT RETRACE BLANK CURRENT SOURCE SEE NOTE 6 GROUND FROM A7 FREQUENCY CONTROL P128 BUFFER R26 I2 6VF 09 00 6060 Annas AMPLIFIER 12 129 _ SCAN TIME CONTROL 95 MN LINES ST5 AUTO ST6 527 SLOW FAST ST7 1 40400 MANUAL
279. PNDZ TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300MW FT 150MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ RESISTOR 42 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 48K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 11 1K 17 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR TRMR 2K 10 C SIDE ADJ 17 TRN See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 10 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 00000 00000 28480 28480 28480 04713 28480 28480 04713 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 24546 02111 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 02111 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 1901 0 050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0040 1901 0050 1901 0040 1205 0202 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 1854 0071 1855 0082 1855 0082 2N3251 1853 0020 1854 0071 2N3251 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0404 1855 0417 1853 0020 1854 0404 1854 0404 1854 0404 1
280. Q ANAL 21 4 MHz IF 30 MNEMONIC TM 11 6625 3061 14 NOTES 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS 0 CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH 3 REFER TO FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASURE MENT CONDITIONS 4 1013 14 15 ARE ON SAME COIL FORM NOT SEPARATELY REPLACE ABLE 5 MNEMONIC TABLE _ FREQUENCY ANALOG VOLTAGE FREQ ANAL REFLEVEL REFERENCE LEVEL CAL CALIBRATION VOLTAGE FOR COMPLETE LIST OF SIGNAL NAMES AND MNEMONICS SEE A16 MOTHERBOARD SCHEMATIC TM 11 6625 3061 14 OE n Am AX C M I EM E EA ss A H m m lp null Pp ES D A SS SS lS RR SS 11 6625 3061 14 A11 BANDWIDTH FILTER NO 1 NOTES 08558 60128 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR FIRST LC POLE Q SECOND LC POLE 12 5 4 CONTROL LINES SEE NOTE 8 FUNCTION PIN SIGNAL TO FROM BLOCK BIAS V BIAS GNO ZLA Mite 1 5
281. Q SPAN DIV knob pushed in and Coupling Hub flush against Bandwidth Rotor pin aligned tighten set screw using a no 4 hex wrench Turn FREQ SPAN DIV knob until second set screw is visible and tighten second set screw m Push FREQ SPAN DIV knob in and out while observing Bandwidth Rotor 63 Bandwidth Rotor will not move if Coupling Hub 60 is properly aligned Readjust Coupling Hub as necessary for proper operation 7 Assembly of REFERENCE LEVEL Switch a Install remaining two Studs 59 on Front Switch Assembly Check that all screws and studs have been tightened b If rear Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly 7 has been loosened or removed from Ref Level Shaft 6 refer to Figure 8 48 for correct dimensions for adjustment c Inspect Ref Level Rotor 67 Roll Pins 12 should be positioned in hole 1 and hole 9 as shown in Figure 849F Check that Spring 11 and Ball Bearing 10 are in position Insert Ref Level Shaft 6 through Ref Level Rotor so that rear Anticrush Drive Hub 7 seats properly into rotor d Lightly grease long end of Ref Level Shaft 6 and insert through Front Switch Board Assembly A2AI Attenuator Drive Rotor 8 front Anticrush Drive Hub 7 and bushing in Front Switch Diecast 1 e Lightly grease detent holes on flat side of Ref Level Detent 68 Mount detent on three Studs 59 and fasten tightly with three Standoffs 69 CAUTION Hollow Ref Level Shaft 6 might be damaged if set screws in Rotat
282. R 0 30 CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100VDC CER 5 CAPACITOR FXD 300PF 5 300VDC MICA 2 CAPACITOR FXD 130PF 5 300VDC MICA 1 CAPACITOR FXD 200PF 5 300VDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 2 2U2F 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 20 100VDC CER See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 12 RESISTOR 3 3M 5 25W FC TC 0 900 1100 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC S7 SQ CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 1009VDC CER Mfr Code 19701 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 19701 03888 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 19701 28480 19701 01121 01121 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 03888 01121 24546 03888 28480 31585 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 72136 72136 56289 56289 28480 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number MF4C1 8 TO 1002 C C4 1 8 TO 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 6192 F MF4C1 8 TO 4002 C C4 1 8 TO 2152 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F PME55 1 8 T2 2002 C 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 3831 MF4C1 8 TO 1332 C 4 1 8 2152 4 1 8 1002 4 1 8 2152 C4 1 8 TO 1003 PF
283. R SWITCH SCREW MACH 4 40 375 IN LG PAN HD POZI ROTOR SINGLE CONTACT DETENT BANDWIDTH Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 Figure 7 2 Front Panel Assembly 1 of 3 CHANGE A 7 10 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 08558 00036 3030 0007 0510 0089 08558 00017 08558 00055 3050 0032 08558 60050 08558 60072 3030 0022 08558 00043 08558 00018 08558 00038 08558 60051 00180 67402 08558 00043 08558 40003 2950 0043 2190 0016 1410 0721 08558 40001 2200 0781 08558 00019 0380 0411 08558 20047 08558 20051 1410 0006 1460 0578 08559 60060 1480 0367 1480 0059 08558 4001 1 08558 40008 0510 0015 08558 60046 08558 60074 2200 0509 2200 0125 08558 00024 08558 20050 08558 20066 08558 20089 1460 1376 08558 20088 0520 0139 0380 0487 0610 0002 08558 20002 08558 40005 3050 0017 1460 0532 2200 0165 08558 00020 08558 20061 08558 20062 08558 20052 2260 0002 0380 0413 08558 00022 08558 20053 1490 0841 2950 0006 2190 0027
284. REC W CP 10 TRN 5K 10 GEAR SPUR 60T WASHER FL NM 1 4 IN 26 IN ID 562 IN OD WASHER FL MTLC 3 8 IN 406 IN ID SPRING COMPRESSION CABLE ASSY DPM RIBBON A2A1W1 P O A2A1 CABLE ASSY INT RIBBON A2A1W2 P O A2A1 SCREW MACH 4 40 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI BRACKET ATTENUATOR WASHER FL MTLC NO 4 125 IN ID GEAR MIT 16 T 32 DP 20 DG PA BRS DETENT BANDWIDTH STUD 500 IN LG 4 40 THD HUB COUPLING SHAFT BANDWIDTH SPRING CPRSN 18 IN OD ROTOR SINGLE CONTACT SPACER ROTOR RESISTOR TRMR 10K 20 CC 1 TRN A2A1R4 BOARD BANDWIDTH SWITCH P O A2A1 ROTOR DOUBLE CONTACT DETENT REF LEVEL STANDOFF 1 438 1N LG 4 40 THD LOCKOUT ROTATING LOCATOR INDEX DISC SHAFT REF LEVEL FINE COUPLING RGD 375 LG BRS WASHER FL NM NO 5 13 IN ID 25 IN OD PLATE REF LEVEL FINE POT RESISTOR VAR CONTROL WW 10K 5 LIN WASHER FL MTLC 25 IN ID DomJroruoco O QouUrIZgzuo TUCE z UOC Qgoummuoomumoozuuo Un Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 78707 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 71041 28480 28480 28480 28480 92830 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480
285. RTER CABLE ASSY FIRST CONVERTER TO SECOND CO CABLE ASSY SECOND CONVERTER TO SECOND I CABLE ASSY SECOND IF TO THIRD CONVERTER CABLE ASSY 50 OHM CAL OUTPUT STD CABLE ASSY 75 OHM CAL OUTPUT OPT 001 002 NOT ASSIGNED CABLE ASSY VERT OUTPUT ON TOP GUIDE RAIL NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED CABLE ASSY ATTEN TO LIMITER CABLE ASSY LIMITER TO FIRST CONVERTER CABLE ASSY PROBE POWER F Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 28 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 11593A 1250 0780 5020 8565 5020 8566 5020 8567 08558 60131 5086 7282 08558 60031 08558 60038 08558 20071 08558 20090 08558 20073 08558 60047 08558 60048 08558 60046 08558 60074 08557 60045 08558 20117 08558 20116 08558 60170 Model 8558B Reference Designation Number 08558 20080 08558 20079 3050 0253 08558 60127 08558 20077 08558 20076 5040 0306 1250 0915 1250 0914 0160 3344 08558 20101 1250 0505 Figure 6 1 OANWONDWUOW CA LA TA A mk nk STANDARD OPTIONS 001 002 Description Assy Cable Includes W1P1 Shell Type N Capacitor Washer Spring Blocking Capacitor Assy Dielectric
286. STOR NPN SI T T T T T D 360mw D 360mw D 360mw D 360mw TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI D 360mw TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO D 360mw TRANSISTOR NPN SI 18 PD 360mw D 360mw O O O O O O O O O O D 360mw O 00 vouU TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 300mw FT 150MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 2N3251 SI TO 18 PD 360mw TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI 0 72 PD I200mw TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 200mw FT 500MHZ TRANSISTOR DUAL NPN PD 750mw Mfr Code 28480 28480 28080 56289 28480 28480 28480 56280 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 284080 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 04713 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 7 21 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 150D606X9006B2 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 150D225X9020A2 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 1085 1901 1085 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901
287. SWEEP TRIGGER z m 1 1 aa LAST POSITION SPRING LOADED RI 1542K R2 4 AI6J1733 TO AISPI 8 R5 BASELINE CLIPPER 4 15 WSOP cw 4 1 0 1 wor 1 VERT POS wapi i 1 AIBJI AISPL IS lt 6 36 ITO AISPL 4 Alj J 35 85717 ASPI 3 6 20 ST TO ABPI I8 X 22 6872 TO 19 lt 26 5 3 TO ABPI 20 Al6JI 28 574 TO ABPI 2 61 30 5TS ABPI 22 AI amp JI 24 576 TO 44 se AI6JI 32 INT TRIGGER FROM AISPI 1 lt AGJA LINE TRIGGER FROM PI 31 4 15 FROM PI 29 pe 6 39 GND AI amp JI 54 SYNC IN TO 2 AI6JI 4Q TRIG TO ABPI 23 6 38 SINGLE TO ABPI 24 REF LEVEL dBm wai 1 42 1 0 9 PENLIFT FROM AISPI 10 69 12 6 IOdB DIV IdB DIV LIN 20 4 148 1 104B DIV 1 R3 3000 1 lt 2 TO A9pi 4 SWEEP 05 104 01 148 01 5V 13 FROM Al4P SI SHOWN WITH OPTIMUM INPUT dBm SET TO 40
288. Spectrum Analyzer plug in the specifications listed Tl apply when both instruments are functioning together Consequently the performance tests in this section verify the proper operation of both the HP 8558B and the 180 series Display mainframe 4 5 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 4 6 The equipment required for the performance tests is listed under Recommended Test Equipment in ectio Any equipment that satisfies the critical specifications given in the table may be substituted for the recommended model 4 7 TEST RECORD 4 8 Results of the performance tests may be tabulated in the Performance Test Record at the end of this section The test record lists test specifications and acceptable limits 4 9 CALIBRATION CYCLE 4 10 This instrument requires periodic calibration Calibration should be verified every six months by means of the performance tests Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS NOTE Perform the Front Panel Adjustment Procedure in Section before proceeding with the performance tests Allow at least 30 minutes warmup time 4 11 FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY SPECIFICATION Fourteen calibrated spans from 100 MHz div to 5 kHz div in a 1 2 5 sequence Frequency error between any two points on the display is less than 5 96 of the indicated frequency separation DESCRIPTION Wide span widths are checked by using the 100 10 and 1 MHz outputs from a comb generator Narrow span widths are checked b
289. T GENTER didi eaa TA TA 280 MHz 5 1 MHz RESOLUTION 1 2 10 dB REFERENCE 20 dBm 002 30dBmV REP EVEL EINE tte ieee ttn tasted eta Approximately 10 Amplitude Scale LIN SWEEP TIME DIV pP AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER FREE RUN Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 29 1 dB OFFSET ADJUSTMENT Cont d 2 3 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 16 Set Amplitude Scale switch to LIN Set TUNING control to center the trace on the display Set REF LEVEL FINE for a full screen trace signal at top graticule line Set Amplitude Scale switch to 10 dB DIV Adjust VERTICAL GAIN if necessary for full screen trace Repeat steps 3 and 4 until the trace is full screen in both LIN and 10 dB DIV NOTE 1 dB DIV will read approximately 0 5 dB 0 5 division low when using extender cable assembly Adjusting A15Ri 1 dB OFFSET for a trace 0 5 division down from top graticule line should place signal at top graticule line when 8558B is properly installed in 180 series mainframe Amplitude Scale switch to 1 dB DIV Adjust A15R1 1 dB OFFSET for a trace 0 5 division down fr
290. TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED M6 TM 11 6625 3061 14 TM 11 6625 3061 14 TM 11 6625 3061 14 A17 INVERTER 1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN 08558 60035 THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED PREFIX ABBREVIATION WITH ASSEM BLY NUMBER FOR COMPLETE REFER ENCE DESIGNATOR 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED RESISTANCE IN OHMS Q CAPACITANCE MICROFARADS uF INDUCTANCE IN MICROHENRIES uH SEE FIGURE 8 2 FOR MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS Q 20 5V POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLIES 20 5 EE 29 Shay 13 14 4 RIPPLE MEASURED WITH SWEEP TIME rn NOTE 4 AI DIV CONTROL SET TO MAN 669 STEP GAIN 2 20 42 WEAR PANELS 2 2 33 Pi 28 12 6 5V POWER SUPPLY 45V is 2H 150 4 TO 2 DPM DRIVER Figure 8 46 A17 Inverter Schematic 8 103 8 104 blank BOTTOM VIEW A16W1 REAR PANEL INTERCONNECT A16 MOTHERBOARD 16 2 TO YIG A6 UNDER W5 FIRST CONVERTER A4 w4 TO SECOND YIG AS CONVERTER A5 CONVERTER A4 w15 A2A1W2 U1 RF INPUT LIMITER A3 INPUT A2 ATTENUA TOR FRONT SWITCH FIRST LO OUTPUT CAL OUTPUT W1 W16 W14 4 INPUT PROBE POWER FIRST CONVERTER TM 11 6625 3061 14 TOP VIEW A15 A16W1P1 VERTICAL DRIVER BLUE A17 Wi0P1 ANDBLANKING CONNECTOR INVERTER W10P2 A1
291. THE 128V AT THIS POINT GOES TO THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS 16 17 XAT 12 XA7 34 XAB 26 349 7 FILTERED XA12 5 81241 AND 97 gt A1A2 2 THE 15V AT THIS POINT GOES TO THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS XA7 13 XAD4 XAB 28 XAY FILTERED XA10 11 FILTERED XA1227 XA1239 XA15 18 82 AND RI 3 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS WITHIN THIS ASSEMBLY ARE ABBREVIATED FOR COMPLETE DESIGNATOR PREFIX WITH ASSEMBLY REFERENCE DESIG NATOR 4 RIPPLE MEASURED WITH SWEEP TIME DIV CONTROL SET MAN 5 FROM TO DESIGNATIONS FOR ARE SHORTENED AIG MOTHERBOARD SIGNAL MNEMONIC OR NAME AST ATTEN SWP AUTO SWP AUX VERT BEAM FINDER BL CLIP BLANKING 8 1 C TUNE DEC EXPAND FINE TUNE FINE CW FINE W FREQ ANAL FREQ CAL FREQ ZERO GNDA GND D 6808 LINE TRIGGER LNORM LOG LIN MAN SWP NEG BIAS NOISE MEASURE PENLIFT REF LEVEL CAL RETRACE BLANK SINGLE SING 11 7 STCTR SWEEP SYNC TIME DIV TRIG V REF VERT VERT GAIN VERT POSN VIDEO VIDEO TRIGGER Y NORM YC Yo YOR YOR YFM VERT VERT ANT DESCRIPTION AUTO SCAN TIME VOLTAGE ATTENUATED SWEEP VOLTAGE FOR FUTURE USE AUXILIARY VERTICAL OUTPUT SIGNAL BEAM FINDER CONTROL LINE LOW 0FF BASELINE CLIPPER VOLTAGE CRT BLANKING SIGNAL BANDWIDTH CONTROL LINES COARSE TUNE VOLTAGE DECIMAL POINT LINE LOW 0
292. TM 11 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B SWEEP TRIGGER ROTOR HOLE 1 i HOLE 16 C FREQ SPAN DIV ROTOR HOLE 1 HOLE 18 ME e f LI e WU e E RESOLUTION BW ROTOR Figure 8 49 Rotor Assemblies TM 11 6625 3061 14 HOLE 1 e Min eo B SWEEP TIME DIV ROTOR HOLE 1 HOLE 9 D ATTENUATOR DRIVE ROTOR HOLE 1 is 9 a Or 7 4 REF LEVEL ROTOR Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Figure 8 50 Machined Parts Figure 8 51 Proper Positioning of Rotors on Front Switch Diecast 8 120 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 535 y Figure 8 53 Rear View of Front Switch Assembly A2 8 121 8 122 blank DA Pam 310 1 DA Pam 738 750 TM 750 244 2 TM 11 6625 3061 24P TM 11 6625 3061 14 APPENDIX A REFERENCES Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Procedures for Destruction of Electronics Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use Electronics Command Organizational Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List and Maintenance Allocation Chart for Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett Packard Model 8558B A 1 A 2 blank TM 11 6625 3061 14 APPENDIX B COMPONENTS OF END ITEM LIST Section INTRODUCTION B 1 Scope The appen
293. TM 11 6625 3061 14 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL SPECTRUM ANALYZER HEWLETT PACKARD MODEL 85558B HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 1 JANUARY 1986 TM 11 6625 3061 14 SAFETY STEPS TO FOLLOW IF SOMEONE IS THE VICTIM OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK DO NOT TRY TO PULL OR GRAB THE INDIVIDUAL IF POSSIBLE TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER IF YOU CANNOT TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER PULL PUSH OR LIFT THE PERSON TO SAFETY USING A DRY WOODEN POLE OR A DRY ROPE OR SOME OTHER INSULATING MATERIAL SEND FOR HELP AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER THE INJURED PERSON IS FREE OF CONTACT WITH THE SOURCE OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK MOVE THE PERSON A SHORT DISTANCE AWAY AND IMMEDIATELY START ARTIFICIAL RESUSCITATION SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Safety Symbols TM 11 6625 3061 14 The following safety symbols are used throughout this manual and in the instrument Familiarize yourself with each of the symbols and its meaning before operating this instrument 7 CAUTION Instruction manual symbol the apparatus will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruction manual in order to protect the apparatus against damage Indicates dangerous voltages The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operation procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of
294. TMENT Cont d Adjust spectrum analyzer REF LEVEL FINE to bring signal peak on display Set spectrum analyzer START CENTER to CENTER Manually tune sweep oscillator for output frequencies from 10 MHz to 1 0 GHz Set spectrum analyzer START CENTER to START Manually tune sweep oscillator for output frequencies from 1 0 GHz to 1 5 GHz Using procedure of step 4 locate highest displayed amplitude Adjust spectrum analyzer REF LEVEL FINE to bring highest displayed amplitude to fifth CRT graticule line from bottom Using procedure of step 4 locate lowest displayed amplitude Adjust spectrum analyzer A9R1 SLOPE COMP for minimum difference between highest and lowest displayed amplitudes Repeat steps 5 6 and 7 until no further adjustment is necessary With highest displayed amplitude set to fifth graticule line from bottom lowest displayed amplitude should be at or above third graticule line from bottom 5 20 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 20 SECOND IF BANDPASS AMPLIFIER AND BANDPASS FILTER ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A10 Schematic DESCRIPTION Tune bandpass amplifier output and bandpass filter DISPLAY SIGNAL GENERATOR RF OUTPUT ADAPTER EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY SPECTRUM ANALYZER Figure 5 5 Second IF Bandpass Amplifier and Bandpass Filter Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT signal xi eat etta gu Adapter Type m to Test Cable
295. TN AMSEL ME MP Fort Monmouth NJ 07703 5007 In either case a reply will be furnished direct to you TM 11 6625 3061 14 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 0 INTRODUCTION Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms Maintenance Forms Records and Reports Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations EIR Administrative Storage tree Geena aes Destruction of Army Electronics Materiel TM 11 6625 3061 14 CONTENTS Section Page Section Page t GENERAL PERFORMANCE 5 ctionis ness Introduction Instruments Tested 3 Manual Organization Equipment Required Test Safety Considerations Calibration Cycle Instruments Covered by Manual Frequency Span Accuracy Serial Numbers 1 Tuning Manual Changes Supplement Residual 1 20 Manual Backdating Changes Noise Sidebands Resolution Bandwidth Op
296. TOR 10 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 2 87K 1 RESISTOR 51 1K 1 RESISTOR 10 1K 1 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 19 6K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 48K 1 RESISTOR 2 61K 1 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 RESISTOR 6 81K 1 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F TC 0 100 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 82 5K 1 125W 0 100 Indicates factory selected value 7 22 Mfr Code 28480 28480 28480 28480 01928 02111 02111 02111 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Mfr Part Number 1854 0404 1854 0020 1854 0071 1854 0071 2N30538 43P202 43 203 43 202 C4 1 8 TO C4 1 8 TO 5 4 1 8
297. UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1UH 10 105DX 26LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100NH 10 105DX 26LG BOARD MOTHER STANDOFF RVT ON 125 IN LG 4 40THD RESISTOR 1 1K 1 125 TC 0 100 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 3 74K 25 125W TC 0 50 RESISTOR TRMR 500 5 WW SIDE ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 12 1K 17 125W TC 0 100 RESISTOR 237 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 56 2 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 464K 1 125W F TC 0 100 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSC SZ SQ DIODE ZNR 1N829 6 2V 5 DO 7 PD 25W DIODE ZNR 1N5351B 6 2V 5 DO 7 PD 25W DIODE ZNR 1N5354B 6 2V 5 DO 7 PD 25W DIODE ZNR 1N829 12 1V 5 DO 7 PD 25W CABLE ASSY REAR PANEL INTERCONNECT CABLE ASSY YIG DRIVER CABLE ASSY SECOND CONVERTER CABLE ASSY DPM DRIVER NOT ASSIGNED CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS CONNECTOR PC EDGE 6 CONT ROW 2 ROWS CONNECTOR PC EDGE 6 CONT ROW 2 ROWS CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT ROW 2 ROWS CONNECTOR PC EDGE 10 CONT ROW 2 ROWS INVERTER CAPACITOR FXD 22 UF 10 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 150UF 20 15VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 20 50VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 10VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 20 50VDC CER Mfr Code 28480 24546 28480 24546 24546 24546 28480 3L58
298. V output level of 12 dBmV displayed on CRT 20 Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to 1 MHz and momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz and adjust VIDEO FILTER as necessary for more than 70 dB display range Check for second order intermodulation distortion product f2 fl near center of display see NOTE below Second order intermodulation distortion product should be more than 60 dB below the total applied signal 100 dBm on spectrum analyzer display SeelFigure 4 15 001 95 dBm on spectrum analyzer display 002 45 dBmV on spectrum analyzer display dB NOTE If the intermodulation distortion product cannot be located increase output levels of both signal generators by 10 dB Be sure to return the OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to its previous setting before making the actual measurement 4 31 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 SPURIOUS RESPONSES Cont d 21 Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to 60 MHz and RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz Momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch 22 Check for second order intermodulation distortion product f4 f2 between 2f and 2f signals see NOTE below Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz and adjust VIDEO FILTER as necessary for more than 70 dB display range Second order intermodulation distortion product should be more than 70 dB below total applied signal 110 dBm on spectrum analyzer display Sed Figure 15 001 105 dBm on spectrum analyzer
299. Y MHz readout of 190 0 NOTE Press FREQUENCY CAL frequently while counting the comb teeth to avoid miscounting Adjust TUNING for FREQUENCY MHz readout of 198 5 Slowly adjust A7R8 RNG counterclockwise until range switches no decimal on FREQUENCY MHz display Center LO feedthrough Press FREQUENCY CAL button and re center LO feedthrough Set comb generator frequency to 100 MHz Adjust TUNING to center 200 MHz comb tooth second tooth from LO feedthrough Press FREQUENCY CAL button and re center comb tooth Adjust A7R72 OFS for FREQUENCY MHz readout of 200 Repeat steps 15 through 21 until 190 0 MHz 200 MHz and 1500 MHz readouts on FREQUENCY MHz display are calibrated 5 50 Model 8558B 5 29 1 dB OFFSET ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A15 Schematic DESCRIPTION ADJUSTMENTS TM 11 6625 3061 14 Reference is set in 10 dB DIV and 1 dB offset is adjusted in 1 dB DIV for the same full display reference in 10 dB DIV DISPLAY EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY SPECTRUM ANALYZER OUTPUT ADAPTER Figure 5 16 1 dB Offset Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT Cable 120 9 HP 18502A Adapter Type m to BNC f HP 1250 0780 Extender Cable 5060 0303 Additional Equipment Options 001 002 BNC Cable 30 12 HP 11652 60012 PROCEDURE 1 Set Spectrum Analyzer controls as follows STAR
300. YIG tuning voltage at U1A pin 2 rises above 6 8V the output of rises to about 14V turning on 1504 Blanking of the display occurs whenever the analyzer is swept below about 30 MHz or above about 1600 MHz Pen Lift Driver The display is blanked during retrace the dead time of the sweep voltage The Blanking input from A8Q9 the sweep generator circuit is applied to the emitter of buffer amplifier A15Q1 When the sweep ramp is turned off dead time the Retrace Blanking signal rises to 10V The 10V connected to the base of A15Q4 produces the blanking output The same 10V Retrace Blanking input is applied to the base of A15Q5 turning Q5 on and Q10 off The collector of A15Q10 then rises to 15V A15Q10 provides a signal that can be used to drive the Pen Lift input on an X Y recorder This signal causes the pen to lift during the analyzer sweep retrace and dead time Breakdown diodes A15VR2 and VR3 suppress the high positive and negative voltage transients that some X Y recorder pen lift coils can generate 8 90 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 OUTPUT TO VERTICAL DEFLECTION PLATES 15V Q6 EMITTER 15V AI5R44 AIBR52 15V Q7 EMITTER AI5Q14B t AI5R47 AI5R50 E aug AI5QI5 CURRENT SOURCE 5 55 AISCRII FK Y NORM VERTICAL INPUT i SIGNAL 12 IN EROM 55 12V IN NORM Figure 8 39 Simplified Vertical
301. above graticule baseline 3 Set HP 85588 INPUT ATTEN control and step attenuator to settings indicated 4 8 Record deviation from sixth division reference set in step 2 for each setting Table 4 8 Input Attenuator Accuracy INPUT ATTEN Step Attenuator Deviation from 6 Step Attenuator Error Corrected Deviation Setting dBm Setting db Division db Calibration db 70 0 0 Ref Ref 0 Ref Ref Ref Attenuations gt dial settings are positive Attenuations lt dial settings are negative For example 9 99 dB calibration for a 10 dB attenuator setting represents an error of 0 01 dB 4 44 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 22 INPUT ATTENUATOR ACCURACY Cont d 4 To compute Corrected Deviation add Step Attenuator Error to Deviation from 6th Division for each setting Corrected Deviation should not differ more than 0 5 dB between any two adjacent settings of input attenuator Error Between Adjacent Settings 5 Record maximum positive and maximum negative Corrected Deviation values Difference between these two values total deviation should not exceed 2 0 dB 1 0 dB dB Maximum Positive Corrected Deviation dB Maximum Negative Corrected Deviation dB Total Corrected Deviation 4 45 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 23 REFERENCE LEVEL ACCURACY SPECIFICATION Step Accuracy Steps referenced with 0 dB input attenuation 10 dBm to 80 dBm
302. ace intensity Approximately 2V blanks normal intensity trace negative voltage increases trace intensity Maximum input voltage 20 NORMALIZER INTER CONN 180TR 182T Provides connections for HP 8750A Storage Normalizer MAZANDOUS CONSULT SERVICE mantai Figure 3 2 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 1 of 2 3 6 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B Reference Designation OMNOOARWNHA HH HP Part Number 08558 60161 08558 60164 08558 60165 08558 00114 08558 00121 08558 00122 08558 00116 08558 00115 08558 00003 5061 5426 08565 20093 08558 20037 08558 20036 08565 20051 08558 20038 08565 20096 5021 3229 08558 00030 08558 20164 08557 60045 2200 0165 2360 0194 2200 0104 2360 0201 0624 0099 0624 0206 2200 0103 2360 0115 2200 0170 0380 0005 2260 0003 2200 0105 2200 0164 2200 0168 08558 00108 08558 00089 08558 00088 08558 00087 0380 0005 3050 0105 1400 0082 2420 0001 2190 0016 2950 0043 2190 0068 2950 0054 0370 0606 5040 8817 08565 40011 1460 0532 08558 60166 08558 60167 08558 00123 08565 00043 0510 0089 08565 60047 08558 20161 08558 20162 5040 8819 0590 1251 0370 1121 08558 60170 08558 60031 08558 60038 0370 3021 08558 20163 08559 20050 0370 3006 0370 3004 08565 60170 2190 0390 2950 0001 2200 0119 3050 0929 ho O O1 O O1 O1 Q O1 XO K
303. age at U1 pin 6 TP3 decreases the anode voltage of VR1 decreases At some time when the level of the sweep ramp at TP8 is 5V the anode voltage of VR1 will no longer forward bias and the zener feedback loop opens At this point the 3 3 megaohm feedback loop becomes active and U1 saturates again The comparator toggles this time toward the negative operational amplifier supply and 4V appears at TP3 The 4V at T3 forward biases CR5 Timing capacitors C3 and C4 discharge through CR5 forming the negative slope of the sweep ramp Dead time capacitor C15 discharges The endpoints of the sweep ramp at TP8 5V and are controlled by the voltage divider R21 R24 R29 and R30 or R35 and by U1 and its feedback loops U1 controls the ramp voltage as it maintains 2 68V at pin 2 At the end of the ramp when CR5 is forward biased and the comparator output pin 6 of U1 is approaching its negative supply U1 uses Q1 and Q3 to maintain 2 68V at pin 2 Q10 is off and the voltage divider R21 R24 R29 and R30 produces 5V at TP8 At the beginning of the ramp when CR5 is reverse biased and the comparator output is approaching its positive supply U1 again maintains 2 68V at pin 2 This time Q10 is on and voltage divider R21 R24 R29 and R35 produces 5V TP8 Fast Slow Sweep Time Operation The ST6 control line from Front Switch Assembly A2A1 selects timing and dead time capacitors C3 C4 C5 and C27 to control fast and slow
304. ainframe controls For a detailed description of the display mainframe refer to its manual 3 3 CONTROLS INDICATORS AND CONNECTORS 3 4 The spectrum analyzer is used with one of the 180 series display mainframes The 180T series display mainframes or the 180 series mainframes with Option 807 have the correct rear panel connections for spectrum analyzer horizontal vertical penlift and IF outputs Figure 3 1 shows the front panel features of the HP 8558B Spectrum Analyzer and the display hoi the rear panel features of the HP 8558B The rear panels of all 180T series mainframes and 180 series mainframes with Option 807 are basically the same 3 5 Control Grouping 3 6 The spectrum analyzer and display mainframe front panel controls fall into three general groups those that deal with the display those that deal with frequency and those that deal with amplitude 3 7 Display The display group consists of SWEEP TIME DIV SWEEP TRIGGER VERTICAL POSN VERTICAL GAIN MAN SWEEP HORIZ GAIN rear panel of 8558B VIDEO FILTER BASELINE CLIPPER HORIZONTAL POSITION INTENSITY FOCUS TRACE ALIGN ASTIG 3 1 3 8 The display group enables the operator to calibrate the display and to select a variety of scan and display conditions controls are explained in and However when the SWEEP TIME DIV control is placed in the AUTO position sweep time is controlled by the RESOLUTION BW FREQ SPAN DIV an
305. al analysis SWEEP Indicator each sweep Remains lit during SWEEP TRIGGER Selects sweep trigger mode VIDEO Sweep triggered on internal post detection video waveform half major division of vertical deflection noise AM signal etc required to trigger sweep Normally used with 0 zero frequency span for time domain analysis LINE Sweep triggered at ac line frequency FREE RUN End of each sweep triggers new sweep SINGLE Single sweep triggered or reset by turning SWEEP TRIGGER clockwise momentarily 9 12 1st LO OUTPUT 50 ohm BNC output provides 2 05 3 55 GHz first LO signal at approximately 10 dBm Terminate with 50ohm load when not in use INPUT 50f Precision type N female signal input connector with 50 ohm input impedance Options 001 and 002 INPUT 75f 75 ohm BNC female signal input connector CAUTION 50 ohm BNC connectors might cause damage if used directly with Option 001 and 002 75 BNC INPUT and CAL OUTPUT connectors SWEEP TIME DIV Selects time required to sweep one major horizontal division on CRT AUTO Automatically selects fastest allowable sweep time as a function of FREQ SPAN DIV 13 RESOLUTION BW 15 and VIDEO FILTER 6 settings to maintain display amplitude calibration AUTO operation retained with FREQ SPAN DIV and RESOLUTION BW controls uncoupled TIME DIV Selects calibrated sweep time used primarily with 0 Zero frequency
306. alling extender cable assembly 5 10 Pull out the lock knob and slide the spectrum analyzer out of the display mainframe If side stops are installed refer to Section removal 5 11 Carefully slide the extender cable assembly HP part number 5060 0303 into the display mainframe aligning the metal guide plate with the slotted side rails of the mainframe Firmly seat the extender cable assembly to ensure good contact 5 12 Connect the opposite end of the cable to the spectrum analyzer The plug is keyed so it will go on correctly and will not make contact upside down Remove the orange and the yellow leads from pins 3 and 4 on the A15 board at the rear of the spectrum analyzer Connect the corresponding leads from the extender cable assembly to these pins by means of the insulated alligator clips 5 13 RELATED ADJUSTMENTS 5 14 These adjustments should performed whenever troubleshooting information in Section VIII indicates that an adjustable circuit is not operating properly Perform the adjustments after repair or replacement of the circuit The troubleshooting procedures specify the required adjustments Model 8558B 5 15 FACTORY SELECTED COMPONENTS 5 16 Table 5 2 provides a list of factory selected components reference designation selection procedure paragraph number range of values and basis 5 2 TM 11 6625 3061 14 of selection Factory selected components designated by
307. amplitude accuracy at levels other than Reference Level Log Incremental Accuracy 0 1 dB per dB from Reference Level Log Maximum Cumulative Error lt 1 5 dB over entire 70 dB range Linear Accuracy 3 of Reference Level SPURIOUS RESPONSES Second Harmonic Distortion gt 70 dB3 below a 40 dBm input signal with 0 dB input attenuation 001 35 dBm input signal 002 15 dBm V input signal Third Order Intermodulation Distortion gt 70 dB3 below two 30 dBm input signals separated by gt 50 kHz with 0 dB input attenuation 001 two 25 input signals 002 two 425 dBm V input signals Image and Multiple Responses gt 70 dB below a 40 dBm input level with OdB input attenuation 001 35 dBm input level 002 15 dBm V input level RESIDUAL RESPONSES lt 100 dBm 1 1500 MHz with 0 dB input attenuation and no signal present at input 001 lt 95 dBm 1 1500 MHz 002 lt 50 dBm V 1 1500 MHz SWEEP SPECIFICATIONS SWEEP TIME Automatic AUTO Sweep time adjusted automatically to maintain absolute amplitude calibration for any combination of frequency span resolution bandwidth and video filter bandwidth Calibrated Sweep Times sec Div mSec Div 16 selectable sweep times in 1 2 5 sequence from 0 1 msec div to 10 sec div provided primarily for time domain calibration in zero span 0 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPERATURE RANGE Operating 0 C to 55 C Storage 40 C to 75 HUMIDITY RANGE Type
308. an asterisk on the schematic diagrams in Section in the table of Replaceable Parts Section Part numbers for standard value components can be found in Table 5 3 Model 8558B Adjustment Name REF 2nd MIXER MATCH Z1 Z2 Z3 2nd LO FREQUENCY 3 55 GHZ 3 55 FINE 2 0 GHZ REF V 14 5V FM GAIN RNG OFS 2ms ims 10V XTL LC LO FREQ TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 1 Adjustable Components 1 of 4 Reference Designator A1A2R3 2 A5Z1 A5Z3 574 A7R1 A7R2 A7R3 A7R4 A7R5 A7R6 A7R7 A7R8 A7R72 A8R13 A8R10 A8R7 A8R72 A8R85 A9L4 Adjustment Paragraph 5 2 e Co Co CO e E m NI NI q Description Adjusts DPM reference voltage and adjusts frequency for correct FREQUENCY MHz readout at 1500 MHz Adjust for optimum match between second converter output and second IF input Adjust the bandpass of the 2050 MHz bandpass filter Adjusts second LO frequency to 1748 60 MHz Coarse adjustment of YIG upper frequency limit 3 55 GHz Fine adjustment of YIG upper frequency limit 3 55 GHz Adjusts YIG lower frequency limit 2 05 GHz Adjusts reference voltage to 6 0 volts and is fine adjustment of YIG lower frequency limit 2 05 GHz Adjusts
309. and centered on display 26 Adjust OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator for 30 dBm as displayed on CRT 001 25 dBm 002 25 dBm V 4 32 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 SPURIOUS RESPONSES Cont d 27 Check for third order intermodulation distortion products at approximately 3 divisions from either side of center graticule line Third order intermodulation distortion products should be more than 60 dB below input signals 90 dBm on spectrum analyzer display 001 85 dBm on spectrum analyzer display 002 35 dBm V on spectrum analyzer display dB NOTE If signal generators other than HP 8640 s are used intermodulation distortion might be in the generators themselves because of crosstalk between the two sources 28 Set INPUT ATTEN to 0 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to 40 dBm Adjust OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator for 43 dBm as displayed on CRT 001 REFERENCE LEVEL 35 dBm output level of 38 dBm displayed on CRT 002 REFERENCE LEVEL 15 dBmV 12 dBmV as displayed on CRT 29 Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to 1 MHz and momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz and adjust VIDEO FILTER as necessary for more than 70 dB display range Check for second order intermodulation distortion product f near center of display see NOTE below Second order intermodulation distortion product should be more than 60 dB below total applied signal 100 dBm on spectrum ana
310. and is adjusted with the REF LEVEL FINE control fully clockwise 12 position The maximum current flow through the PIN diode is set by the 0 dB potentiometer A12R5 A12R5 is adjusted to the 12 3 dB attenuation point with the REF LEVEL FINE control fully counterclockwise 0 position Transistors A12Q8 and A12Q9 are identical current sources The maximum current is set by 0 dB adjustment A12R5 in the common base circuit Diode A12CR1 provides temperature compensation for the transistors 1208 provides current for a bias voltage applied to the anode of the PIN diode The voltage source consists of A12R6 A12R17 and A12CR2 Diode A12CR2 provides temperature compensation for the PIN diode Inductance A12L5 isolates the current source from the RF signal A12Q9 provides current for a variable voltage source at the cathode of PIN diode A12CR3 A resistance is formed by REF LEVEL FINE control R4 shown on A2 schematic and fixed resistor A12R9 The fixed 316K ohm resistor is used to shape the value of potentiometer R4 to match the PIN diode resistance changes The REF LEVEL FINE control varies the voltage at the cathode of PIN diode A12CR3 and thus varies diode current flow Regulating the current flow through the PIN diode controls the amount of signal attenuation For example if PIN diode current flow is increased more RF signal is shunted or bypassed to ground A12C12 provides the RF ground and also isolates from ground the variable dc from the REF L
311. and readjust front Anticrush Drive Hub as necessary Slip Miter Gear 57 over Attenuator Shaft Assembly 17 Do not tighten at this time m Inspect Ref Level Fine Assembly 35 36 72 76 Ref Level Fine Shaft 72 should turn smoothly Check Ref Level Fine Potentiometer 76 and connecting wires for good electrical connections Lightly grease Ref Level Fine Shaft and hollow Index Disc Locator 71 shaft n Install Index Disc Locator 71 on Front Switch Assembly Hole in locator bar rides over left most Standoff 69 used to support Ref Leve Fine Pot Plate 75 Install Ref Level Fine Assembly 35 36 72 76 on Front Switch Assembly with three Screws 54 Connecting wires should be routed as shown in 8 53 Ref Level Fine Shaft 72 should turn smoothly without binding over its full rotation Adjust position of Ref Level Fine Pot Plate as necessary Usea new tiewrap to attach Ref Level Fine connecting wires to Standoff 69 as shown in Figure 8 53 8 Installation of RF Input Attenuator A3 a Mount RF Input Attenuator to Attenuator Bracket 55 using two Screws 53 Check all eight attenuator positions by hand for proper detent action and smooth operation Leave attenuator in full counter clockwise position b Slide Miter Gear 57 to end of Attenuator Shaft Assembly 17 against Ref Level Fine Pot Plate 75 Set Attenuator Assembly in place on Front Switch Assembly with notch in Attenuator Bracket 55 lightly greased a
312. arts Description INSULATOR COUPLING POST MOUNTING MIXER DIODE COVER OSCILLATOR SCREW SET 10 32 1 IN LG FLAT PT BRS STANDOFF HEX 625 IN LG 10 32THD SCREW MACH 0 80 125 IN LG FIL HD SLT SCREW MACH 4 40 75 IN LG PAN ND POZI NUT HEX DBL CHAM 10 32 THD 109 IN THK CAPACITOR INNER ELEMENT CAPACITOR OUTER ELEMENT CAPACITOR DIELECTRIC RESISTOR 10 196 125W F TC 0 100 SECOND CONVERTER OSCILLATOR TRANSISTOR NPN MICROWAVE RESISTOR 47 5 25W FC 400 500 RESISTOR 270 5 25W TC 400 600 OSCILLATOR YIG DOES NOT INCL MTG HDW YIG BRACKET YIG BRACKET STRAP YIG OSCILLATOR STANDOFF NOTCHED STANDOFF PLAIN FREQUENCY CONTROL CAPACITOR FXD 15IF 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 4 109 6 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2 216F 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 10VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 200RPF 10 250VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 10 11RVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 2 21UF 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 1 SUF 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 10 1KVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 2096 10VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 10VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 330UF 10 6VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 330UF 10 6VDC TA DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS 0D 35 DIODE SM SIC SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2 5 D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 200MA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 80V 20DMA 2NS D0 35 DIODE SWITCHING 8 100 2NS 00 35 NOT ASSIGNED DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50MA 2NS D0 3
313. ation of Side Stops 2 23 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT 2 24 Environment 2 25 The instrument may be stored or shipped in environments within the following limits Temperature 40 Cto 75 C Humidity 5 10950 0 Cto 400C Altitude Up to 15240 meters 50 000 feet The instrument should also be protected from temperature extremes which cause condensation within the instrument 2 3 2 26 Packaging 2 27 Original Packaging Containers and materials identical to those used in factory packaging are available through Hewlett Packard offices If the instrument is being returned to Hewlett Packard for servicing attach a tag indicating the type of service required return address model number and full serial number A supply of these tags is provided at the end of this section Mark the container FRAGILE to assure careful handling In any correspondence refer to the instrument by model number and full serial number Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 2 2 HP Model 8558B Mainframe Interconnections Pin on P1 Signal or Voltage Pin on P1 Signal or Voltage 1 CRT HORIZ adjusted horizontal 17 BLANKING signal 18 NC 2 GROUND from mainframe 19 GROUND from mainframe jumpered to pin 8 jumpered in pin 24 3 20 AUTO SWP 4 L NORM 21 BEAM FINDER 5 YNORM 22 NC 6 NC 23 NC 7 SING SWP 24 GROUND from mainframe 8 GROUND from mainframe jumpered to pin 19 jumpered to pin 2 25 NC 9 MAN SWP 26 NC 10 NC 27 NC 11 AUX D Horizontal
314. by adjustment name reference designation adjustment paragraph and description 5 3 Data taken during adjustment should be recorded in the spaces provided Comparison of initial data with data taken during periodic adjustments is useful for preventive maintenance and troubleshooting WARNING The adjustments in this section require the spectrum analyzer to be removed from the display mainframe and connected through an extender cable assembly Be very careful the energy at some points in the instrument might if contacted cause personal injury The adjustments in this section should be performed only by a skilled person who knows the hazard involved NOTE Before performing any adjustments allow 1 hour warmup time 5 4 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 5 5 The table of Recommended Test Equipment in Section l lists the test equipment and test accessories required in the adjustment procedures In addition the table lists the required minimum specifications suggested manufacturers model numbers 5 6 Required service accessories with numbers are illustrated in Section I 5 1 5 8 For adjustments requiring a non metallic tuning tool use fiber tuning tool HP Part Number 8170 0033 Never try to force an adjustment control in the analyzer This is especially critical when tuning slug tuned inductors and variable capacitors 5 9 Extender Cable Installation WARNING Disconnect mainframe line before inst
315. can be modeled as a series resonant circuit with a parallel capacitance Co Rg L Cm The parallel capacitance Co and series resistance Rs are not desired and are compensated for in the circuit resulting in this simplified schematic of a single pole of crystal filtering L L Cm PIN DIODE PIN diode CR4 functions as a variable resistor at 21 4 MHz As the resistance is lowered by increasing the current in the BW6 line the bandshape becomes narrower The bandwidth of one pole widens to approximately 70 kHz when the PIN is turned off completely at the 30 kHz BW setting For a four pole filter the bandwidth of each pole is about 2 3 times the bandwidth of all four poles taken together The bandwidth of two poles is about 1 5 times the bandwidth of all four poles taken together A simplified schematic of a crystal pole including compensation for Rx and Co in the crystal and input capacitance of the buffer amplifier is shown in Figure 8 27 8 64 Model 8558B 1 1 6625 3061 14 5 SYM QI 02 D ADJUSTABLE MP ULT DECUS DI DEDIT ES IN UNITY GAIN BUFFER 92 R23 L7 AMPLIFIER Rs L m e GENERATED BY Q3 V POSITIVE FEEDBACK Figure 8 27 Crystal Pole Simplified Schematic The SYM adjustment C15 compensates for Co by producing a current 11 that is equal to the current 11 through Co of the crystal but opposite in phase Th
316. cement Components 1 of 3 RANGE 1 to 24 pF TYPE Tubular TOLERANCE 1to 9 1 pF 25 pF 10 to 24 pF 5 Value pF HP Part Number 1 0 0160 2236 1 2 0160 2237 1 5 0150 0091 1 8 0160 2239 2 0 0160 2240 2 2 0160 2241 24 0160 2242 2 7 0160 2243 3 0 0160 2244 3 3 0150 0059 3 6 0160 2246 3 9 0160 2247 4 3 0160 2248 4 7 0160 2249 5 1 0160 2250 5 6 0160 2251 6 2 0160 2252 6 8 0160 2253 7 5 0160 2254 8 2 0160 2255 9 1 OloO 2256 10 0 0160 2257 11 0 0160 2258 12 0 0160 2259 13 0 0160 2260 15 0 0160 2261 16 0 0160 2262 18 0 0160 2263 20 0 0160 2264 22 0 0160 2265 24 0 0160 2266 APACITORS oof WP ON O1 Co O A 5 8 RANGE 27 to 680 pF TYPE Dipped Mica TOLERANCE 5 Value HP Number D 27 0160 2306 3 30 0160 2199 2 33 0160 2150 5 36 0160 2308 5 43 0160 2200 6 47 0160 2307 4 51 0160 2201 7 56 0140 0191 8 62 0140 0205 5 68 0140 0192 9 75 0160 2202 8 82 0140 0193 0 91 0160 2203 9 100 0160 2204 0 110 0140 0194 1 120 0160 2205 1 130 0140 0195 2 150 0140 0196 3 160 0160 2206 2 180 0140 0197 4 200 0140 0198 5 220 0160 0134 1 240 0140 0199 6 330 0160 2208 4 360 0160 2209 5 390 0140 0200 0 430 0160 0939 4 470 0160 3533 0 510 0160 3534 1 560 0160 3535 2 620 0160 3536 3 680 0160 3537 4 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 3 HP Part Numbers of Standard Value Replacement Comp
317. ch Diecast 1 and set aside Be careful to keep Ball Bearings 10 and Springs 11 with Frequency Span Rotor 13 NOTE Drive Hub 14 on Frequency Span Shaft 9 is preset at 12 954 mm 0 510 in from end of shaft see Figure 848C Do not remove drive hub from shaft unless necessary for repair Remove SWEEP TRIGGER MANUAL SWEEP and SWEEP TIME DIV knobs using a no 4 hex wrench Remove both remaining rotor assemblies from Front Switch Diecast 1 and set aside Be careful to keep Ball Bearings 10 and Springs 27 with their respective rotors Use a no 4 hex wrench to loosen the two set screws in Lock Knob Remove Lock Knob Use a 5 16 inch nut driver to remove the two nuts attaching front panel to Front Switch Diecast 1 Remove front panel from Front Switch Diecast Disassembly of Lock Press Locking Link 5 into Front Switch Diecast 1 to release pressure Dowel Pin 4 Remove Dowel Pin through cutout in Front Switch Diecast Individual parts are identified in Figure 8 50 Remove Locking Link 5 Locking Shaft 3 and Lock Spring 2 from Front Switch Diecast CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY All switch contacts must be totally clean and grease free for proper operation Use a 50 50 mixture of isopropyl alcohol and distilled water to thoroughly clean switch rotor contacts and Front Switch Board Assembly 2 1 Avoid touching contacts with fingers Inspect for bent or damaged shafts worn or br
318. ck 5 34 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 24 STEP AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENTS REFERENCE A12 Schematic DESCRIPTION REF LEVEL FINE 0 dB and 12 dB adjustments are properly set and step gains of 10 dB 20 dB and 40 dB are adjusted DIGITAL SIGNAL DISPLAY VOLTMETER GENERATOR a 5 z a 10 dB STEP ATTENUATOR QO i 99 9 Q o 9 RF OUTPUT ADAPTER LC 1 dB STEP ATTENUATOR SPECTRUM ANALYZER POWER SENSOR Figure 5 11 Step Amplifier Gain Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT Signal Generator RM HP 8640B 1 dB Step HP 355C Opt H80 10 dB Step HP 355D Opt H82 Digital Voltmeter p HP 3455A een 435 5 8482 Adapter m to 1250 0780 Test Cable SMC f to 9 HP 11592 60001 Adapter SMC m to SMC HP 1250 0827 Extender Cable 5060 0303 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 24 STEP AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENTS Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set equipme
319. ckage Type Designation DP isse Deep Depth Diametric Pitch Dip DP3TMINTR Double Pole Three Throw Miniature DPDTMINTR Double Pole Double Throw Miniature EE ERE Dowel ado Mv S E Ring Extended Extension External Extinguish F Fahrenheit Farad Female Film Resistor Fixed Flange Flint Fluorine Frequency E oam Carbon Film Composition Edge of Cutoff Frequency Face FDTHRU Feed Through ISSUED t Female FEH D tores Fillister Head NT Flash Flat Fluid Flat Point e oA ERE LE M Front FREG Frequency DIA Current Gain Bandwidth Product Transition Frequency Feet Foot Fixed pum Thermistor Switch Transformer TB ER Thermocouple erect Test Point U Integrated Circuit Microcircuit Visor e Ede Electron Tube VR Breakdown Diode Zener Voltage Regulator W Cable Transmission Path wire DN D DX M Meu RUE esas Socket Mes id Crystal Unit Piezoelectric Quartz Zu Tuned Cavity Tuned Circuit G General Generator eh Ground General Purpose Group H Henry Hermaphrodite High Hole Diameter Hot Hub Inside Diameter Hydrogen HOW atten Hardware HEX Hexadecimal Hexagon Hexagonal HLCL HP Hewlett Packard Company Hi
320. clockwise Comb Generator COMB e 100 INTERPOLATION OFF Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 10 11 12 13 ADJUSTMENTS SECOND CONVERTER LO AND BANDPASS ADJUSTMENTS Cont d Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 1 and switch display mainframe power ON Connect counter to A5J3 at the top of A5 Converter Assembly Connect comb generator to HP 8558B INPUT Adjust second LO FREQUENCY adjustment 524 for 1748 60 40 2 MHz Use Allen wrench through center of drilled out 5 16 inch nut driver to enable nut to be tightened without shifting frequency Set comb generator for 100 MHz comb Center a 100 MHz comb tooth using 8558B TUNING control Turn FREQ SPAN DIV control to 2 MHz and uncoupled RESOLUTION BW control to 300 kHz keeping comb tooth centered on display Loosen lock nut on A5Z1 and A5Z2 Carefully turn tuning screws clockwise until they bottom on cavity Turn A5Z1 and A5Z2 one turn counterclockwise and lightly tighten lock nuts Loosen lock nut on A5Z3 and adjust A5Z3 for peak signal on display Make final adjustment with Amplitude Scale switch in LIN position It might be necessary to increase gain to see signal in linear mode Leave in LIN position Adjust 521 for peak signal on display Reduce REFERENCE LEVEL as necessary to keep signal on display Repeat A5Z1 and A5Z3 adjustments for maximu
321. co ms Description Compensates for frequency response of input mixer allowing flatness of less than 2 dB Adjusts CAL OUTPUT signal for 30 dBm power level 002 20 dBm V Adjust the bandpass of the Second IF assembly Bandpass Filter 301 4 MHz Peaks second IF bandpass amplifier Has very little effect on signal Adjust symmetry of first stage of crystal bandwidth filter Adjusts centering of first stage of LC bandwidth filter Adjusts centering of first stage of crystal bandwidth filter Adjusts symmetry of second stage of crystal bandwidth filter Adjusts centering of second stage of LC bandwidth filter Adjusts centering of second stage of crystal bandwidth filter Compensates for capacitance of CR3 Compensates for capacitance of CR11 Adjusts feedback in LC circuit of bandpass filter Adjusts feedback in crystal circuit of bandpass filter Adjust 40 dB step gain Adjusts 10 dB step gain Adjusts overall gain of Step Gain assembly Adjusts to calibrate 0 dB position of REF LEVEL FINE control Model 8558B Adjustment Name 12 dB 19 5V SYM LC CTR CTR SYM LC CTR CTR C73 C74 LC XTL OFFSET TC SLOPE G6 G5 G4 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 1 Adjustable Components 3 of 4 Reference Designator A12R6 A12R7 A13C15 A13C23 A13C25 A13C38 A13C45 A13C54 A13C73 A13C74 A13R26 A13R31 A14R10 1
322. ctor can then be offset in 100 mV steps corresponding to 10 dB of IF amplification This offset is provided by Q23 operating as a stepped current source into R115 With the AMPLITUDE SCALE switch in one of the LOG DIV positions 15V is routed throuh the closed contacts of the REFERENCE LEVEL dBm switch to the IF gain control lines IFG4 IFG5 and IFG6 With an IF gain control line connected to 15V a log shift diode CR31 CR32 or CR33 is forward biased and this bias current determined by R123 R124 or R125 flows into the emitter of current source 023 IFG4 and IFG5 each provides 10 dB 100 mV of log offset gain and IFG6 provides 20 dB 200 mV The LOG GAIN adjustment R121 sets the operating point of Q23 for 100 mV steps Temperature Compensation Power Supply Temperature compensation is provided for the 8VT and 1V regulators CR2 and CR4 operate as the temperature sensing element Temperature variations cause diode voltage changes that are amplified by U1A for the 8VT supply and by 028 for the 1V supply The 8VT supply provides bias current for the Schottky diodes in the LOG mode In the linear mode the 8VT supply provides bias current for CR12 CR15 CR19 CR22 CR25 and CR28 The 1V supply provides bias current for CR29 11 V Regulated Power Supply A precise 5 4V reference voltage VR1 is provided for the 11V Regulator This reference voltage is applied to the positive input of U1B R5 and R6 set the gain of U1B to 2 1 The
323. d VIDEO FILTER controls 3 9 Frequency The frequency group consists of TUNING RESOLUTION BW FREQ SPAN DIV 3 10 The frequency group enables the operator to control how the spectrum analyzer displays the frequency domain The RESOLUTION BW and FREQ SPAN DIV controls when pushed in are coupled together and moving either control moves the other When the SWEEP TIME DIV control is in the AUTO position varying the RESOLUTION BW or the FREQ SPAN DIV coupled or uncoupled will change the sweep time to maintain calibration With the two controls coupled together in the OPTIMUM position RESOLUTION BW s of 3 MHz to 1 kHz will be automatically selected as the FREQ SPAN DIV is narrowed from 100 MHz to 0 TUNING controls coarse and fine coarse is larger knob set the center frequency of the displayed spectrum RESOLUTION BW control determines the resolution of the signals on the CRT 3 11 Amplitude The amplitude group consists of REFERENCE LEVEL INPUT ATTEN REF LEVEL FINE REF LEVEL CAL 10 dB DIV 1 dB DIV LIN Amplitude Scale 3 12 The amplitude group enables the operator to measure signal amplitude in units of either voltage or dBm Model 8558B 3 13 Variable Persistence and Storage Functions 3 14 With the 181T TR Display Mainframe the operator can set trace persistence for a bright steady trace that does not flicker even on the slow sweeps required for narrow band analysis The variable persistence also permits
324. d between A7R4 REF V and A7R5 14 5V adjustments Adjust A7R5 14 5V potentiometer 14 50 0 02 V Connect digital voltmeter to A7TP8 located to the right of A7R5 14 5V adjustment and check 10 0 0 2 V Connect digital voltmeter to A7TP6 and adjust A7R4 REF V potentiometer for 6 00 0 01 V YIG Oscillator Adjustment 5 NOTE Check HORIZ GAIN and HORIZ POSN adjustments and perform voltage adjustments before continuing with the following procedure Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows CENTER CENTER gsizeBs sl 5MHz RESOLUTION BW Be EN tes habent E aaah 100 kHz dB REFERENCE tt tete biet peri ist pee Ee ou revo ou ree ode 10 dBm 002 40dBmV Amplit de Scale prd d order er dept tees dais o iei e rt e ei e e ee te a 10 dB DIV SWEEPB TIME DIWV siii itor AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER ierra Ee aaa a EP a a ERE T TERR YR FREE RUN Turn FREQUENCY ZERO control fully counterclockwise Adjust TUNING for FREQUENCY MHz readout of approximately 16 0 NOTE Press FREQUENCY CAL button to remove YIG oscillator hysteresis whenever the TUNING control is adjusted Adjust A7R3 2 0 GHZ to center LO feedthrough within one division on CRT NOTE Disconnect comb generator whenever it is nece
325. display 002 60 dBm V on spectrum analyzer display dB NOTE If the intermodulation distortion product cannot be located increase output levels of both signal generators by 10 dB Be sure to return the OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to its previous setting before making the actual measurement 23 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows START GENT ER scieti tei tete tete donetur tete ete et equ Pe tee uoo nies CENTER 4 2 FREQ SPAN D IV rasite a bdo odo bec aso Eb oo Db oo bu Bb oL 500 kHz RESOLUTION BW SO tM ODER ODIO EAS reat 30 kHz INPUT AEE oS RN o NILUS RREAN TERR OP a A n 0 dB 30 dBm 001 20 dBm 002 30dBmV LEVEL trt PD LII IMP I M ML ID aS EDI 0 001 5 002 5 Amplitude Scale 10 dB DIV SWEEP tete the tette eint esa E e anu AUTO 4 HX FREE RUN BASELINE CLIPPER OFF 12 o clock 24 Set both signal generators for approximately 4 MHz at 24 dBm 25 Momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch Tune signal generators until signals are 2 divisions apart
326. dix lists integral components of and basic issue items for Spectrum Analyzer HP Model 8558B to help you inventory items required for safe and efficient operation B 2 General This Components of End List is divided into the following sections a Section Il Integral Components of the End These items when assembled comprise the Spectrum Analyzer HP Model 8558B and must accompany it whenever it is transferred or turned in The illustrations referenced will help you in identify these items b Section Basic Issue Items Not applicable B 3 Explanation of Columns Illustration This column is divided as follows 1 Figure number Indicates the figure number of the illustration on which item is shown 2 Item number The number used to identify item called out in the illustration b National Stock Number Indicates the National Stock Number assigned to the item and which will be used for requisitioning c Description Indicated the Federal item name and if required a minimum description to identify the item The part number indicated the primary number used by the manufacturer which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering drawings specifications standards and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items Following the part number the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturers FSCM is shown in parentheses d Location The physical location of each item lis
327. down from top plus or minus one division 001 31 dBm 29 dBm 002 19 dBm V 21 dBm V 4 58 Paragraph Number Model 8558B Table 4 15 Performance Test 1 of 4 Hewlett Packard Company Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer 0 1 1500 MHz Serial No Test Description Frequency Span Accuracy 3 100 MHz FREQ SPAN DIV 4 50 MHz FREQ SPAN DIV 5 20 MHz FREQ SPAN DIV 6 10 MHz FREQ SPAN DIV 7 5MHz FREQ SPAN DIV 8 2MHz FREQ SPAN DIV 1MHz FREQ SPAN DIV 10 500 kHz FREQ SPAN DIV 13 200 kHz FREQ SPAN DIV 14 100 kHz FREQ SPAN DIV 50 kHz FREQ SPAN DIV 20 kHz FREQ SPAN DIV 10 kHz FREQ SPAN DIV 5 kHz FREQ SPAN DIV n TUNING Accuracy 5 10 0 MHz 6 20 0MHz 40 0 MHz 60 0 MHz 80 0 MHz 100 0 MHz 120 0 MHz 140 0 MHz 160 0 MHz 180 0 MHz 200 MHz 4 59 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Tested by Results 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 0 4 div 5 2 div 8 96 MHz 5 2 div 18 96 MHz 5 2 div 38 96 MHz 5 2 div 58 96 MHz 5 2 div 78 96 MHz 5 2 div 96 96 MHz 5 2 div 118 96 MHz 5 2 div 138 96 MHz 5 2 div 158 96 MHz 5 2 div 178 96 MHz 5 2 div 194 8 MHz Actual 40 4 div 40 4 div 40 4 div 40 4 div 40 4 div 40 4 40 4 40 4 40 4 40 4 40 4 div 40 4 div 40 4 div 40 4 div 45 2 div 11 04 MHz 45 2 div 21 04 MHz 45
328. e 10 dB DIV SWEEP usse AUTO SWEEP TRIGOQE R T FREE RUN TT 12 o clock 2 Setsignal generator frequency to 280 MHz and OUTPUT LEVEL to 30 dBm 3 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 13 4 Momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch Tune signal generator to center signal on spectrum analyzer display 4 28 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 SPURIOUS RESPONSES Cont d 5 Adjust signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL for 40 dBm displayed at top graticule line of spectrum analyzer CRT 001 35 dBm 002 15 V 6 Increase signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL by 20 dB 7 Setspectrum analyzer TUNING to approximately 560 MHz and identify second harmonic 8 Center signal on spectrum analyzer display and reduce signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL by 20 dB 9 Set spectrum analyzer RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz Harmonics should be more than 70 dB below input signal below first graticule line from bottom 2nd Harmonic dB 3rd Harmonic dB 10 Set RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz Increase signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL by 20 dB 11 Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to approximately 840 MHz and identify third harmonic 12 Repeat steps 8 and 9 Intermodu
329. e Record signal generator frequency MHz 7 Calculate and record resolution bandwidth at 3 dB points difference between frequencies recorded in steps 5 and 6 Min Actual Max 2 40 MHz 3 60 MHz 8 Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Set signal generator to 10 MHz and repeat steps 3 through 7 Min Actual Max 800 kHz 1200 kHz 9 Set RESOLUTION BW to 300 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Set signal generator to 10 MHz and repeat steps 3 through 7 Min Actual Max 240 kHz 360 kHz 10 Set RESOLUTION BW to 100 kHz leaving FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Set signal generator to 10 MHz and repeat steps 3 through 7 Min Actual Max 80 kHz 120 kHz DISPLAY SIGNAL GENERATOR RF DUTPUT LJ ADAPTER EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY SPECTRUM ANALYZER Figure 4 9 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup 1 kHz to 30 kHz 4 17 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 15 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY Cont d WARNING In the following procedure the plug in must be removed from the display mainframe and connected through the extender cable assembly Be very careful the energy at some points in the instrument might if contacted cause personal injury This test should be performed only by a skilled person who knows the hazard involved Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to approximately 12 dBm and tune frequency to 301 4 MHz Set COUNTER MODE to EXPAND X10
330. e of OV to 0 8V the maximum signal measured at the output of A15Q18 TP5 would be 8V This signal coupled through A15R17 is the trigger voltage for INT mode A buffer amplifier consisting of A15U2A U2B Q20 provides isolation between the preamplifier and vertical driver A15U2D and Q13 are current sources to bias the differential amplifier The vertical deflection sensitivity of the following vertical driver is 0 8V for full scale deflection Since a maximum possible signal of 8V is available from the preamplifier to obtain the correct signal amplitude a divide by 10 and an offset circuit are used 10 dB DIV and LIN The preamplifier output is divided by 10 when LOG LIN switch 252 is in either LIN or 10 dB DIV With LIN or 10 dB DIV selected 15V is applied to the Expand line back biasing A15CR1 and turning A15Q19 Also A15CR2 is and CR3 is back biased With A15Q19 on a voltage divider consisting of A15R18 R20 and 019 divides the preamplifier output by 10 1 dB DIV With 1 dB DIV selected the Expand line is open and A15Q19 is held off by A15CR1 and R22 The divide by 10 circuit is disabled and the full 8 volt preamp voltage is available Since only the 0 8V peak can be displayed the signal to the buffer amplifier is offset by 7 2 volts as follows A current source A15U2C is on drawing current through A15CR3 and R18 The voltage drop across R18 is set for 7 2V so the 8V input is shifted 7 2V below ground When the si
331. ecoupling for high frequencies The gain of the bandpass amplifier is set by the high frequency characteristics of A10Q2 R5 and the small amount of inductance on the emitter connection of Q2 The emitter inductance is used to establish a 50 ohm input impedance and to help stabilize the current gain of A10Q2 Resistor A10R5 in parallel with the output resistance of A10Q2 establishes an output impedance of about 500 ohms Components A10L2 C8 C9 and the collector capacitance Cc of Q2 form the collector tank circuit see Figure 8 24 This tank circuit determines the center frequency of the bandpass amplifier and transforms the 500 ohm output impedance at the collector of A10Q1 down to 50 ohms The output of the bandpass amplifier flows from A10C9 through a 50 ohm microstrip transmission line etched on the printed circuit board to the bandpass filter The bandpass amplifier has a gain of about 16 dB from the base of A10Q2 to the 50 ohm output of A10C9 Bandpass Filter The output of the bandpass amplifier passes through a 301 4 MHz bandpass filter The bandpass filter is made up of A10L3 L4 L5 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 and adjustable piston type capacitors A10C1 C2 and C3 Capacitors A10C11 and C15 are used to transform the bandpass filter input and output impedance to 50 ohms Inductors A10L3 L4 and L5 are wound on a common coil form which provides mutual inductance coupling between filter sections The bandpass filter has an insertion loss of appr
332. ect W7P1 to A10J2 unless continuing on with next performance test 4 19 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 16 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY SPECIFICATION 60 dB 3 dB resolution bandwidth ratio 15 1 DESCRIPTION The 60 dB bandwidth is measured for all resolution bandwidths The 60 to 3 dB resolution bandwidth ratio shape factor is then computed for each bandwidth by dividing the 3 dB value from the Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy test into the 60 dB value In the 30 10 and 1 kHz bandwidths a 301 4 MHz signal second IF is injected into A9 Third Converter assembly to provide the stability required for the measurement of narrow resolution bandwidths DISPLAY SIGNAL GENERATOR RF OUTPUT L ADAPTER ADAPTERS EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY ott poeo o0 SPECTRUM ANALYZER 6 Figure 4 10 Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Test Setup 1 kHz to 30 kHz WARNING In the following procedure the plug in must be removed from the display mainframe and connected through the extender cable assembly Be very careful the energy at some points in the instrument might if contacted cause personal injury This test should be performed only by a skilled person who knows the hazard involved 4 20 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 16 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY Cont d EQUIPMENT Signal Generator 8640 E
333. ed for proper voltage calibration and for correct DIGITAL COMB VOLTMETER GENERATOR e nooanpnpaoa E op eo INEMEMEMIIOooODocG OUTPUT ADAPTER t EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY SPECTRUM ANALYZER ADAPTER Figure 5 15 Frequency Control and DPM Adjustments Test Setup EQUIPMENT Digital Voltmeter nss a eO e MERE HP 3455A iare JR Ilo HP 8406A Adapter Type m to BNC f 2 220000000 0 HP 1250 0780 BNC Cable 120 cm 48 202010 0 000011 enne nnne nennen nnne nnns nnns HP 18503A Cable Banana Plug to Alligator Clips 150 cm 60 HP 11002A Extender Cable HP 5060 0303 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 nennen nennen nnns HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to m 75 2 00000000000000 00006600 nnne nnns HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA m esses sessi HP 1250 1200 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 28 FREQUENCY CONTROL AND DPM ADJUSTMENTS Cont d PROCEDURE Voltage Adjustments 1 4 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 15 Connect digital voltmeter to A7TP7 locate
334. eeecaaeceseuaeeeeeeaaeceeeuaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeeeeea 50 kHz RESOLUTION BW 10 kHz Amplitude 10 dB DIV Function Generator re 100 kHz gea pe 5 MHz FUNCTION RRRRRRRRRRRRRERRNENNMMMMMMMMMMMMKNKWWWWMWWMWMMMMNMMNRNNENNNMNMMNEEMNNNMMNNMMNNMNMMMMM SINE 0 Set power meter CAL FACTOR according to chart on power sensor 5 MHz Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING to center 5 MHz signal on display Set amplitude scale to 1 dB DIV Adjust function generator OUTPUT LEVEL to 12 dB on power meter Adjust REF LEVEL FINE to bring the peak of the 5 MHz signal to fourth graticule from bottom For each frequency in Table 4 6 set function generator frequency and tune spectrum analyzer to bring signal to center screen Adjust function generator OUTPUT LEVEL to bring signal peak to reference graticule on the display Set the power meter CAL FACTOR and record the power indicated by the power meter Find the overall maximum power reading from both Table 4 5 and Table 4 6 dBm 4 39 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 20 FREQUENCY RESPONSE Cont d 16 Find the overall minimum power reading from both Table 4 5 and Table 4 6 dBm 17 The difference between the overall maximum power in step 15 and the overall minimum power in step 16 should be less than 2 dB dB Table 4 5 Frequency Response
335. el 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 20 21 22 23 24 d Remove three Standoffs 69 used to support Ref Level Fine Pot Plate 75 Use a no 6 hex wrench to loosen the two set screws on Miter Gear 57 attached to Attenuator Shaft Assembly 17 then remove Miter Gear from shaft Use a no 4 hex wrench to loosen Rotating Lockout 70 attached to Ref Level Shaft 6 and remove lockout from shaft Remove Ref Level Detent 68 from Front Switch Assembly Be careful to keep Ball Bearing 10 and Spring 11 with Ref Level Rotor 67 Remove the three Studs 59 used to support Ref Level Detent 68 Use a no 4 hex wrench to loosen the two set screws on front Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly 7 between Front Switch Board A2A1 and Front Switch Diecast 1 on Ref Level Shaft 6 accessible from side of Front Switch Assembly Remove Ref Level Rotor 67 and Ref Level Shaft 6 with rear Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly 7 still attached NOTE Rear Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly 7 on Ref Level Shaft 6 is preset at 9 525 mm 03 in from end of shaft see Figure 848A Do not remove drive hub unless necessary for repair Disassembly of RESOLUTION BW Switch Use a 1 4 inch Nut Driver to remove two Hex Nuts 22 attaching Bandwidth Switch Board 66 to Front Switch Assembly and set board to one side without detaching wires Remove Rotor Spacer 64 and Bandwidth Rotor 63 Be careful to keep Ball Bearings 10 and Springs 62 with rotor
336. en the current sourced by Q6 and that sunk by Q7 about 4 mA A significant deviation from this current should be reflected by the gate to source voltage of Q5 The source should be at least 0 2V more positive than the gate but not more than 1 5V more positive If the difference is less than 0 2V the FET current is too high if the difference is greater than 1 5V the FET current is too low In either case the FET could also be defective To determine 8 63 Model 8558B TM11 6625 3061 14 precisely the current through Q5 the difference between the current through R38 and that through R60 should be subtracted from the current through R30 If the results are inconsistent check the above mentioned resistors In LC mode of operation current is supplied through R37 and CR19 from the BW5 line instead of through Q6 The difference between the current through R37 and that through R30 yields the FET current Output Buffer Amplifier The output buffer amplifier is a complementary pair of transistors in which Q9 acts as a source follower boosted by 010 The current through FET Q9 is set by R53 010 7V d 3 mA 1960 1960 The total current through Q9 and Q10 is set by R54 The input is selected by the BW5 line from either CR16 in the LC mode or 15 in the crystal mode Crystal Filtering Circuits The bandwidths 1 kHz 3 kHz 10 kHz and 30 kHz are obtained by crystal filtering The crystals are used in series resonant mode and
337. ents A4 First Converter A9R1 AS Second Converter 521 522 573 574 512 17 A6 YIG Oscillator A1A2R3 A7R1 A7R2 A7R3 A7R4 A7R6 A7R7 788 A7R72 A7 Frequency Control 574 A1A2R3 A7R1 A7R2 A7R3 A7R4 A7R5 A7R6 5 28 A7R7 A7R72 A8 Sweep Generator A8R2 A8R10 A8R13 A8R72 A8R85 5 27 A9 Third Converter A9L4 A9R5 A9R1 5 18 5 19 10 Second IF A10C1 A10C2 A10C3 A10L2 5 20 A11 Bandwidth Filters A11C15 A11C23 A11C25 A11C38 A11C45 A11C54 11 73 5 2115 22 A13 A11C74 A13C15 A13C23 A13C25 A13C38 A13C45 A13C54 A13C73 A13C74 A8R72 ABR85 A12 Step Gain A12R1 A12R2 A12R3 A12R4 A12R5 A12R6 A12R7 15 23 5 25 14 Log Amplifier A14R23 A14R27 A14R30 A14R33 A14R34 A14R39 5 26 A14R69 14 121 5 29 15 Vertical Driver A15R1 5 29 and Blanking A16 Motherboard No related adjustments A17 Inverter No related adjustments A11 and A13 bandwidth filter assemblies contain a matched set of crystals These two assemblies must be treated as a matched pair when replacement is necessary 5 11 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 17 SECOND CONVERTER LO AND BANDPASS ADJUSTMENTS REFERENCE A5 Schematic DESCRIPTION The second converter is adjusted for 1748 60 MHz and the bandpass filter is adjusted for a 2050 MHz Bandpass FREQUENCY DISPLAY COUNTER A 2 mum Em mm 000 000 900 0000 500 MHz 18 GHz A
338. epair SECTION VI REPLACEABLE PARTS contains the information necessary to order parts and or assemblies for the instrument MANUAL BACKDATING CHANGES contains backdating information to make this manual compatible with earlier equipment configurations SERVICE contains schematic diagrams block diagrams component location illustrations circuit descriptions and troubleshooting information to aid in repair of the instrument detailed 1 8 On the title page of this manual below the manual part number is a microfiche part number This number may be used to order 4 by 6 microfilm transparencies of the manual Each microfiche contains up to 60 photo duplicates of the manual pages The microfiche package also includes the latest Manual Changes supplement 1 9 Where text changes are required to reflect Options 001 and 002 these changes are shown in bold type immediately following applicable text Notes are also included in tables and illustrations where users of Options 001 and 002 need to be informed of differences from the standard instrument Users of the standard instrument should ignore references to Options 001 and 002 Model 8558B 1 10 SPECIFICATIONS 1 11 Instrument specifications are listed in Table 1 1 These specifications are the performance standards or limits against which the instrument is tested lists supplemental characteristics Supplemental characteristics are not specifications but are typica
339. eps In linear mode the LOG LIN line is at 8VT Q24 is off and the log diodes are normally off Each amplifier stage has unity gain 0 dB The control lines IFG4 IFG5 and IFG6 are used to forward bias the log diodes thus changing the gain of the amplifier stages from 0 dB to 10 dB The state of the control lines determine which of stages 2 3 4 or 5 has a gain of 10 dB For example with INPUT ATTEN at 0 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL dBm at 60 8VT is routed through A2A1S2 and 2 151 to the IFG4 control line to forward bias CR22 The fifth amplifier stage gain changes from 0 dB to 10 dB providing 10 dB of step gain Resistors R33 R30 and R27 may be adjusted to set the step gains of stages 5 4 and 3 and 2 respectively Log Mode Temperature Controlled Variable Gain Amplifier LOG LIN Relationship In linear mode when approximately 700 mVrms 10 dBm is applied to the input of the log amplifier the voltage at the output of stage 7 TP5 is about 1 5 Vrms With the same input signal in log mode the output at TP5 is about 2 0 Vrms To maintain equal relationship with maximum input signal trace at the top of the display the output in log mode must be attenuated This attenuation is achieved through the use of variable gain amplifier Q7 whose gain is determined by the ratio of its collector load to its emitter load Variable Gain Amplifier In linear mode the LOG LIN control line is at 8 This forward biases CR4 and causes the output
340. equency usually performed at 280 MHz The frequency analog voltage is a dc level varying from 0 6 volts to 6 7 volts as a function of frequency This frequency anA10g voltage at the base of A9Q5 compensates for input mixer response SLOPE COMP adjustment A9R1 sets the amount of compensation required for a flat frequency response The total current through the PIN diodes A9CR3 and CR4 is shaped by the emitter network of A9Qb5 This network provides a change in current through the PIN diodes to cause a change of PIN diode resistance The change in resistance is required to provide the proper log curve within an 8 dB range for the voltage controlled attenuator 8 58 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A10 SECOND IF CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Description The Second IF Assembly contains a bandpass amplifier which provides a gain of approximately 16 dB at 301 4 MHz It also contains a bandpass filter which provides further rejection of unwanted signals The bandpass filter has a 3 dB loss giving the Second IF Assembly a net gain of approximately 13 dB at 301 4 MHz The 301 4 MHz IF output signal is coupled to Third Converter Assembly A9 by cable W7 This signal is the input to the X port of the balanced mixer on the Third Converter Assembly Bandpass Amplifier The bandpass amplifier consists of A10Q2 in a common emitter configuration and A10Q1 connected to control the base drive and bias current of A10Q2 Capacitors A10C4 C5 C7 and C10 serve as d
341. eristics shown on schematic diagrams are prov ided as a troubleshooting aid only They should not be used for making instrument adjustments Y MAINFRAME OSCILLOSCOPE DIGITAL VOLTMETER SPECTRUM ANALYZER EXTENDER CABLE O SPECTRUM ASSEMBLY ANALYZER QUTPUT ADAPTER ADAPTER Oscilloscope with 10 1 probe Spectrum Analyzer Digital Voltmeter Signal Generator Extender Cable Assembly Adapter Type N to BNC 2 required Figure 8 2 Conditions for Schematic Diagram Measurements 1 of 2 8 9 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PROCEDURE 1 Set HP 8558B Spectrum Analyzer controls as follows FREQ SPAN DIV RESOLUTION BW INPUT ATTEN REFERENCE LEVEL Option 002 40 dBm V REFERENCE LEVEL FINE Amplitude Scale SWEEP TIME DIV SWEEP TRIGGER Connect equipment as shown Set signal generator for a 280 MHz 10 dBm output signal Center the signal on the display Using board extenders when necessary check voltages and waveforms indicated on schematic diagrams Trigger oscilloscope on negative transition of AUX B PENLIFT BLANKING signal from rear of display mainframe To measure RF power levels set RESOLUTION BW control to 3 MHz and FREQ SPAN DIV to 0 zero span The first LO is not swept in zero span allowing signal levels to be checked with a second spectrum analyzer use adapter cables as necessary DO NOT use a power meter harmonics and LO signals will contrib
342. ert SWEEP TIME DIV rotor assembly into next bushing in Front Switch Diecast 1 see 8 51 g Inspect FREQ SPAN DIV rotor assembly 9 16 If Drive Hub 14 has been loosened or removed from Frequency Span Shaft 9 refer 222 correct dimensions for adjustment Roll Pins 12 should be positioned in hole 1 and hole 16 on Frequency Span Rotor 13 as shown in Figure 849C Slotted Bushing 15 Hairpin Spring 16 and Frequency Span Shaft must be lightly greased where they contact each other for proper operation of push pull mechanism Check that Springs 11 Ball Bearings 10 Slotted Bushing and Hairpin Spring are in correct position 8 111 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 h Lightly grease long side of Frequency Span Shaft 9 and insert FREQ SPAN DIV rotor assembly 9 16 into next bushing in Front Switch Diecast 1 Position FREQ SPAN DIV rotor assembly so that stop boss on Front Switch Diecast does not fall within small span between Roll Pins 12 as shown in Figure 8 51 18 49 ob Attenuator Drive Rotor 8 Roll Pins 12 should be positioned in hole 1 and hole 9 as shown in Figure Inspect front Anticrush Drive Hub Assembly 7 Note that pin is offset to one side of drive hub place drive hub over right most bushing in Front Switch Diecast 1 with this side down i e pin as close as possible to Front Switch Diecast for proper switch operation NOTE Correct side of front Anticrush Drive Hub 7 must be or
343. ese currents cancel and nullify the effect of Co The positive feedback from the collector of generates a negative output resistance that cancels Rs of the crystal This is approximated by resistor R6 in the 10 dB input buffer amplifier and by potentiometer R31 in the unity gain buffer amplifier The input capacitance of the buffer amplifier the printed circuit board capacitance the PIN capacitance and the centering CTR capacitor C25 are in parallel resonance with L7 These components have negligible effect on the band shape and as long as C25 has sufficient range to dip the bandshape they can be ignored in analyzing the remainder of the circuit PIN diode CR4 controls bandwidths from 1 kHz to 10 kHz For the 30 kHz bandwidth CR4 is back biased and R23 sets the bandwidth If the 30 kHz bandwidth is much too narrow even with CR4 back biased the circuit may be loaded by a bad buffer amplifier Q5 Q7 or inverting amplifier Q4 If the bandwidth is only slightly narrow it may be widened by padding R23 If the narrowest bandwidths 1 kHz or 3 kHz have too little gain and it cannot be increased enough by 831 either the crystals have too high a series resistance defective crystal or the output resistance is not negative enough defective buffer amplifier or Q3 Almost any defect in the Bandwidth Filter boards will result in a faulty dc bias condition in one of the three buffer amplifiers on each board The dc bias of each stage is le
344. f 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A 1 Increase attenuation in 1 dB steps and take DVM readings to check log amplifier output Refer to Table 5 10 27 Return A1281 TEST NORM switch to NORM Remove test cable and reconnect W7 to A9J1 Table 5 10 Log Amplifier Output Limits 700 10 mV 600 20 mV 500 30 400 30 mV 300 30 mV 200 30 mV 100 30 mV Plus offset 5 44 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 27 SWEEP TIME PER DIVISION ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A8 Schematic DESCRIPTION Sweep time per division is adjusted for proper sweep time and dead time FREQUENEY DIGITAL VOLTMETER OSCILLOSCOPE oooaogaoanodcd E O o o o o o Op ern asal a a DISPLAY SPECTRUM ANALYZER A8TPE EXTENDER 3 CABLE ASSEMBLY Figure 5 14 Sweep Time Per Division Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT bertus HP 1741A Digital Voltmeter RR HP 3455A Rules HP 5308A BNC Cable 120 cm 48 HP 18503A Cable Banana Plug to Alligator Clips 150 cm 60 HP 11002A Extender Cable 5060 0303 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 27 SWEEP TIME PER DIVISION ADJUSTMENT Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment as follows Oscilloscope DISPLAY
345. for signal level one division from top graticule line 17 Set attenuator to 40 dB and REFERENCE LEVEL to 40 dBm 002 10dBmV NOTE Some video filtering might help reduce noise Set VIDEO FILTER control so noise is reduced but the signal amplitude remains unchanged 18 Adjust A12R1 40 dB adjustment for signal level one division from top graticule line 5 37 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 5 24 19 20 ADJUSTMENTS STEP AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENTS Cont d Check REFERENCE LEVEL control from 0 to 50 dBm as shown in Table 5 6 002 50 dBmV to 0 dBm V REFERENCE LEVEL dBmvV settings in Table 5 from top to bottom 50 40 30 20 10 0 Reconnect W7P2 to 9 Table 5 6 REFERENCE LEVEL Control Check REFERENCE LEVEL Attenuator Deviation From dBm dB Reference 0120 4Refrme 50 2 Div 20 mV 5 38 Model 8558B TM 11 ADJUSTMENTS 5 25 19 5V ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A12 Schematic DESCRIPTION 19 5V for YIG Oscillator is adjusted DISPLAY DIGITAL VOLTMETER i Cc oo ooo 12 8 EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY SPECTRUM ANALYZER Figure 5 12 419 5VAdjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT Digital 3455 Cable Banana Plug to Alligator HP 11102A Extender Cable
346. frequency of residual recorded in step 14 17 Narrow FREQ SPAN DIV and RESOLUTION BW using TUNING control to keep signal centered Use SWEEP TIME DIV control to reduce sweep speed until signal level does not rise when sweep speed is further reduced Residual response must be less than 100 dBm dBm 001 95 dBm 002 50 V 4 36 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 20 FREQUENCY RESPONSE SPECIFICATION lt 1 0 dB with 10 dB input attenuation DESCRIPTION Signals from 0 1 to 1500 MHz are applied to the input of the spectrum analyzer The amplitude of each signal is adjusted to a reference set on the analyzer display The power level measured with a power meter determines the frequency response of the spectrum analyzer SPECTRUM 500 MHz THIRD LO ANALYZER LO OUTPUT INPUT gt RF OUTPUT TRACKING GENERATOR LO INPUT FUNCTION GENERATOR TERMINATION CONFIGURATION FOR OPTION 001 002 INPUT 759 ADAPTER H MINIMUM LOSS ADAPTER ADAPTER 10 dB i POWER SPLITTER 3 Figure 4 17 Frequency Response Test Setup 4 37 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 20 FREQUENCY RESPONSE Cont d EQUIPMENT Tracking Power Power Function Power
347. generator COUNTER MODE to EXT 0 550 and EXPAND X10 Connect spectrum analyzer CAL OUTPUT to signal generator COUNTER INPUT connector through amplifier Frequency counter should indicate 280 MHz 300 kHz MHz 3 Set signal generator COUNTER MODE to INT and tune frequency to 280 MHz Connect output of signal generator to calibrated step attenuator through 300 MHz low pass filter Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to 0 dBm 4 56 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 4 25 PERFORMANCE TESTS CALIBRATOR ACCURACY Cont d Set step attenuator to 10 dB and connect power sensor and power meter to attenuator as shown in Figure 4 21 Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL power for a 10 dBm reading on power meter Leave signal generator set at this level Set step attenuator to 30 dB and connect output of step attenuator to spectrum analyzer INPUT connector Set spectrum analyzer TUNING control to center signal on CRT display Peak amplitude of reference signal should be one division down from top graticule line Set Amplitude Scale switch to dB DIV and adjust REF LEVEL FINE control so peak amplitude of reference signal is one division down from top graticule line Disconnect reference signal and connect spectrum analyzer CAL OUTPUT to the INPUT connector Signal peak amplitude should be one division down from top graticule line 1 division 31 dBm 29 dBm PROCEDURE FOR OPTIONS 001 and 002 1 2 Set spectrum analyzer controls as indica
348. gh 300 MHz LPF to calibrated step attenuator Set step attenuator to 10 dB 7 Connect power sensor and power meter to step attenuator as shown in Figure 5 3 8 Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL for a 0 dBm full scale reading on power meter Leave signal generator set at this level 001 45 7dBm 002 7 0 9 Set step attenuator to 40 dB and connect the reference signal set in step 8 from signal generator through step attenuator to the 8558B INPUT 500 connector 001 and 002 INPUT 750 connector using Minimum Loss Adapter and 750 BNC Cable 5 16 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 18 THIRD CONVERTER LO AND CAL OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT Cont d 10 Set signal from signal generator to a convenient reference level on display with REFERENCE LEVEL and REF LEVEL FINE controls 11 Disconnect signal generator and connect spectrum analyzer CAL OUTPUT to the INPUT 500 connector 001 and 002 750 12 Adjust A9R5 3RD LO PWR adjustment accessible from bottom of analyzer through motherboard to the reference set in step 10 If range is insufficient on A9R5 change value of factory selected resistor A9R4 13 Connect CAL OUTPUT to amplifier input and connect amplifier output to COUNTER INPUT of 8640B Set HP 86408 COUNTER MODE to EXT EXPAND X10 The third LO frequency should read 280 MHz 300 kHz 5 17 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 19 SLOPE ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A9 Schematic DESCRIPTION An externally leveled si
349. gh Pass Horsepower em Collector Current Integrated Circuit ID Identification Inside Diameter Forward Current Intermediate Frequency Inch indium Including INT Integral Intensity Internal INTL Internal International J J FET Junction Field Effect Transistor Junction Field Effect Transistor K Kelvin Key Kilo Potassium KNRLD Knurled KVDC Kilovolts Direct Current Model 8558B Table 6 1 L LEDs Light Diode Length Long LIN Linear Linear Taper inearit EI sees Link Loc inten leakage Locking Logotype Luminous M M Male Maximum Mega Mil Milli Mode Momentary Mounting Hole Centers Mounting Tapping Hole Diameter Hot Molded Carbon Composition Megacycle Microcircuit Molded Carbon Composition Metal Metallic Metallized Metallurgical iiio ttt Mega eue MLD D Mold MM Magnetized Material Restricted Articles Code illimeter Momentary Ace TEM Mounting Inno Metallic MUV m Music Wire Milliwatt N Fan Out Intrinsic Stand Off Ratio Nano Nanosecond Nitrogen None N Channel Nanohenry NMH Nanometer Nonmetallic
350. gnal goes below ground OV A15CR4 conducts and clamps the signal at 0 6V The 1 dB OFFSET adjustment A15R1 sets the current for the correct voltage shift 5 5V Temperature Compensated Supply The 5 5V temperature compensated supply controls four current sources A15U2D Q13 U2C and Q15 The temperature sensing element A15U2E connected as a diode tracks the base emitter temperature changes of the current source transistors Vertical Driver The vertical driver is a differential amplifier that consists of A15Q2 Q3 Q6 Q7 and Q14 with Q15 as the current source See Figure 8 39 The OV to 0 8V vertical signal from the output of the preamplifier is converted to a push pull signal to drive the CRT vertical deflection plates 15014 is a dual transistor used as the input stage to the Vertical Driver circuit The reference input level at the base of A15Q14A is set by the VERT POSN control A2R6 The gain of the vertical driver is set by the voltage divider consisting of A15R34 R42 and VERT GAIN control A2R7 The transistor pairs A15Q2 Q6 and A15Q3 Q7 are current to voltage amplifiers and are driven by the current from the collectors of A15Q14A and B respectively Diodes A15CR5 through CR8 protect the bases of A15Q2 Q3 Q6 and Q7 to prevent them from 8 89 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 being driven more negative than approximately 0 6V the voltage drop across a diode The resistors A15R44 and R52 decouple the capacitive load of the
351. gnal is applied to the INPUT of the spectrum analyzer The signal is adjusted across the frequency range of the spectrum analyzer A9R1 SLOPE COMP is adjusted for best flatness compensating for first converter conversion loss over frequency DISPLAY SWEEP OSCILLATOR SPECTRUM ANALYZER EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY TYPEN CABLE CONFIGURATION FOR OPTION 001 002 MINIMUM LOSS ADAPTER ADAPTER 10 dB ATTENUATOR Figure 5 4 Slope Adjustment Test Setup 5 18 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 19 SLOPE ADJUSTMENT Cont d EQUIPMENT ETAD E a HP 8350A 83522 EN 11667 5535372 4238 10 HP 84918 Opt 010 Adapter Type m to Type HP 1250 1475 BNC Cable 120 cm 48 HP 10503A N Cable HQ HP 11500A Extender Cable 5060 0303 8620 86222 may be substituted Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 752 to 500 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 750 HP 1250 1288 Adapter Type m to 1250 1250 PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment as foll
352. gnment with horizontal graticule lines FOCUS Adjusts CRT trace sharpness ASTIG Adjusts CRT spot shape INTENSITY Adjusts CRT trace intensity FIND BEAM Intensifies trace and forces on screen display normally not used with spectrum analyzer 31 HORIZONTAL POSITION Single knob provides coarse and fine horizontal adjustment of CRT trace 32 MAGNIFIER Selects horizontal deflection factor normally left in X1 position 33 DISPLAY Selects CRT sweep source normally left in INT position 34 EXT VERNIER Provides continuous deflection factor adjustment for external CRT sweep signals In CAL detent position deflection factor is selected by MAGNIFIER 32 control normally not used with spectrum analyzer 35 EXT COUP 35 ts EXT INPUT 36 ac or dc coupling normally not used with spectrum analyzer 36 sweep signal EXT INPUT BNC input for external CRT normally not used with spectrum analyzer 37 NOTE HORIZONTAL EXT INPUT does not sweep the spectrum analyzer first LO Analyzer should be set to 0 zero FREQ SPANIDIV AUTO TIMEIDIV and SINGLE SWEEP TRIGGER when operated with an external horizontal input Switch with indicator light for turning power ON and OFF NOTE See Appendix A details regarding HP 181TITR Variable Persistence Mainframes Storage Display HP 8558B Front Panel Option 002 TM 11 6625 3061 14 2526 OLA m
353. h Open end Wrench 1 2 inch Open end Wrench 5 8 inch Open end Wrench 1 4 inch Nut Driver 5 16 inch Nut Driver 3 8 inch Nut Driver 1 2 inch Nut Driver end covered with heatshrink tubing 9 16 inch Nut Driver drilled out end covered with heatshrink tubing Pozi driv Screwdriver Long nose Pliers Wire Cutters Instrument Grease Tiewraps Small Brush for Grease Application Isoproply Alcohol Distilled Water Mixture 5090 5090 for use as cleaning REMOVAL OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY FROM HP 8558B CHASSIS 1 Turn HP 8558B upside down on a flat work surface NOTE 8710 0055 5020 0288 5020 0289 8710 0946 8720 0015 8720 0016 8720 0025 8720 0010 8720 0002 8720 0003 8720 0005 8720 0007 8720 0008 8710 0899 8710 0030 87100012 6040 0584 1400 0249 8520 0015 C1 Numbers in parentheses match the numerical callouts o Figure 6 3 Front Switch Assembly exploded view in Section Unless otherwise indicated all other illustrations referenced in these procedures follow the last procedural step 8 107 2 Use a 9 16 inch nut driver drilled out if necessary to fit over front panel BNC connectors and covered with heatshrink tubing or tape to avoid scratching enameled front panel to remove two dress nuts holding 1 ST LO OUTPUT and CAL OUTPUT connectors to front panel 3 Use a 5 16 inch open end wrench to carefully disconnect semi rigid Cable W14 from RF Inpu
354. h must be within one standard value of the others 5 30 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 5 22 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 ADJUSTMENTS 3 dB BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT Set RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz and FREQ SPAN DIV to 5 kHz The bandwidth should be between 5 2 and 6 8 divisions at the fifth graticule line NOTE If the 30 kHz bandwidth is not within the specified limits change the values of factory selected resistors A11R23 A11R48 A13R23 and A13R48 If the bandwidth is too wide decrease the value of the factory selected resistors if the bandwidth is too narrow increase the value of the resistors The four factory selected resistors need not be of equal value but each must be within one standard value of the others Connect signal generator through the BNC Tee connector to the step attenuator and to the frequency counter as shown in Set the signal generator to approximately 0 dBm and the step attenuator to 30 dB Set COUNTER MODE to EXPAND X100 Remove W7P2 from Third Converter A9J1 Connect step attenuator through test cable to A9J1 Set HP 8558B RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz Tune signal generator to peak signal on CRT display near 301 4 MHz Adjust the output level of signal generator to place the signal at 7 1 divisions Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 kHz Tune signal generator to peak signal on display Adjust REF LEVEL FINE to place signal at 7 1 divisions
355. hanical Chassis Parts Figure 6 2 Mechanical Chassis Parts 6 31 6 32 11 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B Reference Designation A2 Part Number 08558 60100 5021 3213 1460 0012 5021 3227 1480 0017 5001 5818 5021 3218 08559 60060 08558 60098 5021 3224 1410 0006 1460 0623 1480 0059 08558 20066 08558 20059 08558 20089 1460 1376 5061 5424 3050 0032 2200 0105 5001 5813 5001 5814 2260 0009 2200 0111 0380 0034 0510 0015 5021 3226 1460 0578 5061 5425 0510 0027 08558 00053 1460 0537 2950 0001 2190 0016 08558 40007 2190 0067 2950 0006 2100 3066 3050 0028 2100 3973 08558 20114 08558 20113 08559 20040 1430 0568 1460 1542 5001 5825 2100 3452 2100 3593 1430 0567 2190 0390 3050 0086 1460 0019 08558 60168 08558 60171 2200 0103 5001 5817 3050 0105 1430 0036 5001 5816 5021 3220 08558 20058 5021 3225 1460 1860 08558 40004 08558 20139 2100 3332 08558 20030 08558 40005 5061 5423 5021 3221 08558 20061 5061 5422 5021 3217 1490 0841 3050 0080 08558 00021 2100 0542 3050 0017 00 10 01040 C1 0001 OD O OO NN OO OQ 0 3 O0 01 00 amp CO IO TO OO 1 I CO 1 000 A Qty
356. ied This section covers instrument identification description options accessories specifications and other basic information 1 3 DESCRIPTION 1 4 HP 85588 displays the amplitude and frequency of each component of an input signal on a CRT This display gives quantitative information often not available from a conventional oscilloscope The HP 8558B is capable of measuring signals from 117 dBm to 30 dBm over a frequency range of 100 kHz to 1500 MHz 001 110 dBm to 30 dBm 002 63 dBmV to 80 dBmV 1 5 The complete measuring system includes the HP 8558B Spectrum Analyzer plugged into a compatible Hewlett Packard display mainframe 1 6 MANUAL ORGANIZATION 1 7 This manual is divided into eight sections as follows GENERAL INFORMATION contains the instrument description and specifications explains accessories and options and lists recommended test equipment INSTALLATION AND OPERATION VERIFICATION contains information concerning initial mechanical inspection preparation for use operating environment packaging and shipping and operation verification SECTION OPERATION contains instructions for operation of the instrument PERFORMANCE TESTS contains the necessary tests to verify that the electrical operation of the instrument is in accordance with published specifications SECTION ADJUSTMENTS contains the necessary adjustment procedures to properly adjust the instrument after r
357. ied to the emitter of Q10 8 47 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 The pulse shape consists of a Schmitt trigger Q39 and Q40 a differentiator C12 and R55 and an emitter follower Q12 The Schmitt trigger produces a pulse which exists as long as the video trigger information on the SYNC line is above a certain dc level When the TRIGGER switch is in VIDEO position video information from Vertical Driver and Blanking Assembly A15 is routed through the switch to the base of Q40 Q40 is normally off and Q39 is conducting During the positive portion of the SYNC signal Q40 turns on turning Q39 off C7 accelerates the Q39 switching When 040 switches on the negative change at the collector is differentiated by C12 and R55 and coupled through Q12 to the Q10 emitter The negative pulse turns on Q10 CR8 R32 and VR1 keep Q10 on while the ramp is being generated After the ramp is completed the circuit returns to its dead time state and another trigger is required to generate another sweep Trigger pulses from Q40 which may occur during the sweep have no effect since Q10 is already on LINE TRIG Operation The sweep may be synchronized with the ac line voltage in the same manner as described in VIDEO operation With TRIGGER switch A2A1S4 in LINE position the ac line from the mainframe power transformer is connected to the Schmitt trigger Q40 and Q39 input A16R2 and A16C2 on the motherboard attenuate the ac line signal to approximately 2 volts p p a
358. iented towards Front Switch Diecast 1 for proper operation of Front Switch Assembly Set Attenuator Drive Rotor 8 over Anticrush Drive Hub 7 with Attenuator Drive Rotor gear facing up Long pin on Attenuator Drive Rotor should protrude through curved slot in diecast Lightly grease gear end of Attenuator Shaft Assembly 17 and insert into Front Switch Diecast 1 as shown in Figure 8 51 Place metal Washer 18 on shaft Clean contact fingers on all rotors using lint free cloth and isopropyl alcohol distilled water mixture All rotors should be in proper position as shown in Figure 8 51 Installation of Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 Inspect Front Switch Board Assembly Check switch traces for dirt grease or wear Check interconnect wires solder joints pushbutton switches and ribbon cables 52 53 Clean switch traces using lint free cloth and isopropyl alcohol distilled water mixture No residue should be visible on traces Use a 1 4 inch nut driver to tighten Hex Nuts 22 and Screws 19 fastening DPM Mounting Brackets 20 21 to Front Switch Board Assembly Use a 3 8 inch open end wrench to tighten Hex Nut 36 and Lockwasher 35 attaching FREQUENCY ZERO Potentiometer 37 to Front Switch Board Assembly Use a no 2 spline Bristol wrench to install FREQUENCY ZERO Knob 34 Use a 3 8 inch open end wrench to tighten Hex Nut 36 and Lockwasher 35 attaching VIDEO FILTER Potentiometer 39 and metal Washer 38 to Fro
359. igure 8 12 Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 Component Locations 8 26 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 27 through 8 28 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A3 U1 A4 A5 A6 CIRCUIT DESCIPTIONS Input Attenuator Circuit Description The 85588 input attenuator Figure 8 14 is a 50 ohm precision coaxial step attenuator Attenuation in 10 dB steps from 0 dB to 70 dB is accomplished by switching the signal path through one or more of the three resistive pads in a predetermined sequence Note that the input attenuator is not field repairable U1 RF Input Limiter Circuit Description The RF input limiter contains Schottky diodes which clamp the input signal voltage protecting the mixer diodes in the First Converter Assembly A4 The typical limiting threshold is 1 mW 0 dBm The limiter is not field serviceable A4 First Converter Circuit Description The RF signal input 0 1 1500 MHz passes through 1550 MHz low pass filter to the mixer diode assembly 01 The output impedance of this low pass filter seen from the mixer is effectively a short circuit at 2050 MHz reflecting any IF power back to the mixer The first LO input from YIG Oscillator Assembly A6 passes through a 3 dB power splitter consisting of two resistors R1 and R2 and etched transmission lines One of the power splitter outputs provides the front panel LO OUTPUT the other output is through a balun short piece of semi rigid c
360. ing Lockout 70 are tightened excessively f Place Rotating Lockout 70 on Ref Level Shaft 6 with teeth flat against Ref Level Detent 68 Lockout teeth should be aligned to miss pin on Ref Level Detent when Ref Level Shaft is pushed in switch in any detent position With Ref Level Shaft fully extended from front panel use a no 4 hex wrench to tighten Rotating Lockout g Push Ref Level Shaft 6 in and out and check for smooth mechanical feel and proper Rotating Lockout 70 alignment Rotating Lockout should not bind against Ref Level Detent 68 and should allow Ref Level Shaft to turn smoothly between detent positions Adjust Rotating Lockout as necessary for proper operation 8 114 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 h Use a no 4 hex wrench to lightly tighten one set screw in front Anticrush Drive Hub 7 visible between Attenuator Drive Rotor 8 and Front Switch Diecast 1 i Turn Attenuator Drive Rotor 8 so that long pin for Input Attenuator pointer is at bottom of Front Switch Diecast 1 Hold Attenuator Drive Rotor in position and push in on Ref Level Shaft 6 to align front Anticrush Drive Hub 7 j Push Ref Level Shaft 6 in and out while observing Ref Level Rotor 67 and Attenuator Drive Rotor 8 Rotors will not move when front Anticrush Drive Hub 7 is properly adjusted k Usea no 4 hex wrench to firmly tighten both set screws in front Anticrush Drive Hub 7 Recheck Ref Level Shaft 6 as in step j
361. ing a no 2 spline Bristol wrench Remove dress nut on FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton using a 13 64 inch open end wrench Remove front panel hex nut and lockwasher on Coarse Tune Bushing 42 using a 1 2 inch nut driver covered with heatshrink tubing or tape to avoid scratching enameled front panel Remove Retaining Clip 25 from RESOLUTION BW Shaft 61 Place Front Switch Assembly on flat working surface with remaining knobs face down and lock mechanism facing you Prop sides of switch assembly to allow knobs and shafts to clear working surface be careful not to scratch front panel enamel Loosen hex nut attaching RF Input Cable Assembly W1 to Front Switch Assembly using a 5 8 inch open end wrench Options 001 and 002 Loosen front panel dress nut with special 9 16 inch nut driver Carefully disconnect input cable assembly from RF Input Attenuator using a 5 16 inch open end wrench Remove input cable assembly from Front Switch Assembly Remove Screw 19 and Washer 56 attaching Attenuator Bracket 55 to Front Switch Diecast 1 Remove RF Input Attenuator A3 from Front Switch Assembly Disassembly of REFERENCE LEVEL Switch Cut tiewrap holding REF LEVEL FINE wires to Standoff 69 Remove the three Screws 54 attaching Ref Level Fine Pot Plate 75 to Standoffs 69 Remove Index Disc Locator and Ref Level Fine Assembly 35 36 and 71 through 76 from Front Switch Assembly set to one side without detaching wires 8 108 Mod
362. ing causes a 1 58 aB error in displayed signal levels 1 48 Modification Kit Option 807 Connections 1 49 A modification kit HP part number 00180 69503 provides the materials and information necessary to install unbuffered rear panel connections formerly included in Option 807 in the following display mainframes 180A AR 180C D 181A AR 182A C and 184A B Refer to Table 1 3 for a description of parts included in the modification kit 1 50 Oscilloscope Camera 1 51 The HP Model 197B Option 002 General Purpose Camera can be used with 180 and 181 series display mainframes to make a permanent record of measurements The HP 10367A adapter allows the camera to be used with 182 series mainframes 1 52 SERVICE ACCESSORIES 1 53 Service accessories are shown in Figure 1 3 Table 1 3 Parts Included in Modification Kit 00180 69503 Quantity HP Part Number Output Board Label Amplifier Assembly 3 4 inch pieces of shrink tubing Service Note Auxiliary Output 00180 66551 7120 3116 0890 0720 180A AR 10 180C D 2 181A AR8 182A C 1 or 184 B 1 modification is similar for all instruments listed Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 1 54 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT troubleshooting of the HP Model 8558B is listed in 1 55 Equipment required for operation verification Other equipment may be substituted if it meets or performance tests adjustments and exceeds the critical specifications listed in the table M
363. ion IIl column 6 b Remarks This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to clarify items appearing in e Q D 4 TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP8558B j GROUP MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE LEVEL TOOLS AND NUMBER COMPONENT ASSEMBLY FUNCTION EQUIPMENT SPECTRUM ANALYZER Inspect HP8558B Test MTBF 10 000 Hrs Test Adjust Calibrate Replace Repair Repair FRONT SWITCH ASSY Inspect 08558 60100 Test A2 Replace Repair SWITCH BOARD ASSY Inspect 08558 60160 Test A2A1 Replace Repair FIRST CONVERTER Inspect 08558 60004 Test A4 Replace Repair SECOND CONVERTER Inspect 08558 60097 Test AS Replace Repair THIRD CONVERTER Inspect 08558 60154 Test A9 Replace Repair BW FILTER NO 1 Inspect 08559 60058 Test All Replace Repair BW FILTER NO 2 Inspect 08558 6019 Test A13 Replace Repair LOG AMPLIFIER ASSY Inspect 5061 5411 Test A14 Replace Repair MOTHERBOARD ASSY Inspect 08558 65159 Test Replace Repair TOOL OR TEST EQUIPMENT REF CODE SECTION 11 TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE CATEGORY X bL LI zn ILI FOR SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP8558B NOMENCLATURE TRACKING GENERATOR HP8444A FUNCTION GENERATOR HP3310A POWER SPLITTER HP11667A 10 dB
364. isecond period has passed This is the length of time A1A2U1 requires to make a new voltage measurement After 250 milliseconds the new data is put out on pins 20 through 23 of A1A2U1 and the cycle repeats See Figures 8 8 and 8 9 Display The digit displays A2DS1 through 2054 are of the common cathode type When the digit enable line cathode is low and a segment line is high that segment is turned on Although only one digit display is enabled at a time the enable rate is fast enough to prevent visible display flicker Troubleshooting To check the digit displays jumper A1A2TP2 LT to ground All segments of all four numeric displays A2DS1 through 2054 should light To troubleshoot DPM Driver A1A2 check for proper clock and outputs at A1A2U1 see and 8 9 hnd Table 8 3 8 19 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 15 psec 5V A1A2U1 PIN 10 5V Figure 8 7 A1A2U1 Clock 60 ms INTEGRATOR A1A2U1 PIN 6 EXTERNALLY TRIGGER USING EOC PIN 14 Figure 8 8 Integrator and EOC Waveforms for FREQUENCY MHz Display of 1296 MHz Table 8 3 Truth Table for A2DS1 Display 201 Data Outputs Decimal A1A1DS1 Equivalent Display 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 8 20 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ze PE 300 usec 11 ot Yo It PIN 20 H _ A 1 2 1 1 1 PIN 21 Y2 PIN 22 23
365. item by comparing its physical mechanical and or electrical characteristics with established standards through examination b Test To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards Service Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition ie to clean decontaminate to preserve to drain to paint or to replenish fuel lubricants hydraulic fluids or compressed air supplies d Adjust To maintain within prescribed limits by bringing into proper or exact position or setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters Aline To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance f Calibrate To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted in instruments or test measuring and diagnostics equip D 1 TM 11 6625 3061 14 ments use in precision measurement Consists of comparison of two instruments one in which is a certified standard of known accuracy of the instrument being compared g Install The act of emplacing seating or fixing into position an item part module component or assembly in a manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment or system h Replace The act of substituting a serviceable like type part subassembly or module component or assembly for an
366. justment LIN GAIN A14R3 paragraph 7 6 adjusts Log Amplifier for 10 dB gain steps in Linear mode Affects adjustment of LOG LIN 7 2 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 7 5 MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS Cont d CHANGE B Cont d Page 5 45 Paragraph 5 26 Figure 5 13 Substitute paragraph 7 6 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT CHANGE B in this section for paragraph 5 26 and Figure 7 4 CHANGE B for Figure 5 13 Pages 6 21 through 6 24 Table 6 3 Replace entire A14 Replaceable Parts list A14Hrough A14VR1 with Table 7 7 of this section Page 6 31 Figure 6 2 Mechanical Chassis Parts Change item 30 to HP Part Number 08558 00086 Check Digit 7 Figure 8 37 A14 Log Amplifier Component and Test Point Locations gure 8 Figure 7 5 Replace Figure 8 37lwit CHANGE B of this section Pages 8 85 8 86 and 8 87 8 88 Figure 8 38 A14 Log Amplifier Schematic Replace Figure 8 38 with Figure 7 6 2 sheets CHANGE B of this section CHANGE C Page 1 3 1 1 Under Calibrator Output change 300 kHz to 50 kHz Under Cal Output change text to read as follows 30 dBm 280 MHz with 2nd through 5th harmonics greater than 60 dBm 002 20 dBm V 280 MHz with 2nd through 5th harmonics greater than 10 dBm V Page 6 12 Table 6 3 Change A9C5 to HP Part Number 0150 2251 Check Digit 6 Qty 1 CAPACITOR FXD 5 6PF 25PF Delete A9C20 Add A9Y1 HP Part Number 0410 0447 Check
367. l characteristics included as additional information for the user NOTE To ensure that the HP Model 8558B meets the specifications listed performance tests should be performed every six months 1 12 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 1 13 Before operating this instrument you should familiarize yourself with the safety markings on the instrument and safety instructions in this manual This instrument has been manufactured and tested according to international safety standards However to ensure safe operation of the instrument and personal safety of the user and service personnel the cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed Refer to the Safety Considerations at the front of the manual Refer also to individual sections of this manual for detailed safety notation concerning the use of the instrument as described in those individual sections 1 14 INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL 1 15 Serial Numbers 1 16 Attached to the rear of your instrument is a mylar serial number label The serial number is in two parts The first four digits and letter are the serial number prefix the last five digits are the suffix see Figure 1 2 The prefix is the same for all identical instruments it changes only when a change is made to the instrument The suffix however is assigned sequentially and is different for each instrument The contents of this manual apply to instruments with the serial number prefix es listed under SERIAL NUMBERS
368. l mV Max mV 18 Select A14R16 to obtain an output in step 17 within 25 mV of the reading set in step 16 Decreasing A14R16 10 percent will increase the DVM reading approximately 30 mV in step 17 NOTE Log fidelity must be considered when selecting A14R16 That is if the DVM READING CORRECTED FOR OFFSET ill Table 2 3 is greater than 100 mV for a STEP ATTENUATOR SETTING of 70 dB A14R16 should be selected for a DVM reading greater than the reading set in step 16 If the READING CORRECTED FOR OFFSET is less than 100 mV A14R16 should be selected for DVM reading less than the reading set in step 16 19 Set output level of signal generator for a digital voltmeter reading of 800 mV plus offset algebraic sumpn 1 V 20 Set 8558B 10 dB DIV 1 dB DIV LIN switch to 10 dB DIV and adjust A14R2 LOG LIN adjustment for a digital voltmeter reading of 800 mV plus offset 21 Repeat step 14 to recheck the log fidelity 22 Set the 85588 REFERENCE LEVEL dBm control to 50 Set the 10 dB DIV 1 dB DIV LIN switcho 1 dB DIV 002 0 dBm V 23 Set the step attenuator to 0 dB and set output level of signal generator for a digital voltmeter reading of 700 mV do not include offset 24 Set the 8558B REFERENCE LEVEL dBm control to 90 and the step attenuator to 40 dB Adjust A14RI LOG GAIN adjustment for a digital voltmeter reading of 700 mV 002 40 dBm V 7 18 Model 8558B TM 11 6625
369. l backdating information is provided in EAREN adapt this manual to earlier serial number prefixes For instruments with serial number prefixes 1829A and earlier refer to the HP 8558B Operating and Service Manual dated October 1977 HP part number 08558 90043 and to the Manual Changes supplement supplied with that manual Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 1 1 HP Model 8558B Specifications 1 of 3 FREQUENCY SPECIFICATIONS FREQUENCY RANGE 100 kHz to 1500 MHz FREQUENCY SPANS Per Division MHz Div kHz Div 14 frequency scale calibrations 1 2 5 sequence from 5 kHz div to 100 MHz div Start or center frequency is set with the TUNING control and indicated by the FREQUENCY MHz readout Zero Span 0 Analyzer functions as a manually tuned receiver at the frequency indicated by the FREQUENCY MHz readout for time domain display of signal modulation FREQUENCY ACCURACY Tuning Accuracy Frequency MHz readout start or center frequency after zeroing on the LO feedthrough and operating the FREQUENCY CAL control 10 C to 40 C 0 195 MHz 1 MHz 20 of frequency span per division 195 1500 MHz 5 MHz 20 of frequency span per division Frequency Readout Resolution 0 195 MHz 100 kHz 195 1500 MHz 1 MHz Frequency Span Accuracy 596 of displayed frequency separation SPECTRAL RESOLUTION AND STABILITY Resolution Bandwidths Eight selectable resolution 3 dB bandwidths in 1 3 sequence from 1 kHz to 3 MHz Bandwid
370. lation Distortion 13 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows 33e nae i e e d CENTER UB lc EY 30 MHz FREQ SPAN DIM 2 500 2 30 kHz ATTEN E 0 dB REFERENCE LEVEL 30 dBm 001 20dBm 002 30dBm V BEEF AEEVEISEINE iE uetus mte m ED TI 0 001 5 002 5 Amplitude Scale c tret b ee eb e d e de ae ed 10 dB DIV SWEEP iterare te tr eae tasse tes AUTO SWEEP TRIGGER iter ten FREE RUN BASELINE CLIPPER e ES OFF VIDEO TET 12 o clock 4 29 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 18 SPURIOUS RESPONSES Cont d 14 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 4 14 SPECTRUM SIGNAL GENERATOR SIGNAL GENERATOR ANALYZER RF OUTPUT RF OUTPUT 1048 ATTENUATOR 10 dB ATTENUATOR L ADAPTER BNC TEE Figure 4 14 Intermodulation Distortion Test Setup 15 Set both signal generators for approximately 30 MHz output at 24 dBm 16 Momentarily press FREQUENCY CAL switch Tune signal generators until signals are 2 divisions apart and centered on display 17 Adjust
371. lifier and a PIN attenuator The 301 4 MHz second IF signal from A10 is mixed with the 280 MHz oscillator third LO in balanced mixer A9U1 The output from the mixer is the difference frequency 21 4 MHz which is applied to the matching filter This is a 21 4 MHz bandpass filter which also acts as an inter stage impedance matching device The signal is then amplified by the 21 4 MHz amplifier and coupled to a divider network consisting of two PIN diodes A9CR3 and resistor R25 and the input impedance of the Bandwidth Filter No 1 Assembly A11 PIN driver A9Q5 changes the bias of the PIN diodes as a function of frequency compensating for input mixer frequency response The 21 4 MHz third IF output signal is coupled to the input of Bandwidth Filter No 1 The 280 MHz Oscillator also provides the front panel CAL OUTPUT 280 MHz 30 dBm signal It is sometimes necessary to select a different value for R9 to provide the 30 dBm CAL OUTPUT level while maintaining the proper input level to the balanced mixer 280 MHz Oscillator Third LO The third local oscillator is a modified Colpitts circuit with a 280 MHz surface acoustic wave resonator SAWR 971 in the positive feedback path to provide increased frequency stability Inductor A9L3 across the SAWR tunes out the SAWR shunt capacitance The oscillator tuned circuit consists of capacitors A9C4 C5 and inductors L4 and L6 This tuned circuit ensures that the oscillator oscillates only on the proper
372. lyzer display Sed Figure 4 15 001 95 dBm on spectrum analyzer display 002 45 dBm V on spectrum analyzer display dB NOTE If the intermodulation distortion product cannot be located increase output levels of both signal generators by 10 dB Be sure to return the OUTPUT LEVEL of each signal generator to its previous setting before making the actual measurement 30 Set spectrum analyzer TUNING to 8 MHz and check for second order intermodulation distortion product f 15 between 2f and 2f signals Seelfigure 4 15 Second order intermodulation distortion product should be more than 60 dB below total applied signal 100 dBm on spectrum analyzer display See NOTE above 001 95 dBm on spectrum analyzer display 002 45 dBmV on spectrum analyzer display dB 4 33 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 19 RESIDUAL RESPONSES SPECIFICATION 100 dBm 1 1500 MHz with 0 dB input attenuation and no signal present at input 001 95 dBm 002 50 dBmV DESCRIPTION The spectrum analyzer is tested for residual responses with no signal applied to the INPUT 509 connector The input attenuation is set to 0 dB 001 and 002 INPUT 750 VARIABLE PERSISTENCE DISPLAY WITH SPECTRUM ANALYZER ADAPTER TERMINATION Figure 4 16 Residual Responses Test Setup EQUIPMENT Variable Persistence Storage 181 50 Termination
373. m signal on display Adjust 522 for maximum signal on display Reduce REFERENCE LEVEL as necessary to keep signal on display Carefully tighten lock nuts on 571 A5Z2 and A5Z3 so that signal does not change on display Adjust A5L2 2nd MIXER MATCH adjustment for maximum signal Check second LO frequency If frequency error is greater than 4i0 5 MHz repeat step 3 5 14 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 18 THIRD CONVERTER LO AND CAL OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A9 Schematic DESCRIPTION The third converter LO frequency is adjusted for maximum output and power is adjusted for 30 dBm 1 0 dB CAL OUTPUT The third LO frequency is checked for 280 MHz 300 kHz 002 20 dBmV 1 SPECTRUM DISPLAY ANALYZER SIGNAL GENERATOR LOL COUNTER QUTPUT STEP ATTENUATOR ADAPTER EXTENDER CABLE ASSEMBLY AMPLIFIE 300 MHz ZTN OUTPUT Figure 5 3 Third Converter LO and CAL OUTPUT Adjustment Test Setup EQUIPMENT Amplifier aii aia ERA RRA AEA HP 8447A eae ea a eee eee M ede HP 435B O ET EES T T HP 8482A Signal Generator e du didt d d d du e eines HP 8640B 10 dB Step Attenuator calibrated at 280 2 HP 355D Opt H82 300 EIE A EE Telonic TLP 300 4AB Adapter m t
374. mV RIPPLE B D 14 27 NOTE4 E 0 AUX D al HORIZONTAL OUTPUT i 92 9 R6 TO AUX 21 4 MHz 4 AUX 21 4 OUTPUT 237 IF OUTPUT ME e C07 XAI3 02 g RT 6ND 15 80 90 56 2 M 1 V V 4 AUX 8 95 PEN LIFT PEN LIFT BLANKING OUTPUT x b 55 XAI5 10 AUK A VERTICAL OUTPUT 6 56 998 AR 1 1 98 BLANKING BLANKING 7 Y emo remm ND i 24 0 Q 968 gt A17 4205 1 1 V ea a 4205 B Q 1 923 BEAM FINDER V R6 H V BEAM RENE 21 523 274 MHz IF QUT 44 22 214 MHz IN 214 MHz IF 007 XA12 44 97 12 6 i2 6V4c 28 d 97 V Q VERT DRIVE 5 i 15Vde 29 i A16J1 32_VIDEO TRIGGER we 100vde 9 f i 923 1 21 BEAM FINDER 0 31 c5 M 2 2uF 8 4 VERT AUX VERT 96 9183 A2AI LINE TRIGGER A16J1 13 EXPAND VERT POSN A16J1 36 m AI6JI 18 A16J1 91 VERT GAIN ya tsp 3 65 5 AlA2 XA9 2 XAT 23 FREQ ANAL TUA inverter 71055 87 Q lt 30 RIPPLE 968 XAI2 20 42 XAB4 RETRACE BLANK 1 420 5V mE a 15V lt 09 21 30 PEN LIFT 161 42 TO SHEET 2 OF 2 A A AN EE X
375. mV calibration signal from 752 output impedance CAUTION 50 ohm BNC connectors might cause damage if used directly with Option 001 and 002 75 ohm BNC INPUT and CAL OUTPUT connectors 10 dB DIV dB DIV LIN Amplitude Scale Selects CRT vertical axis amplitude calibration logarithmic or linear scale Reference Level remains constant at top CRT graticule line REFERENCE LEVEL Adjusts power level in dBm or dBmV represented by top CRT graticule line Large outer knob provides adjustment in calibrated 10 dB steps FINE vernier provides 12 dB of continuous adjustment INPUT ATTEN Selects desired RF input attenuation indicated by blue numbers push and turn FREQUENCY MHz Displays spectrum analyzer start or center frequency Automatically ranges at approximately 21 22 195 MHz for increased resolution at lower frequencies START CENTER Selects mode of FREQUENCY MHz 20 readout TUNING Adjusts spectrum analyzer start or center frequency Coarse tuning is provided by large knob smaller knob provides FINE tuning 180 Series Display Mainframes 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 CALIBRATOR 180TR 1827 Provides 1 kHz square wave at two amplitudes 250 mV and 10V p p not used with spectrum analyzer Ground Connection 180TR 1827 Provides chassis ground connection point SCALE 180TR 182T graticule illumination Adjusts CRT TRACE ALIGN Adjusts CRT trace ali
376. mplitude Disconnect short from A13TP6 and short to ground A13TP3 Adjust A13C74 for minimum signal amplitude Reinstall A13 and install A11 on extender board Disconnect short from A11TP3 and short to ground A13TP6 Adjust A11C73 for minimum signal amplitude Disconnect short from A11TP6 and short to ground A11TP3 5 26 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 5 21 23 24 25 26 2T 28 29 30 31 32 ADJUSTMENTS CRYSTAL AND LC BANDWIDTH FILTER ADJUSTMENTS Cont d Adjust A11C74 for minimum signal amplitude Disconnect shorts from test points and reinstall A11 Replace covers on A11 and A13 assemblies Remove jumper from A8TP1 A8TP2 NOTE When A11 and A13 BW Filter Assemblies are installed with covers in place midget copper alligator clips HP Part No 1400 0483 can be used to short test points to the cover Carefully center signal on CRT in 30 kHz RESOLUTION BW then switch RESOLUTION BW to 100 kHz Note where signal intersects the center vertical graticule line Adjust A13C45 LC CTR for maximum signal amplitude where the signal intersects the center vertical graticule line Switch RESOLUTION BW to 30 kHz and center signal then switch to 100 kHz Note where signal intersects the center vertical graticule line Adjust A13C23 LC CTR for maximum signal amplitude where the signal intersects the center vertical graticule line Switch RESOLUTION BW to 30 KHz and center signal then switch to
377. n providing either a divide by 10 or divide by 100 AUTO sweep control current is applied to Q52 as a function of frequency span by Q35 Q31 Q33 Q27 and Q25 and the appropriate resistors For narrow spans 1 MHz DIV or less when the YIG FM coil is swept FS6 is connected to 15V by 2 155 Q29 is on and the additional current in the AUTO sweep control is used to reduce the sweep time 8 50 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 V Sweep Offset Normally START CENTER switch 2 157 is in the CENTER position The 15V back biases Q54 and holds it off Switching to START allows Q54 to conduct and adds 0 5 mA of current through R67 to offset the sweep ramp When START frequency is used the ramp excursion is from OV to a positive voltage 8 51 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A8R2 10V 8813 H 2 c D UC 050 032 025 Q27 029 031 CN 026 028 YH C 25 8 A8R72 XTL BW7 1E Q 15V Figure 8 22 A8 Sweep Generator Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 52 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 53 through 8 56 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A9 THIRD CONVERTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Description The Third Converter Assembly contains of a 280 MHz oscillator followed by a buffer amplifier a balanced mixer a matching filter a 21 4 MHz amp
378. n the replaceable parts table quote the Hewlett Packard part number with check digit indicate the quantity required and address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard office The check digit will ensure accurate and timely processing of your order 6 8 To order a part that is not listed in the replaceable parts table include the instrument model number instrument serial number the description and function of the part and the number of parts required Address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard office Model 8558B Table 6 1 Assembly Attenuator Isolator Limiter Termination Bots TN IE Fan Motor Battery Capacitor Coupler CR Diode Diode Thyristor Step Recovery Diode SCR Varactor Directional Coupler DE LIA aede Delay Line DS etas Annunciator Lamp Light Emitting Diode LED Signaling Device Audible or Visible ES xs Miscellaneous Electrical Part A Across Flats Acrylic Air Dry Method Ampere DJ Adjust Adjustment ANSI American National Standards Institute formerly USASI ASA ASSY Assembly American Wire Gage B BOD Binary Coded Decimal BD us Deep Depth Diametric BE CU Beryllium Copper s Type of Connector Bearing Boring Aoc Brass BS
379. nalyzer plug in is reinstalled in a different mainframe the spectrum Model 8558B analyzer should be calibrated correlation between plug in and display It is good practice to execute this adjustment procedure periodically recommended daily to correct for changes in calibration which may occur over a period of time These adjustments are also an excellent way for the new user to become acquainted with the spectrum analyzer For reference a front panel view appears in Figure 3 1 If an HP 181 Variable Persistence Display is being used begin by setting the PERSISTENCE maximum counterclockwise and pushing in the WRITE button Make the following spectrum analyzer settings to ensure proper Function INPUT ATTEN push knob to engage REFERENCE LEVEL 10 dB 0 dBm 002 50 dBmV REF LEVEL FINE 0 Amplitude Scale LIN FREQ SPAN DIV 10 MHz uncoupled RESOLUTION BW uncoupled SWEEP TIME DIV SWEEP TRIGGER START CENTER TUNING BASELINE CLIPPER VIDEO FILTER 1MHz AUTO FREE RUN CENTER gt 60 2 OFF DISPLAY MAGNIFIER SCALE 180TR 182T PERSISTENCE 181T TR Display Mode 181T TR INT out X1 out OFF MIN ccw WRITE DISPLAY ADJUSTMENTS 1 With an adjustment tool adjust VERTICAL POSN to place the CRT trace on a horizontal graticule line near center of CRT 2 Reduce the INTENSITY and set the SWEEP TIME DIV control to MAN Adjust the SWEEP knob to bring dot to center of CRT 3 3
380. nd aligned with Attenuator Shaft Assembly Use Washer 56 and Screw 19 to fasten Attenuator Bracket to lower left corner of Front Switch Diecast 1 Do not tighten Miter Gear at this time c Insert RF Input Cable Assembly W1 through front panel and loosely attach with hex nut Carefully connect cable assembly to RF Input Attenuator using a 5 16 inch open end wrench Tighten cable assembly to front panel using a 5 8 inch open end wrench Options 001 and 002 use special 9 16 inch nut driver to tighten front panel dress nut NOTE Front panel control knobs and their attaching parts are identified in Figure 6 2 Numbers in parentheses match numerical callouts 9 Installation of Knobs a Tum SWEEP TRIGGER Shaft 28 fully clockwise as seen from front of Front Switch Assembly to spring4oaded SINGLE position and release Use a no 4 hex wrench to install SWEEP TRIGGER knob with SINGLE line aligned with painted arrow on front panel Check for proper switch operation and alignment 8 115 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 b Turn SWEEP TIME DIV Shaft 28 to align Ball Bearing 10 on SWEEP TIME DIV Rotor with left most edge of stop boss on Front Switch Diecast 1 This positions SWEEP TIME DIV Rotor with Ball Bearing slightly right of 12 o clock position as seen from front of Front Panel Assembly Use a no 4 hex wrench to lightly tighten SWEEP TIME DIV knob onto SWEEP TIME DIV Shaft with approximate center of green AUTO p
381. nd filter any line spikes SINGLE Sweep Trigger and Abort Q10 is initially held off by R59 and CR10 Q9 is on and voltage divider R37 and R38 charges C16 to 2 8V When the trigger switch A2A1R4 is set to SINGLE sweep spring loaded position 15V is applied to R62 turning on Q11 This shorts the positive end of C16 to ground and produces a negative pulse at the emitter of Q10 This turns Q10 on starting a sweep During the generation of a sweep Q9 is off and the voltage divider R37 and R38 charges C16 to 4V The sweep may be aborted reset to 5V by pressing the SINGLE switch to the spring loaded position This switches on Q11 The negative end of C16 is shorted to ground a positive pulse is generated at the emitter of Q10 and Q10 is turned off aborting the sweep MANUAL Sweep Control Manual control of the sweep is obtained with the TIME DIV switch 2 153 in MAN position A ground is applied to the base of Q38 and Q37 by line from A2A1S3 in all sweep modes except manual the ground holds Q38 and Q37 off With A2A1S3 in MAN position Q38 and Q37 are turned Q37 turns Q10 on and keeps it on CR5 is and the feedback loop to the timing capacitor is closed Turning the MANUAL SWEEP control A2A1R4 changes the voltage at the collector of Q38 which changes the input current at U1 pin 2 Since the feedback current through R29 is constant any change in manual sweep current must be compensated by a change in the current through R24
382. nding of T1 A17R1 provides current to the base of Q2 to start oscillations when the 12 6V supply is first turned on The voltage at the collectors of A17Q1 and Q2 is a 12V to 12V square wave Diodes A17CR5 CR6 CR7 and CR8 are connected as full wave rectifier receiving ac power from 6V taps on either side of the grounded center tap The rectified dc is filtered by A17L6 L7 L8 C5 and C6 The filtered output voltage is 5V and powers DPM Driver Assembly A1A2 A17VR1 a 6 19V zener provides protection for the DPM Driver in case of excessive or reverse voltage 20 5V Power Supply The oscillating current between the collectors of A17Q1 and Q2 through the primary winding of T1 induces a voltage in the secondary of T1 Diodes CR3 and CR4 full wave rectify this voltage which is then filtered by A17L3 L4 L5 and C4 The dc output voltage approximately 5 5V is added to the 15V supply to obtain a 20 5V supply 8 101 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A17 Figure 8 45 A17 Inverter Assembly Component Locations 8 102 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 103 through 8 106 Model 8558B FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY A2 DISASSEMBLY AND REPAIR Tools and Materials Required TM 11 6625 3061 14 HP Part Number Check Digit No 2 Spline Bristol Wrench Long No 4 Hex Allen Wrench Long No 6 Hex Allen Wrench 13 64 Wrench 5 16 inch Open end Wrench 3 8 inc
383. nerator 2 HP 8640B 10 dB Attenuator 2 HP 8491A Opt 010 EE 300 4 MC E HP 1250 0781 Adapter m to f 99090 9 HP 1250 0780 BNC Cable 120 cm 48 in 2 9 6 090 HP 10503A Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 22222222222 00010000000000000000000000000002020 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 750 2 000000900008 9988 essen nonna HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA een iniret sensn na HP 1250 1200 PROCEDURE Harmonic Distortion 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows CENTER 280 2 arizekuliE 500 kHz RESOLUTION BW 30 2 0 dB lpiigupimie 8ziz 40 dBm 001 30 dBm 002 20 V REF LEVEL 0 001 5 002 5 Amplitude Scal
384. nerator for a DVM reading of 377 mV Set step attenuator to 0 dB Digital voltmeter should indicate 800 mV plus offset algebraic sunt mV If DVM reading is not within limits adjust A14R2 LOG LIN adjustment for a digital voltmeter reading of 800 mV plus offset minus 50 percent of overshoot Example If DVM indicates 767 mV and should be indicating 777 mV 10 mV overshoot adjust A14R2 for a DVM reading of 777 mV minus 5 mV or 782 mV Repeat steps 10 11 and 12 until the digital voltmeter indicates 800 mV plus offset mV with no further adjustment of A14R2 in step 12 Set the step attenuator to the positions shown in Table 7 5 and record DVM reading for each setting Correct the DVM readings by algebraically adding the offset recorded in step 9 Readjust A14R2 if necessary to meet the limits in Table 7 5 Set step attenuator to 0 dB and set output level of signal generator for a digital voltmeter reading of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 9 1 mV Set 10 dB DIV 1 dB DIV LIN switch to LIN The digital voltmeter should indicate the reading set in step 1625 mV If it does go to step 19 If it does or if log fidelity is not within limits go to step 18 and select A14R16 7 17 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 7 6 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT CHANGE B Cont d Table 7 5 Log Fidelity Check DVM Reading Corrected For Offset Step Attenuator DVM Reading Setting dB mV Min mV Actua
385. ng 11 To compute Corrected Deviation add Step Attenuator Error to Deviation from 6th Division for each setting Corrected Deviation should not exceed 0 5 dB or 0 5 dB for each setting Table 4 12 Vernier Accuracy Step Attenuator REFERENCE Deviation From Step Attenuator Corrected Setting LEVEL FINE 6 Division Error Calibration Deviation dB Setting dB dB dB 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Attenuations gt dial settings are positive Attenuations dial settings are negative 4 50 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 24 DISPLAY FIDELITY SPECIFICATION Log Incremental Accuracy 0 1 dB per dB from Reference Level Log Maximum Cumulative Error 1 5 dB over entire 70 dB range Linear Accuracy 396 of Reference Level DESCRIPTION The amplitude log display amplifier is tested by connecting a DVM to the rear panel AUX A connector vertical output of the mainframe The widest analyzer bandwidth possible is selected so the signal appears as a straight horizontal line on the CRT display The is used to provide good resolution when checking for 1 dB per 10 dB step 0 1 dB dB SPECTRUM SIGNAL GENERATOR DIGITAL VOLTMETER ANALYZER ccr 90 RF OUTPUT 2 ADAPTER STEP ATTENUATOR EQUIPMENT Signal Generators net a 8640
386. ng 1 mV of 500 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 Set 10 dB step attenuator to 0 dB and adjust A14R69 30 dB for DVM 1 mV of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 Repeat steps 11 and 12 until no further adjustment is necessary Set 10 dB step attenuator to 10 dB and adjust A14R23 SLOPE for DVM reading 1 mV of 700 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 Set 10 dB step attenuator to dB and adjust A14R39 10 dB for DVM reading 1 mV of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 Repeat steps 14 and 15 until no further adjustment is necessary Repeat steps 8 through 16 until limits in Table 5 7 met Table 5 7 Log Fidelity Check Step Attenuator Setting dB DVM Reading Ref 800 1 mV 700 3 mV 600 4 mV 500 4 mV 400 5 mV 300 6 mV 200 7 mV 100 8 mV Plus offset Linear Output and Linear Step Gain 18 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows REFERENCE EEVBEL 5 enna iiie aan aa A aan 50 dBm 002 0 dBmV Amplitude 56 55 I I LIN Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 26 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT Cont d 19 Set 10 dB step attenuator to O dB and adjust A14R34 LIN for DVM reading 1 mV of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 20 Make adjustments indicated in Table 5 8 Table 5 8 Linear Gain Adjustments Adjustment
387. ng FREQ SPAN DIV set to 0 Repeat steps 14 through 18 MHz In Fable 4 4 record 3 dB bandwidths computed in Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy test In Table 4 4 60 dB bandwidths recorded in this procedure For each resolution bandwidth divide 60 dB bandwidth by 3 dB bandwidth to obtain Resolution Bandwidth Ratio Each ratio should be less than 15 1 4 23 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 16 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SELECTIVITY Cont d Table 4 4 Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Resolution Bandwidth RESOLUTION MEASURED MEASURED Ration 60 db BW BW Setting 3 db BW 60 db BW 4 24 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 17 AVERAGE NOISE LEVEL SPECIFICATION Less than 107 dBm with a 10 kHz resolution bandwidth 0 dB input attenuation 1 MHz to 1500 MHz 001 Less than 100dBm 002 Less than 53 dBm V DESCRIPTION The average noise level is checked by observing the average noise power level displayed on the CRT when no input signal is applied to the instrument The test is performed with 10 kHz resolution bandwidth PROCEDURE 1 Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows 5 ERR BARE RARE RRR BORO RO eee CENTER 500 MHz FREQ SPAN DIV a Dai Mie oh Ate hte ce 100 MHz RESOLUTION BYN 10 kHz
388. ning coil Meter Ranging The DPM is a digital voltmeter which measures the TUNING voltage at the output of the tune summing amplifier The output of the tune summing amplifier approximately 0 to 10V is divided down to 0 to 1 5V at pins 2 and 5 of A7U6 by A7R53 and R50 This provides a 1 mV MHz voltage to the DPM The FREQ ZERO adjust R3 shown on A2 schematic A7R43 and A7R54 enable this voltage to be offset 4 15 mV to zero the DPM The FREQ ZERO adjustment compensates for the changes in the frequency of the YIG oscillator caused by temperature drift 8 38 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A7U6A functions as a comparator and A7U6B as a switchable 10 gain stage When the instrument is tuned to a frequency below 198 4 MHz the voltage at A7U6 pin 2 is less than 198 mV Since the voltage at A7U6 pin 3 is adjusted to be approximately 198 mV the output at 706 pin 1 is positive This turns Q19 causing A7U6B to have a gain of approximately 10 and results in an output voltage at pin 7 of 10 mV MHz When the instrument is tuned above 198 4 MHz A7U6A pin 1 goes low turning Q19 off causing A7U6B to have a gain of 1 This results in an output voltage at pin 7 of 1 mV MHz The output of A7U6A 1 is also used to turn A7Q25 off to turn off the decimal point The positive feedback from the emitter of A7Q25 to A7U6A pin provides hysteresis for rapid switching of the X1 X10 crossover point A7CR6 and CR7 provide proper biasing for FET 0
389. nob on Locking Shaft 3 Base of Lock Knob should clear front panel when Locking Shaft is pushed in 4 Installation of Rotor Assemblies a Lightly grease all switch rotor detent holes on back of Front Switch Diecast 1 b Place Front Switch Assembly on flat working surface with front panel face down and lock mechanism facing you Prop sides of switch assembly to provide clearance for knobs and shafts during assembly be careful not to scratch front panel enamel c Inspect SWEEP TRIGGER rotor assembly 10 12 27 31 Stop Arm 30 and Horseshoe Spring 31 are held in position by Push on Retainer 29 and should move smoothly without binding see Figure 849A Roll Pins 12 should be positioned in hole 7 and hole 18 on SWEEP TRIGGER Rotor 28 Check that Spring 27 and Ball Bearing 10 are in position d Lightly grease long side of SWEEP TRIGGER Shaft 28 and insert SWEEP TRIGGER rotor assembly into left most bushing in Front Switch Diecast 1 Position rotor so that Ball Bearing 10 aligns with stop boss on left side of Front Switch Diecast see Figure 8 51 Inspect SWEEP TIME DIV rotor assembly 10 25 28 Figure 8 498 MANUAL SWEEP Shaft 26 should be lightly greased and should turn freely inside SWEEP TIME DIV Shaft 28 Check that Spring 27 and Ball Bearing 10 are in position Note that there are no roll pins inserted in the SWEEP TIME DIV Rotor 28 f Lightly grease long side of SWEEP TIME DIV Shaft 28 and ins
390. nt Critical Specifications Model Use Adapter N m to N m HP 1250 1475 P Adapter BNC m to BNC m HP 1250 0216 P Adapter N f to BNC m HP 1250 0077 P Adapter SMC m to SMC m HP 1250 0827 T Adapter Type N m to SMC m HP 1250 1023 T Adapter BNC f to Alligator Clips HP 8120 1292 T Adapter SMC f to SMC f HP 1250 1113 T Adapter Type N m to SMA f HP 1250 1250 BNC f to SMA m HP 1250 1200 P Adapter SMA f to SMA f HP 1250 1158 P Extender Board 6 pin 12 contacts with 51 1 resistor HP 08505 60109 T from pin 1 to pin 5 HP 0757 0394 NOTE The following equipment is required for Option 001 and Option 002 Termination Impedance 75 Q HP 11652 60010 P Power Sensor Frequency Range 10 MHz to 2 GHz HP 8483A T Maximum SWR 1 18 10 MHz to 2 GHz Adapter 750 BNC m to 750 Type f HP 1250 1534 T Minimum Loss Adapter 750 BNC f to 500 SMA HP 08558 60031 5 72 attenuation Adapter BNC f to SMA m HP 1250 1200 T Adapter SMA f to SMA f HP 1250 1158 PT P Performance Test Adjustment T Troubleshooting 1 16 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 1 4 Hecommended Test Equipment 4 of 4 Recommended Equipment Critical Specifications Model Use Adapter N f to N f HP 1250 0777 AT Cable BNC 30 cm 12 in 750 HP 11652 60012 Cable BNC 60 cm 24 in 750 HP 11652 60013 BNC 90 37 750 11652 60
391. nt Switch Board Assembly Use a 1 2 inch open end wrench to tighten inner Hex Nut 32 and Washer 33 attaching Dual Tune Pot assembly 25 32 33 40 51 77 to Front Switch Board Assembly Note that Roll Pin 12 aligns with hole in switch board to locate Dual Pot Bracket 45 Washer 33 between bracket and switch board is critical to proper switch operation See Figure 8 52 for front view of assembled switch board Check Dual Tune Pot assembly for smooth operation and proper gear meshing disassemble and lightly grease shafts if necessary Install second Hex Nut 32 mid way onto Coarse Tune Shaft Bushing 42 Set Front Switch Board Assembly into place on partially assembled Front Switch Assembly and use a Stud 59 on right most side of switch assembly to loosely fasten switch board to Front Switch Diecast 1 8 112 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 With one Stud 59 in place but not tight twist left side of Front Switch Board Assembly up approximately 1 8 inch to fasten switch board under Front Switch Diecast support arm upper left corner and align switch shafts Loosely install the three remaining Screws 54 not shown in Figure 6 3 used to fasten Front Switch Board Assembly to Front Switch Diecast 1 Use a no 4 hex wrench to temporarily install SWEEP TRIGGER SWEEP TIME DIV MANUAL SWEEP and FREQ SPAN DIV knobs Insert FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton through front panel and fasten with dress nut Use a 13 64 inch open end wrench to
392. nt as follows uscc e 280 MHz 5 1 2 1 2 S 10 dB REFERENCE LEVEL MEME 0 dBm 002 50 dBm V Amplitude sre gt MM 1 dB DIV SWEEP 2 99 AUTO SWEEP MEE FREE RUN 8 OFF 2 Connect equipment as shown in Figure 5 11 Connect signal generator tuned to 301 4 MHz with approximately 13 dBm output to one side of a 1 dB step attenuator Connect attenuator output to A9J1 through test cable Tune signal generator frequency for peak amplitude on display 3 Set step attenuator to 12 dB and REF LEVEL FINE to 12 Set signal generator level for a signal one division down from top graticule line 4 Adjust A12R6 12 dB until signal stops rising on display then adjust A12R6 counterclockwise until signal drops approximately one third to one half of a division 5 Set signal generator level so signal is one division down from top graticule line on display 6 Set step attenuator to 0 dB and REF LEVEL FINE to 0 7 Adjust A12R5 0 dB adjustment for a signal level one division from top graticule line 8 Set step attenuator to 12 dB and REF LEVEL FINE to 12 Signal level on display should be
393. ntenance function authorized in the maintenance allocation chart Subcolumns of column 4 are as follows C Operator Crew O Organizational F Direct Support H General Support D Depot Columns 5 Tools and Equipment Column 5 specifies by code those common tools sets not individual tools and special tools test and support equipment required to perform the designated function f Column 6 Remarks Column 6 contains as alphabetic code which leads to the remark in section IV Remarks which is pertinent TM 11 6625 3061 14 to the item opposite the particular code D 4 Tool and Test Equipment Requirements a Tool and Test Equipment Reference Code The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools and equipment column of the MAC The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance functions b Maintenance Category The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allocated the tool or test equipment c Nomenclature This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test functions d National NATO Stock Number This column lists the National NATO Stock Number of the specific tool or test equipment Tool number This column lists the manufacturer s part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code for manufacturers 5 digit in parentheses D 5 Remarks Sec IV a Reference Code This code refers to the appropriate item in sect
394. nting 1 23 OPTIONS CAUTION The two 75 ohm BNC connectors on Option 001 Option 002 instruments are not compatible with 50ohm BNC connectors Direct use of 50 ohm BNC connectors with these instruments might damage the INPUT and CAL OUTPUT connectors 1 24 Option 001 1 25 Option 001 provides direct measurement capability in a 75 ohm system The BNC input and calibration output connectors have 75 Q impedance nominal Option 001 is calibrated in dBm providing a measurement range from 110 dBm to 30 dBm Throughout the manual differences between the standard instrument and Option 001 are given in boldface type following applicable text references and as necessary in tables and illustrations 1 26 Option 002 1 27 Option 002 provides direct measurement capability in a 75 ohm system The BNC input and calibration output connectors have 75Q impedance nominal Option 002 is calibrated in dBmV providing a measurement range from 63 dBmV to 80 dBmV Throughout the manual differences between the standard instrument and Option 002 are given in boldface type following applicable text references and as necessary in tables and illustrations 1 28 Option 910 1 29 One additional Operation and Service manual is provided for each Option 910 ordered To obtain additional manuals after initial shipment order by the manual part number which appears on the title page and on the back cover TM 11 6625 3061 14 1 30 ACC
395. ntire screen becomes illuminated more rapidly and the display is obscured The effective persistence and storage times are thus considerably reduced For this reason MAX WRITE is not normally used with a spectrum analyzer plug in 3 19 Photographic Techniques 3 20 The HP Model 197A Oscilloscope Camera attaches directly to the spectrum analyzer s CRT bezel without adapters Flood guns in the CRT provide background lighting of the display When photography of stored traces 181T TR is required a double exposure is needed Flood guns are turned off when STORE is pressed See Application Note AN 150 5 for full details OPERATING PRECAUTIONS The spectrum analyzer is a sensitive measuring instrument To avoid damage to the instrument do not exceed the following Absolute Maximum Inputs Total Power 30 dBm 1W 7 1 Vrms Option 001 30dBm 1W 8 7 Vrms Option 002 80dBmV 1 3W 9 9 Vrms dc or ac lt 100 Hz 50V Peak Pulse Power 50 dB 100W 10 us pulse width 0 0196 duty cycle with 220 dB INPUT ATTEN Option 002 100 dBmV 130W 10 us 3 2 Overloading the input with too much power peak voltages or dc voltages will damage the input circuit and require expensive repairs CAUTION While the analyzer s reference level may be set for power levels up to 60 dBm the total input power must not exceed the absolute maximum limits listed FRONT PANEL ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE Whenever an HP 8558B Spectrum A
396. nuators and test cable to A9J 1 NOTE The HP 355C 10 dB attenuation is included to compensate for the 10 dB of gain on Step Gain Assembly A12 the TEST NORM switch is in TEST Set the TEST NORM switch on Step Gain Assembly A12 to the TEST position Tune signal generator frequency for maximum signal amplitude on display with 10 dB step attenuator set to 0 dB It may be necessary to reduce signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL slightly Disconnect signal generator output from step attenuator Measure offset at A15TP and record mV Connect signal generator to step attenuator and adjust signal generator FINE TUNE control to peak signal on CRT display Adjust spectrum analyzer REF LEVEL CAL and signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL for DVM reading 1 mV of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 Set Amplitude Scale to 10 dB DIV Set 10 dB step attenuator to 0 dB and adjust A14R23 SLOPE DVM reading 1 mV of 800 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 5 41 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 26 LOG AMPLIFIER LOG AND LINEAR ADJUSTMENT Cont d 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Set 10 dB step attenuator to 60 dB and adjust A14R10 OFFSET for DVM reading 1 mV of 200 mV plus offset recorded in step 4 as measured at A15TP1 Repeat steps 8 and 9 until no further adjustment is necessary Set 10 dB step attenuator to 30 dB and adjust A14R23 SLOPE for DVM readi
397. o 1 MHz and the REF LEVEL FINE control to 0 Adjust the TUNING control for a FREQUENCY MHz readout of approximately 280 MHz 11 Press the 10 dB DIV Amplitude Scale pushbutton and set the REFERENCE LEVEL control to 20 dBm 30 dBmV for Option 002 CAUTION The HP 8558B Options 001 and 002 feature 75 ohm female INPUT and CAL OUTPUT connectors Standard 50 ohm BNC cables and adapters should not be used with these connectors since damage might result 12 Connect the 280 MHz CAL OUTPUT to the spectrum analyzer input and center the signal on the CRT with the TUNING control pressing the FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton two or three times The FREQUENCY MHz readout will indicate 280 MHz 5 MHz 3 4 TM 11 6625 3061 14 13 Press the LIN Amplitude Scale pushbutton Adjust the REF LEVEL FINE control to place the signal peak at the top CRT graticule line 14 Press the 10 dB DIV Amplitude Scale pushbutton Adjust VERTICAL GAIN to place the signal peak at the top CRT graticule line 15 Repeat steps 12 and 13 until the signal peak remains at the top CRT graticule line when the Amplitude Scale is alternated between 10 dB DIV and LIN 16 Set the REF LEVEL FINE control to O and the REFERENCE LEVEL control to 30 dBm 20 dBmV for Option 002 17 Press the LIN Amplitude Scale pushbutton and adjust REF LEVEL CAL to place the signal peak at the top CRT graticule line Once the Front Panel Adjustment Procedure is completed the
398. o BNC f 2 required HP 1250 0780 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Power Sensor 750 HP 8483A Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 75 2 00000000000000000000 000650000401 HP 1250 1288 BNG Cable 30 cm 12 In 750 RAM HP 11652 60012 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 18 THIRD CONVERTER LO AND CAL OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment as follows START CENTER e CENTER TUNING 280 MHz EREQ 500 kHz RESOLUTION BW 1 MHz 10 dB REFERENCE LEVEL essen EENE 20 002 30 dBm V Amplitude sre RM LIN SWEEP AUTO Extender Cable 5060 0303 Signal Generator OUTPUT 10 dBm FREQUENCY CE 280 MHz 799 9 ERR OFF RM ON COUNTER MODE CREME INT 2 Connect equipment as shown i Connect CAL OUTPUT to INPUT 50 connector 001 and 002 750 3 Center the 280 MHz signal on the display 4 Adjust A9L4 third converter LO FREQ adjustment for maximum signal amplitude 5 Tune signal generator to frequency of third converter LO 280 MHz 300 kHz 6 Connect signal generator throu
399. o further adjustment is necessary Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz and FREQ SPAN DIV to 5 kHz Center signal with fine TUNING control Adjust A11 R31 XTL and AISR31 XTL equally for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions NOTE Each potentiometer should be adjusted to accomplish half the necessary increase in signal amplitude Remove jumper from A8TP1 and A8TP2 Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 100 MHz and RESOLUTION BW to 3 MHz and push in to couple the two controls Turn coupled controls to set FREQ SPAN DIV to 50 MHz and RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz Center signal with TUNING control Adjust REF LEVEL FINE for a signal amplitude of 7 divisions With controls coupled step down RESOLUTION BW from 1 MHz to 300 kHz Variation in signal amplitude should be less than 0 4 dB Step down RESOLUTION BW from 100 kHz to 1 kHz Variation of signal amplitude should be less than 0 5 dB Repeat steps 35 through 46 until variation in signal amplitude is within limits 5 28 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 22 3 dB BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A8 Schematic DESCRIPTION The 3 dB bandwidths for the 3 MHz 1 MHz and 300 kHz RESOLUTION BW settings are adjusted using the CAL OUTPUT as the signal source The 3 dB bandwidths for the 10 kHz 3 kHz and 1 kHz RESOLUTION BW settings are adjusted by injecting a stable 301 4 MHz signal into the third converter of the spectrum analyzer EQUIPMENT SIGNAL FREQUENCY DISPLAY GENERATOR COUNTER
400. o greater than 0 4 division div 4 Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 50 MHz Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure error between fifth spectral line and ninth graticule line Error should be no greater than i 0 4 division div 4 3 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 11 FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY Cont d 04 DIVISION NINTH GRATICULE LINE HE 824 HHH H FIRST GRATICULE LINE NINTH SPECTRAL LINE COMB SIGNALS FIRST SPECTRAL LINE CENTER FREQUENCY Figure 4 2 Frequency Span Accuracy Measurement for Ninth Spectral Line 30 4 DI VISION FIRST GRATICULE LINE NINTH GRATICULE LINE COMB SIGNALS FIRST SPECTRAL LINE SEVENTEENTH SPECTRAL LINE CENTER FREQUENCY Figure 4 3 Frequency Span Accuracy Measurement for Seventeenth Spectral Line 4 4 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 11 FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY Cont d 5 10 11 12 Set comb generator COMB FREQUENCY MHz for 10 MHz comb Set spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN DIV to 20 MHz Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure error between 17th spectral line and ninth graticule line as shown in Error should be no greater than 0 4 division div Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 10 MHz Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure error between ninth
401. oaxial transmission line to provide drive voltage to the mixer diodes The LO signal is coupled to one mixer diode through the balun shield and to the other mixer diode through the balun center conductor This arrangement splits the LO signal voltage evenly between the two mixer diodes The 2050 MHz output signal from the mixer first IF is split line coupled to a 6 dB pi resistive matching pad R3 R4 and R5 A small block of polyiron is placed over the split output line The polyiron helps balance the mixer and absorbs harmonics of the mixing signals A 5000 MHz low pass filter etched on the A4 printed circuit board prov ides additional filtering to the 2050 MHz IF signal after the 6 dB pad The signal is then coupled to Second Converter Assembly A5 through a semi rigid coaxial cable 5 Second Converter Circuit Description The IF signal from the First Converter is coupled into the Second Converter bandpass filter through coupling loop L3 The bandpass filter consists of three circular slug tuned cavity resonators operating as less than a quarter wavelength inductive transmission lines The cavities provide high Q for good selectivity at 2050 MHz Coupling loops L4 and L5 provide coupling between the cavities The 2050 MHz signal is loop coupled to the cathode end of second mixer diode CR1 The second LO signal is loop coupled to the anode end of CR1 The second local oscillator is a Colpitts type circuit operating at 1748 6 MHz The capacitive
402. odel 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Figure 1 3 Service Accessories 1 of 2 1 12 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Board Puller 2 prongs to lift PC boards 03950 4001 Extender Board 6 pin 12 contacts 08559 60042 Extender Board 10 pin 20 contacts 85680 60028 Extender Board 22 pin 44 contacts 08565 60107 Extender Cable Assembly for plug in operation out of display mainframe 5060 0303 Tuning Tool modified 5 16 inch nut driver with modified No 10 Allen driver 08555 60107 Alignment tool metal tip in plastic 8710 0630 Alignment tool non metallic 8710 0033 Wrench No 2 Bristol 8710 0055 Wrench 15 64 inch combination 8710 0946 Wrench 1 4 inch open end 8720 0014 Wrench 5 16 inch slotted box end open end 08555 20097 Figure 1 3 Service Accessories 2 of 2 1 13 Model 8558B Equipment Display Mainframe Oscilloscope Frequency Counter Timer Counter Digital Voltmeter Power Meter Power Sensor Amplifier Signal Generator 2 required Tracking Generator Sweep Oscillator RF Plug In Spectrum Analyzer Comb Generator Function Generator Crystal Detector Table 1 4 Hecommended Test Equipment 1 of 4 Critical Specifications HP 180 Series with variable persistence Time Base 1 ms cm to 10 ms cm Vertical Sensitivity 1 mV cm to 20 V cm Frequency Range 150 MHz to 1 5 GHz Sensitivity 30 dBm Time base 10 us Accuracy 05 Rdg digit Power Range 20 dBm to 10 dBm F
403. of 028 TP1 to go to approximately 15V CR29 is reverse biased and the gain of the variable gain amplifier is R104 R105 100 316 or approximately 0 3 In log mode the LOG LIN control line is at 15V which reverse biases CR4 The output of 028 is now approximately 0 45V CR29 is forward biased and has ac resistance of about 100 ohms which is in parallel with the 100 ohm R104 so the collector load of Q7 is 50 ohms The gain is 50 316 or 0 15 This gain depends upon the resistance of CR29 which is set by SLOPE adjustment R23 8 82 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Detector and Buffer Amplifier The signal output of Q7 is applied to the base of Q6 which converts voltage variations into current variations Q5 is the current driver for the detector Q4 a half wave rectifier is biased just below cutoff by CR1 When the input signal is positive Q4 is in conduction but is cut off during the negative transistion The detector output is routed to a low pass filter and a X2 buffer amplifier Q21 and Q22 to provide the video output Log Offset The last 40 dB of log step gain is produced in this circuit When this gain is used there is already a full 50 dB of gain in the Step Gain Assembly so the noise of the analyzer is amplified into the log range of the Log Amplifier Assembly This makes further amplificiation unnecessary since any signal below the log range of the Log Amplifer Assembly would be buried in the noise The output of the dete
404. oil driver or in narrow frequency spans it is applied to the FM coil driver Gating circuits determine whether the sweep voltage is applied to the main or FM coil The Frequency Control Assembly also contains separate low noise voltage regulators to bias the YIG Oscillator and the 1748 6 MHz second local oscillator YIG Main Coil Fixed Driver The YIG Main Coil Fixed Driver consists of differential amplifier A7Q7 a Darlington pair current source A7Q5 and Q6 and 6V reference voltage from A7VR2 and R4 The fixed driver is used to tune the YIG oscillator to the minimum frequency of 2050 MHz The 6V reference voltage is one input to A7Q7 and the other input measured at is negative feedback that senses the voltage across A7R3 and R71 The operation of the fixed coil driver maintains a constant 6 across A7R3 and R71 A11 current through R3 R71 comes from the YIG main coil through Darlington current source A7Q5 and Q6 A7R3 is the 2 05 GHz lower frequency adjustment and sets the emitter current of A7Q5 and Q6 The current source provides the fixed current to determine the zero CENTER FREQUENCY point set by A7R3 YIG Main Coil Swept Driver The YIG Main Coil Swept Driver consists of a swept driver A7U4 and a Darlington pair current source A7Q1 and The swept driver tunes the YIG oscillator over the frequency range of 2050 MHz to 3550 MHz The inputs to A7U4 are the Coarse and Fine TUNING voltage from the Tune Summing Amplifier
405. oken contacts weak or broken springs rough feeling potentiometers cracked castings and damaged PC boards Check for signs of corrosion or rust Replace any suspect parts A special Instrument Grease see list of Tools and Materials at beginning of these procedures is recommended exclusively for use during switch reassembly Lubrication is essential for proper operation of switches and lock A small brush is recommended for applying the Instrument Grease CAUTION Misapplied grease might cause intermittent switch connections Utmost must be taken during reassembly to avoid excessive application of grease and contamination of switch contacts Avoid getting grease on fingers 8 110 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ASSEMBLY OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY 1 Assembly of Lock a Lightly grease Locking Shaft 3 and insert into Front Switch Diecast 1 Lightly grease bearing surfaces of Locking Link 5 b Insert Lock Spring 2 into Front Switch Diecast 1 Press Locking Link 5 fully into Front Switch Diecast and insert Dowel Pin 4 through access cutout left side of lock boss to hold lock mechanism in place Check for correct lock operation CAUTION Pressed in mounting studs on front panel will break if overtightened 2 Use a 5 16 inch nut driver and two hex nuts to carefully install front panel with pushbutton bezels and DPM window installed on Front Switch Diecast 1 3 Use a no 4 hex Allen wrench to install lock k
406. ol 3rd Order IM 60 3rd Order IM Ly SWEEP TRIGGER FREE RUN End of each sweep triggers new sweep LINE Sweep triggered at ac line frequency VIDEO Sweep triggered on post detection video waveform One half major division of vertical deflection required to trigger sweep SINGLE Single sweep started or reset by turning SWEEP TRIGGER clockwise momentarily FRONT PANEL INPUT AND OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS SIGNAL INPUT INPUT IMPEDANCE 50 ohms nominal Precision Type N female connector 001 and 002 75 ohms nominal 75 ohm BNC female connector INPUT SWR lt 1 5 SWR with gt 10 dB input attenuation 001 and 002 lt 1 5 SWR 3rd Order IM 2nd Harmonic 70 2nd Harmonic ol 2nd Harmonic 70 Distortion Products dB Down Distortion Products dB Down 1 3rd Harmonic 90 90 40 30 20 10 35 Mixer Level dBm Mixer Level Input signal level INPUT ATTEN 25 15 Mixer Level dBm Mixer Level Input signal level INPUT ATTEN Distortion Products dB Down 3rd Harmonic 5 15 25 35 45 Mixer Level dBmV Mixer Level Input signal leve INPUT ATTEN single input signal gt 5 MHz two equal input signals gt 5 MHz gt 200 kHz separation Standard HP 8558B single input signal gt 5 MHz twp equal input signals gt 5 MHz 7 200 kHz separation Option 001 Distortion vs Mixer Level
407. ol Signal should be 0 9 division from top graticule line 4 Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 MHz and FREQ SPAN DIV to 200 kHz Adjust A8R85 LC to set bandwidth of 5 divisions at the fifth graticule line 5 Set RESOLUTION BW to 3 MHz and FREQ SPAN DIV to 500 kHz The bandwidth at the fifth graticule line should be between 5 4 and 6 6 divisions NOTE A8R85 LC may be further adjusted to bring the 3 MHz and 300 kHz bandwidths within limits however the final measurement of the 1 MHz bandwidth must be between 4 5 and 5 5 divisions at the fifth graticule line If the 3 MHz bandwidth cannot be brought within limits by adjustment of A8R85 LC change the value of factory selected resistor ABR95 6 Set RESOLUTION BW to 300 kHz and FREQ SPAN DIV to 50 kHz The bandwidth should be between 5 4 and 6 6 divisions at the fifth graticule line If the bandwidth cannot be adjusted within the specified limits change the value of factory selected resistor A8R89 7 Set RESOLUTION BW to 100 kHz and FREQ SPAN DIV to 20 kHz bandwidth should be between 4 3 5 7 divisions at the fifth graticule line NOTE If the 100 kHz bandwidth is not within the specified limits change the values of factory selected resistors AT3R19 A13R43 and A11R43 If the bandwidth is too wide increase the value of the resistors if the bandwidth is too narrow decrease the value of the resistors The three factory selected resistors need not be of equal value but eac
408. om top graticule line 5 52 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 5 53 through 5 59 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION VI REPLACEABLE PARTS 6 1 INTRODUCTION 6 2 This section contains information for ordering replacement parts Table 6 1 includes a list of reference designations and a list of abbreviations used in the parts list Table 6 2 lists names and addresses that correspond to the manufacturer code numbers in the parts list Table 6 3 lists all replaceable parts alpha numerical order by reference designation 6 3 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 6 4 Table 6 3 the list of replaceable parts is organized as follows 1 Electrical assemblies and their components in alpha numerical order by reference designation 2 Miscellaneous parts with appropriate electrical assembly 3 Chassis mounted electrical parts in alphanumerical order by reference designation 4 Mechanical chassis parts at end of parts list 6 1 6 5 The following information is listed for each part 1 The Hewlett Packard part number 2 The part number check digit CD 3 The total quantity Qty in the instrument This quantity is given only once at the first appearance of the part in the list 4 The description of the part 5 A five digit code indicating manufacturer of the part typical 6 The manufacturer s part number 6 6 ORDERING INFORMATION 6 7 To order a part listed i
409. omponents 4 of 4 Reference Designator A14R34 A14R39 A14R69 A14R88 A14R121 A15R1 Adjustment Paragraph 5 26 5 26 5 6 Description Adjusts combined gain of 6th and 7th stages in linear mode Adjusts shape of log fidelity curve at 10 dB Adjusts shape of log fidelity curve at 30 dB Adjusts voltage at A14TP1 for approximately 1V Factory adjustable only Adjusts dc offset circuitry at output of A14 Log Amplifier Assembly for 10 dB steps in log mode Adjusts for equal amplitude displayed at full screen in 10 dB DIV and 1 dB DIV for a given input Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 5 2 Factory Selected Components in Alpha Numerical Order Selection Reference Procedure Designator Paragraph Basis of Selection Number A8R30 Selected to set start of sweep ramp to 5 DOOV 30 mV A8R35 Selected to set high end of sweep ramp to 5V A8R74 Selected to optimize 1 kHz bandwidth A8R76 Selected to optimize 3 kHz bandwidth A8R78 22 Selected to optimize 10 kHz bandwidth A9R89 5 22 Selected to optimize 300 kHz bandwidth A8R92 Selected to optimize 1 MHz bandwidth A8R95 5 22 Selected to optimize 3 MHz bandwidth A8R105 Selected for OV at ABTP8 with START CENTER switch in START 100 MHz DIV single scan mode no sweep A8R125 Selected for optimum automatic sweep time with VIDEO FILTER on but not in detent AQR4 5 18 Selected for proper Third Converter LO power A9R9 Selected for proper CAL
410. onents 2 of 3 RESISTORS RANGE 10 to 464 K Ohms TYPE Fixed Film WATTAGE 125 at 125 C TOLERANCE 1 0 Value C Value Value HP Part Number D Q HP Part Number D Q HP Part Number D 10 0 0757 0346 2 464 0698 0082 7 21 5K 0757 0199 3 11 0 0757 0378 0 511 0757 0416 7 23 7K 0698 3158 4 12 1 0757 0379 1 562 0757 0417 8 26 1K 0698 3159 5 13 3 0698 3427 0 619 0757 0418 9 28 7K 0698 3449 6 14 7 0698 3428 1 681 0757 0419 0 31 6K 0698 3160 8 16 2 0757 0382 6 750 0757 0420 3 34 8K 0757 0123 3 17 8 0757 0294 9 825 0757 0421 4 38 3K 0698 3161 9 19 6 0698 3429 2 909 0757 0422 5 42 2K 0698 3450 9 21 5 0698 3430 5 1 0K 0757 0280 3 46 4 0698 3162 0 23 7 0698 3431 6 1 1K 0757 0424 7 51 1K 0757 0458 7 26 1 0698 3432 7 1 21K 0757 0274 5 56 2K 0757 0459 8 28 7 0698 3433 8 1 33K 0757 0317 7 61 9K 0757 0460 1 31 6 0757 0180 2 1 47K 0757 1094 9 68 1K 0757 0461 2 34 8 0698 3434 9 1 62K 0757 0428 1 75 0K 0757 0462 3 38 3 0698 3435 0 1 78K 0757 0278 9 82 5K 0757 0463 4 42 2 0757 0316 6 1 96K 0698 0083 8 90 9K 0757 0464 5 46 4 0698 4037 0 2 15K 0698 0084 9 100K 0757 0465 6 51 1 0757 0394 0 2 37K 0698 3150 6 110K 0757 0466 7 56 2 0757 0395 1 2 61K 0698 0085 0 121K 0757 0467 8 61 9 0757 0276 7 2 87K 0698 3151 7 133K 0698 3451 0 68 1 0757 0397 3 3 16K 0757 0279 0 147K 0698 3452 1 75 0 0757 0398 4 3 48K 0698 3152 8 162K 0757 0470 3 82 5 0757 0399 5 3 83K 0698 3153 9 178K 0698 3243 8 90 9 0757 0400 9 4 22K 0698 3154 0 196K 0698 3453 2 100 075
411. or measurement of narrow resolution bandwidths SPECTRUM SIGNAL GENERATOR ANALYZER Li ADAPTER Figure 4 8 Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup 3 MHz to 100 kHz EQUIPMENT Signal 0 8640 Extender Cable HP 5060 0303 Adapter SMC m to HP 1250 0831 Adapter BNC f to BNC HP 1250 0080 Adapter m to f 2 required HP 1250 0780 BNC Cable 120 cm 481 HP 10503A Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 222222 0 000000000000 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 75 0 2 0000000000000000 HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA essen HP 1250 1200 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 15 RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH ACCURACY Cont d PROCEDURE WARNING This test must be performed with power supplied to the instrument and with protective covers removed The test should be performed only by service trained personnel who are aware of the hazards involved 1 Set equipment controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer START M a gusce 10 MHz FREQUENGY SPAN DIV
412. oscope trace for approximately a 5V to 5V ramp 5 46 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 27 SWEEP TIME PER DIVISION ADJUSTMENT Cont d 6 Adjust A8R10 1 ms adjustment for a 10 ms ramp time Measure dead time of ramp MIN ACTUAL MAX 0 25 ms 0 40 ms 7 Set spectrum analyzer SWEEP TIME DIV to 2 mSEC Adjust A8R13 2 ms adjustment for a 20 ms ramp time Measure dead time of ramp MIN ACTUAL MAX 6 0 ms 9 0 ms 8 Set SWEEP TIME DIV to 1 mSEC Frequency counter should read sweep time plus dead time 10 ms dead time 40 05 ms Adjust A8R10 if necessary to obtain an indication of 10 ms dead time 0 05 ms 9 Set SWEEP TIME DIV to 2 mSEC Frequency counter should read sweep time plus dead time 20 ms dead time 0 10 ms Adjust A8R13 if necessary to obtain an indication of 20 ms dead time 0 10 ms 10 Repeat steps 8 and 9 until the sweep time plus dead time dt for the 1 ms and 2 ms sweeps are within limits MIN ACTUAL MAX 10 ms dt 0 05 ms 10 ms dt 0 05 ms 20ms dt 0 10ms 20ms dt 0 10ms 5 47 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 28 FREQUENCY CONTROL AND DPM ADJUSTMENTS REFERENCE A1 and A7 Schematics DESCRIPTION The 14 5V and REF V voltages are adjusted and the 10 0V voltage is checked The frequency limits and linearity of the YIG oscillator are set ranging DISPLAY The FREQUENCY MHz readout is adjust
413. osition aligned with painted arrow on front panel Turn SWEEP TIME DIV knob to any calibrated sweep time position and align knob markings exactly with painted arrow on front panel Tighten SWEEP TIME DIV knob and check for proper switch operation and alignment Uncouple RESOLUTION BW Shaft 61 from FREQ SPAN DIV Shaft 9 by pulling both shafts out Turn each shaft fully clockwise Use a no 4 hex wrench to install FREQ SPAN DIV knob with 100 MHz indicated checking that the plastic indicator guide on back of knob does not completely bottom into hole in Front Switch Diecast 1 Install RESOLUTION BW Knob with 3 MHz indicated Check for proper operation and alignment of both switches Push pull action should be smooth and positive Set nylon shim washer s and Index Disc see Figure 6 2 in place on REFERENCE LEVEL knob to check for proper shim width Nylon washers should shim Index Disc slightly away from labelled ring on REFERENCE LEVEL knob to prevent rubbing against painted numbers Add or remove shim washers as necessary to provide slight clearance Turn Attenuator Drive Rotor 8 fully counter clockwise so that Input Attenuator Pointer guide pin P O 8 is at bottom of front panel Turn Ref Level Shaft 6 fully clockwise Place plastic Input Attenuator Pointer over guide pin pointer should indicate 70 dB Place large end of conical spring against Input Attenuator Pointer and slide REFERENCE LEVEL knob nylon washer s and Index Disc from step
414. overtone of the SAWR Aithough A9L4 is called the LO FREQ adjustment it is used to adjust for maximum LO output power and has only a slight effect on the output frequency Inductor A9L5 provides a dc path for base bias of buffer amplifier A9Q2 Diodes A9CRI and CR2 provide temperature compensation for the 280 MHz oscillator and indirectly stabilize the CAL OUTPUT level Power is taken out of the oscillator through L6 which transforms the output to approximately 50 ohms at a level of 0 dBm The output level of the circuit is controlled by 3RD LO PWR adjustment A9RS which sets the emitter current of A9Q1 and allows adjustment f6r a 30 dBm 280 MHz front panel CAL OUTPUT level It is sometimes necessary to select a different value for to provide the proper third LO output level Buffer amplifier 902 provides isolation for the 280 MHz oscillator and provides about 10 dB of power gain to the L port of balanced mixer U1 The buffer amplifier also provides the proper output level to the front panel CAL OUTPUT by selecting A9R9 for a given balanced mixer input Balanced Mixer Third Mixer The third LO 280 MHz input to the L port of the balanced mixer is approximately 10 dBm The level of the second IF 301 4 MHz input to the X port of the mixer is about 12 dBm or less The third mixer output Port R is the 21 4 MHz difference frequency produced by heterodyning the 301 4 MHz IF and the 280 MHz LO The third mixer has a conversion loss of about 7 dB
415. ows Spectrum Analyzer START iiri rere ee e eve ee uev in neni in in tane CENTER pisse 500 MHz FREQ SPAN DIV eise ton ceo ee eU vet ve ete ves Uu ud 100 MHz 1 2 10 LEVEL 3 niet eee iere eroe ie eere LEE e ee PE erae EE e oe E ena e 10 dBm 002 40dBmV DII UE 0 me 1 dB DIV SWEEP AUTO BASELINE CLIPPER OFF VIDEO FILTER OFF Sweep Oscillator ASIE 10 MHz STOP er 1 5 GHz SWEEP UL IM MID EM M M MI MIN M MI MAN POWER 1 0 dBm PEC gaiseldienuce 500 MHz 2 Connect equipment as shown in 5 19 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 5 19 ADJUSTMENTS SLOPE ADJUS
416. oximately 3 dB and 3 dB bandwidth of about 12 MHz Figure 8 24 Bandpass Amplifier Tank Circuit Simplified Schematic 8 59 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 914 LO FREQ A9R5 3RD LO PRW ADJUSTED THRU BOTTOM OF 8558B SLOPE COMP m 2ND IF TUNING ADJUSTED THRU BOTTOM OF 8558B Figure 8 25 A9 Third Converter Assembly and A10 Second IF Assembly Component Locations 8 60 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 61 through 8 62 Model 8558B 1 1 6625 3061 14 A11 BANDWIDTH FILTER 1 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Description Bandwidth Filter No 1 operates at 21 4 MHz and is variable in bandwidth from 3 MHz to 1 kHz The front panel RESOLUTION BW switch is used to select one of eight available bandwidth settings 3 MHz 1 MHz 300 kHz 100 kHz 30 kHz 10 kHz 3 kHz or 1 kHz The narrower bandwidths 1 kHz through 30 kHz are obtained from four synchronously tuned crystal filters the four wider bandwidths 100 kHz through 3 MHz from four synchronously tuned LC tank circuits The four stages of bandwidth filters are on two similar printed circuit boards Bandwidth Filter No 1 A11 and Bandwidth Filter No 2 A13 Two LC tank circuits and two crystal filters are on each board The four crystals in the two bandwidth assemblies A11Y1 A11Y2 A13Y1 and A13Y2 are a factory selected matched set If replacement of a Bandwidth Filter as
417. part or all of Operation warning BEFORE THIS INSTRUMENT IS SWITCHED ON the oscilloscope mainframe protective earth terminal must be connected through protective conductor of the ac power cable to a socket outlet provided with protective earth contact Failure to ground the instrument can result in personal injury warning The 85588 Spectrum Analyzer should not be operated without protective covers out of the mainframe Adjustments Service and Adjustments warning There are voltages at many points in the instrument which can if contacted cause personal injury Be extremely careful Service and adjustments should be performed trained service personnel warning the equipment Do not proceed beyond CAUTION sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met The WARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in injury or loss of life Do not proceed beyond a WARNING sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met performance tests and service procedures which require operation of the 8558B out of the mainframe should be performed only by trained service personnel CAUTION BEFORE THIS INSTRUMENT IS SWITCHED ON make sure that the oscilloscope mainframe is set to the voltage of the ac power source Failure to set the ac power input to the cor
418. rect voltage could cause damage to the instrument when the ac power cable is plugged in warning Any interruption of protective grounding conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnection of the protective earth terminal may cause personal injury TM 11 6625 3061 14 This manual contains copyright material reproduced by permission of the Hewlett Packard Company Valley Forge PA 19482 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Technical Manual HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY No 11 6625 3061 14 Washington DC 1 January 1986 OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL AND DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL SPECTRUM ANALYZER HEWLETT PACKARD MODEL 8558B Includes Option 001 and Option 002 SERIAL NUMBERS This manual applies directly to instruments with serial numbers prefixed 2147A With modifications described in Section VII this manual also applies to instruments with the serial prefixes 1914A through 2145A For additional important information about serial numbers see INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL in Section REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this manual If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures please let us know Mail your letter DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms or DA Form 2028 2 located in the back of this manual direct to Commander US Army Communications Electronics Command and Fort Monmouth AT
419. requency Range 100 kHz to 1 5 GHz Maximum SWR 1 1 0 1 to 1 GHz Frequency Range 200 MHz to 300 MHz Gain gt 20 dB Impedance 50 Q Frequency Range 4 MHz to 305 MHz Drift Less than 50 ppm or 5 Hz whichever is greater Harmonic Distortion gt 30 dB below fundamental Noise Sidebands gt 80 dB down 50 kHz away 1 kHz BW Frequency Range 5 MHz to 1500 MHz Manual Sweep Frequency Range 10 MHz to 1 5 GHz Flatness external leveling lt 0 1 dB Frequency Range 10 MHz to 1 5 GHz Accuracy 0 01 Frequency Range 5 kHz to 5 MHz Frequency Range 10 MHz to 1 5 GHz Frequency Response 0 2 dB octave to 2 GHz 0 5 dB overall TM 11 6625 3061 14 Recommended Model HP 181T TR HP 1741A HP 5342A HP 5308A HP 3455A HP 435A B HP 8482A HP 8447D HP 8640B HP 8444A Opt 059 HP 8350A HP 83522A HP 141T 8552B 8555A HP 8406A HP 3310A HP 423B P Performance Test Adjustment T Troubleshooting 1 14 Use Model 8558B Equipment 300 MHz LPF Power Splitter 10 dB Attenuator 2 required Step Attenuator Step Attenuator Termination Type N Cable BNC Cable 20 cm 9 in BNC Cable 120 cm 48 in 2 required Cable Cable Cable Adapter Adapter Adapter Adapter Adapter Table 1 4 Hecommended Test Equipment 2 of 4 Critical Specifica
420. roper display Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 8 2 Residual FM Troubleshooting Procedure 2 of 2 Troubleshooting Step Probable FM Source 10 Disconnect one end of A7C13 and repeat step 8 A7C13 A7C14 Reconnect A7C13 disconnect one end of A7C4 and again repeat step 8 11 Remove A7CR2 and 7022 If FM is still present Calibrate single shot circuit remove A7Q21 and A7Q23 on Frequency Control Assy 7 12 Remove A7R55 and repeat step 8 YIG FM coil driver circuit on Frequency Control Assy A7 Probably A7U1 Disconnect one end of A7VR VR3 or A7CH9 repeat step 8 Control 7 d U U ive U COUT U Refer to the Control Assembly schematic diagram for further troubleshooting 8 12 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Slightly Sharp Peak a High Residual FM Caused By Zener Diode b High Residual FM Caused by IC c High Residual FM Caused by A7CR2 or A5 Second Converter d Double Lobe Caused by A704 Figure 8 3 CRT Displays for Residual FM Troubleshooting Figure 8 4 Baseline Step Caused by Failure of 7018 8 13 8 14 blank TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 15 through 8 18 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A1A2 DPM DRIVER ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION The DPM circuit is a dc voltmeter that measures a tuning voltage from Frequency Control Assembly A7 and converts it to a front panel frequency readout The
421. rtion Products Residual Responses Test Setup Frequency Response Test Setup Input Attenuator Accuracy Test Reference Level Accuracy Test Setup Amplitude Log Display Accuracy Test Setup Calibrator Accuracy Test Setup Second Converter LO and Bandpass Adjustment Test Setup I 9g M s 00 f j o 4 16 are ajo Figure 5 2 Page Special Adapter Used in Second Converter LO and Bandpass Test Setup Third Converter LO and CAL OUTPUT Adjustment Test Setup Slope Adjustment Test Setup Second IF Bandpass Amplifier and Bandpass Filter Adjustment Test Setup Crystal and LC Bandwidth Filter Adjustment Test Setup 5 27 Crystal Short Configuration Adjusting Crystal Symmetry and Crystal 3 dB Bandwidth Adjustment Test Setup Step Gain Assembly RF Gain Adjustment Test Step Amplifier Gain Adjustment Test Setups ries 5 39 19 5V Adjustment Test Setup 5 43 Log Amplifier and Linear Adjustment Test Setup Sweep Time Per Division Adjustment Test Setup Frequency Control and DPM Adjustments Test I dB Offset Adjustmen
422. s J 1 F 5 t 1 H Tu no e 1 po REF LEVEL e Wei em s SN 5 SS ae Wa ic eS ies 10 005 Sus ness eae e H CAN _ 4 lt 9 8 57 29 190 Siow Ho in L m 155 v won VERT 1 E Dee PEN coge scis COME gt gt ow P cour vec poe vus 13 Tine rca iN x MAR by LL _ AUK D Y m EO r b _ 199 175 eme L T TT EE 22 TM US de sweer 4 Fue 4 Fe ai EC erre xls qoe cuan 25 9 s x Ms E FREQUENCY CONTROL 9s AB SWEEP 3 L2 2042532 n gt STEP GAIN 1 AG YIG OSCILLATOR i 4 GENERATOR 1 nan 1 ee 341 1 1 E n FROM Pi prone MEET oe z n c d mm 1 ARAI FRONT SWITCH eer TR lt Tra eat a 1 t a T 3600 FROM PI 4 FRONT SWITCH 1 1 ARAT FRONT SWITCH 1 1 Fm LESER H E
423. s current the total resistance RT is maximum and the stage gain is approximately unity 0 dB Se Figure 8 26 In the sixth and seventh stages an alternate signal path is used to set the gain at about 5 dB per stage The purpose of this fixed gain is to scale properly between the log and linear modes These stages are activated by the 8VT from the AMPLITUDE SCALE switch through R34 LIN R93 and R101 and finally through the cathodes of CR25 and CR28 The combined gain of the two stages is adjusted with R34 LIN which controls the dc bias current in the PIN diodes Step Gain Operation The Log Amplifier Board Assembly provides 40 dB of step gain in 10 dB steps This gain combined with 50 dB of step gain from Step Gain Assembly A12 will produce up to 90 dB of total step gain The amount of step gain is selected by the front panel REFERENCE LEVEL switch A2A1S1 The control lines from A2AiS1 IFG4 IFG5 and IFG6 control the step gain on the Log Amplifier Board Assembly Step Gain When in Log Mode When in log mode control lines IFG4 IFG5 and IFG6 route 15V to the Log Offset circuit through R24 R25 and R26 This forward biases diodes CR32 CR33 and CR31 The Log Offset circuit provide 10 20 30 or 40 dB of step gain depending on the state of the control lines See Log Offset circuit description Step Gain When in Linear Mode In linear mode amplifier stages 2 3 4 and 5 are used to provide 40 dB of step gain in 10 dB st
424. s from the display mainframe disconnect line power by removing the ac power cord 1 Remove side covers from bottom section of mainframe Remove only right side cover if mainframe is a rack mounted model 2 Use flathead machine screws to install side stops as shown in Figure 2 110 3 Reinstall side covers on mainframe 4 Place caution label on front panel of spectrum analyzer upper right hand corner to indicate that plug in is secured with side stops 2 12 To remove side stops WARNING Before removing covers from the display mainframe disconnect line power by removing the ac power cord 1 Remove side covers from bottom section of mainframe Remove only right side cover if mainframe is a rack mounted model 2 Remove side stops SeelFigure 2 1 3 Reinstall side covers on display mainframe 2 13 Graticule Overlays 2 14 To install a graticule overlay 1 Select proper overlay HP part number 5020 8565 is for 180TR display mainframes HP part number 5020 8566 for 181T TR display mainframes and HP part number 5020 8567 for 182T display mainframes 2 2 TM 11 6625 3061 14 2 For 180TR and 181T TR mainframes remove CRT bezel and metallic mesh contrast filter Insert proper overlay and replace contrast filter and CRT bezel 3 For 182T mainframes grasp top portion of CRT bezel and pull straight up Remove metallic mesh contrast filter and insert proper overlay and contrast filter Either the
425. sembly is necessary the new board is shipped with two crystals installed The other two crystals which must be used to replace the existing two crystals in the good Bandwidth Filter assembly are packaged separately and shipped with the new Bandwidth Filter board In addition to the filter stages each Bandwidth Filter provides 10 dB of gain in both LC and crystal filter operation There is some gain in the unity gain buffer amplifiers 10 dB Input Buffer Amplifier The 10 dB input buffer amplifier functions as a non inverting operational amplifier QI Q2 85 86 87 199 2 81 29 log G 9 48 In the crystal mode bandwidths 30 kHz the amplifier includes Q3 The biasing of the amplifier is independent of its ac 21 4 MHz operation but is very critical for its proper functioning If a malfunction occurs the dc bias should be checked first In the LC mode the four wider bandwidths the BW5 line goes to 14 8V and turns off current source The current supplied by Q3 in the crystal mode is then supplied through CR1 and R13 from the BW5 line Unity Gain Buffer Amplifier The unity gain buffer amplifier is the same as the 10 dB input buffer amplifier except that it has a FET input Q5 and is connected for unity gain The input is selected by the BW5 line from CR9 in the LC mode or from CR8 in the crystal mode In the crystal mode the current through Q5 is determined by the difference betwe
426. sign Put it on an SF 368 Quality Deficiency Report Mail it to Commander US Army Communications Electronics Command and Fort Monmouth ATTN AMSEL ME MP Fort Monmouth NJ 07703 5007 We ll send you a reply 0 5 ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE Administrative storage of equipment issued to and used by Army activities will have preventive maintenance performed in accordance with the PMCS charts before storing When removing the equipment from administrative storage the PMCS should be performed to assure operational readiness Disassembly and repacking of equipment for shipment or limited storage is covered in paragraph 2 23 0 6 DESTRUCTION OF ARMY ELECTRONICS MATERIEL Destruction of Army electronics materiel to prevent enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750 244 2 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B 8558B 4 e REFERENCE SP ire oe P 1 Wien e Vos amp SIDE STOP KIT 08558 60131 ADAPTER TERMINATION 1250 0780 11593A SPECTRUM ANALYZER OVERLAY KIT 5060 0319 5020 8565 5020 8566 5020 8567 Figure 1 1 HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer with Accessories Supplied 1 0 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 This Operation and Service manual contains information required to install operate test adjust and service the Hewlett Packard Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer Figure 1 1 shows the standard instrument and accessories suppl
427. span for time domain analysis of modulation waveforms Display amplitude calibration not automatically guaranteed for other frequency spans MAN Enables manual frequency scan using MAN SWEEP knob PROBE POWER Provides power for high impedance active probes such as the HP 1121A Seb Section of HP 8558B Operation and Service Manual for details regarding use with Options 001 and 002 FREQ SPAN DIV Selects CRT horizontal axis frequency calibration MHz DIV kHz DIV Selects desired frequency span Alignment of OPTIMUM markings gt lt selects optimum resolution bandwidth 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 0 Zero Span Spectrum analyzer operates as a manually tuned receiver at frequency indicated by FREQUENCY MHz readout for time domain display of signal modulation 16 calibrated sweep times selectable with SWEEP TIME DIV control 11 REF LEVEL CAL Adjusts spectrum analyzer RF gain to calibrate top CRT graticule line for absolute amplitude measurements RESOLUTION BW Selects spectrum analyzer 3 dB bandwidth Alignment of OPTIMUM markings gt lt automatically selects optimum resolution bandwidth for any frequency span Control pushed in to couple mechanically with FREQ SPAN DIV CAL OUTPUT BNC output provides 280 MHz 30 dBm calibration signal from 50f output impedance Option 001 280 MHz 30 dBm calibration signal from 759 output impedance Option 002 280 MHz 20 dB
428. spectral line and ninth graticule line Error should no greater than 0 4 division div Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 5 MHz Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure error between fifth spectral line and ninth graticule line Error should be no greater than 0 4 division div Set comb generator COMB FREQUENCY MHz for 1 MHz comb Set spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN DIV to 2 MHz Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure error between 17th spectral line and ninth graticule line Error should be no greater than 0 4 division div Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 1 MHz Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure error between ninth spectral line and ninth graticule line Error should be no greater than 0 4 division div Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 500 kHz Adjust TUNING control to position one spectral line at first graticule line Measure error between fifth spectral line and ninth graticule line Error should no greater than 0 4 division div Set comb generator COMB FREQUENCY MHz for 10 MHz comb Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING to position a spectral line at center graticule line Turn on comb generator INTERPOLATION AMPLITUDE 1 MHz Set function generator frequency to 200 kHz 0 5 using frequency counter Connect function generator output to comb generator MODULATION input Set function generator OUTPUT LEVEL for a clean 2
429. spectrum analyzer is calibrated for absolute amplitude and frequency measurements During normal operation the FREQUENCY CAL pushbutton should be pressed whenever the tuning is changed by more than 50 MHz This removes tuning hysteresis and ensures maximum frequency accuracy Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 1 GAINS FIRE HAZARO Y SAME AND RATING OF FUSE Figure 3 2 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 2 of 2 3 7 3 8 blank Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 SECTION IV PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 1 INTRODUCTION 4 2 The procedures in this section test the electrical performance of the instrument against the specifications in Section 1 The performance tests included in this section are listed in alo 4 1 Most of the tests can be performed without access to the interior of the instrument If a test measurement is marginal perform the appropriate adjustment procedures in Section V Table 4 1 Performance Tests Paragraph Frequency Span Accuracy Tuning Accuracy Residual FM Noise Sidebands Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Average Noise Level Spurious Responses Residual Responses Frequency Response Bandwidth Switching Amplitude Variation Input Attenuator Accuracy Reference Level Accuracy Display Fidelity Calibrator Accuracy 4 1 4 3 INSTRUMENTS TESTED 4 4 Since a 180 series Display mainframe is required for operation of the HP Model 8558B
430. ss straightforward than ac 21 4 MHz operation and should be checked carefully 8 65 Model 8558B TM11 6625 3061 14 LC Filtering Circuits The two LC filtering circuits are used for the wider bandwidths 100 kHz through 3 MHz They are similar in function the first LC pole circuit is described A schematic of the simplified equivalent circuit is shown below OU The LC filter uses a metallized inductor L6 in parallel with three capacitors C23 LC CTR for centering C21 for temperature compensation and C20 The parallel circuit is driven through PIN diode CR3 which functions as a variable resistor The BW7 line sets the current through CR3 Higher resistance results in narrower bandwidth A simplified schematic of the first LC pole circuit is shown inlEiqure 8281 LC FEED BACK Figure 8 28 LC Pole Simplified Schematic 8 66 Model 8558B 1 1 6625 3061 14 C73 and L5 tune out the capacitance of R19 sets the 100 kHz bandwidth when is back biased i e highest resistance CR5 is controlled by the LC FEEDBACK pot R26 and compensates for losses in the parallel resonant circuit In the second LC pole circuit fixed resistor R56 replaces CR5 Low gain in one of the poles in the 100 kHz bandwidth is caused by 1 The pole being centered at some frequency other than 21 4 MHz a defective metallized inductor is most common 2 The Q of the pole being too low not a common failure 3 In
431. ssary to center the LO feedthrough 5 49 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 28 FREQUENCY CONTROL AND DPM ADJUSTMENTS Cont d 9 10 11 12 13 Couple FREQ SPAN DIV and RESOLUTION BW controls Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 100 MHz DIV Set comb generator frequency to 100 MHz Adjust TUNING to approximately 500 MHz for full screen display of comb teeth Adjust TUNING A7R1 3 55 GHZ and A7R2 3 55 FINE to align comb teeth on vertical graticule lines one tooth per division Repeat steps 7 and 8 A7R1 3 55 GHZ adjustment has a slight effect on A7R3 2 0 GHZ adjustment Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 1 MHz and comb generator frequency to 1 MHz Adjust TUNING to approximately 750 MHz Adjust A7R6 FM to align comb teeth on vertical graticule lines one tooth per division Digital Panel Meter Adjustment 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 500 kHz Center LO feedthrough Press FREQUENCY CAL button and re center LO feedthrough Adjust FREQUENCY ZERO control for FREQUENCY MHz readout of 00 0 Set comb generator frequency to 100 MHz Adjust TUNING to center 1500 MHz tooth 15th tooth from LO feedthrough Press FREQUENCY CAL button and re center comb tooth Adjust A1A2R3 REF for FREQUENCY MHz readout of 1500 1 Adjust A7R8 RNG fully clockwise Set comb generator frequency to 10 MHz Adjust TUNING to center 190 MHz comb tooth 19th tooth from LO feedthrough Adjust A7R7 GAIN for FREQUENC
432. steresis is cancelled 8 39 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 When the FREQ CAL button is released the 6 0V reference line jumps to approximately 1V The charge on capacitor A7C8 turns on A7Q23 which then turns on Q21 7 8 021 and Q23 form a Miller Integrator and the 6 0V reference line slowly charges to 6 0 This takes about 0 3 second and prevents the introduction of transients into the main coil However as long as the 6 0V reference line is charging the conduction of A7Q23 keeps FET switch A7Q4 off still disabling the main coil filter The charge on A7C13 C14 has no path for discharge and remains the same This allows the YIG Oscillator to return to the previous frequency faster since A7C13 and C14 do not have to be recharged 8 40 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 788 RNG RANGE ATR7 GAIN ATR72 OFS OFFSET A7R5 14 5V REF V R4 ATR3 2 0 GHz A7R2 3 55 FINE or 1 3 3 PLACES Li Q Figure 8 19 A7 Frequency Control Assembly Component and Test Point Locations MP4 MP58 MP9 16 4 PLACES 4PLACES CIRCUIT SIDE OF BOARD 8 42 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 43 through 8 44 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A8 SWEEP GENERATOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Description The Sweep Generator Assembly generates a 5 volt to 5 volt linear sweep voltage The sweep voltage controls
433. sufficient feedback from the buffer amplifier 4 Defective buffer amplifier is loading the circuit If the 100 kHz bandwidth amplitude is correct but that of the 300 kHz bandwidth is too low either C73 or C74 might not be properly adjusted If the 300 kHz amplitude is too high the four LC poles are not tuned close enough to the same frequency In either case refer to Adjustments 8 67 1 1 6625 3061 14 Model 8558B Figure 8 29 A11 Bandwidth Filter No 1 Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 68 TM 11 1247 B THIS PAGE MISSING NOT AVAILABLE FOR DIGITIZATION PAGES 8 69 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 A12 STEP GAIN CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION General Description The Step Gain Assembly contains three amplifier stages to provide a 0 to 50 dB amplification of the 21 4 MHz third IF signal The amplifier stages are selected by front panel REF LEVEL dBm switch A2S1 At the output of the final amplifier is a two section bandpass filter In conjunction with the front panel REF LEVEL FINE control the step gain assembly also contains the circuitry for the O to 12 dB fine control for the reference level A TEST NORM switch is available in TEST position tests are made at a low gain level 0 12 dB Control A minimum current flow through PIN diode A12CR3 maximum allowable diode resistance is established by the 12 dB potentiometer A12R6 so the diode is never completely cutoff Adjustment of A12R6 sets the 0 3 dB point
434. t Limiter U1 cable connects Limiter to Input Attenuator A3 4 Cut plastic tiewrap holding brown CAL OUTPUT Cable W8 to Front Switch Standoff 69 5 Disconnect 50 conductor Ribbon Cable A2A1W3 53 from Motherboard Assembly A16 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Turn HP 8558B right side up with front panel facing you Disconnect 14 conductor Ribbon Cable A2AIWI 52 from DPM Driver Assembly A1A2 Fold cable up away from board Remove the four Screws 19 attaching DPM Driver Assembly A1A2 to DPM Mounting Brackets 20 21 Disconnect four wires 0 916 918 923 from upper right corner of Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 next to FREQUENCY ZERO potentiometer Remove the four screws attaching Front Switch Diecast 1 to left and right side gussets Remove Front Switch Assembly A2 with Front Panel and RF Input Attenuator from HP 8558B chassis and set chassis to one side DISASSEMBLY OF FRONT SWITCH ASSEMBLY NOTE It is not necessary to remove front panel all connectors and all knobs to service Front Switch Board Assembly A2A1 steps 11 24 Remove the following front panel knobs using a no 4 hex Allen wrench FINE TUNE COARSE TUNE RESOLUTION BW FREQ SPAN DIV REF LEVEL FINE and REFERENCE LEVEL including Index Disc Retaining Clip Nylon Spacer Washer s Conical Spring and Input Attenuator pointer Remove VIDEO FILTER and BASELINE CLIPPER knobs us
435. t Test Setup Cable Assembly W1 08558 60038 or 08558 60031 Replaceable Parts Mechanical Chassis Parts Front Switch Assembly Mechanical Chassis Parts CHANGE Front Panel Assembly CHANGE A Front Switch Assembly A2 Schematic CHANGE A Log Amplifier Log and Linear Adjustment Test Setup CHANGE B A14 Log Amplifier Component and Test Point Locations CHANGE Figure 7 6 n X e N ko 9 e m 8 4 8 5 Oo 0 JOU 3 4 co P e m co IN m e Table 1 1 1 2 1 3 11 6625 3061 14 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page Figure 1 A14 Log Amplifier Assembly Schematic CHANGE 7 25 A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF 8 22 Component Locations CHANGE P O A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Schematic Diagram CHANGE C 8 24 A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Component Locations CHANGE F 8 25 P O A9 Third Converter and A10 Second IF Schematic Diagram CHANGE F Symbols Used in Schematics and Block Conditions for Schematic Diagram 8 27 24 8 28 CRT Displays for Residual FM 8 29 Troubleshooting 2 8 13 Baseline Step Caused b
436. t circuit offsets the ramp voltage by 5 volts so the ramp voltage when START frequency is selected is from OV to 10V instead of 5V to 5V Sweep Generator Circuit The sweep ramp is generated in the following cycle See Figure 8 211 When transistor Q10 turns on the sweep ramp is initiated At the beginning of the sweep cycle the voltage at TP3 is 4V and dead time capacitor C15 is charging toward 15V through R33 When the anode voltage on CR11 reaches 1 5V Q10 turns on and the TP5 voltage becomes 3V Pin 2 of U1 is at 5V and comparator U1 toggles to its positive supply voltage of 14 5V CR5 is now reverse biased The current source can begin charging timing capacitors C3 and C4 positively forming the positive slope of the sweep ramp As the sweep ramp level approaches 5V at TP8 the U1 feedback circuit takes control holding pin 2 of U1 at 2 68V and temporarily bringing pin 6 out of saturation The anode voltage of zener diode VR1 equals the voltage at pin 6 minus 10V gt 10V 8 45 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 QRETRACE gt OUT BUFFER CURRENT BUFFER COMPARATOR SOURCE AMPLIFIER U2A Q4 Q5 DEAD TIME 2 68V 3 04 CAPACITOR TIMING DIODE CAPACITOR 14V DURING SWEEP TIME GROUND 4V DURING DEAD TIME FOR C3 WITH Q53 ON Figure 8 21 Simplified Schematic of Sweep Generator in AUTO Mode 8 46 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 As the volt
437. tages from control potentiometers A2R1 and A2R2 shown on A2 schematic are applied to the noninverting and inverting inputs respectively of A7U2 A7U2 sums these voltages and applies the voltage sum to the junction of A7R52 and R53 It is in turn summed with the attenuated sweep signal from the output of the sweep buffer A7US if 2 MHz DIV or wider frequency spans have been selected In narrower frequency spans the input of buffer A7US is grounded so only the summed tuning voltages are applied to A7UA YIG FM Coil Driver The FM Coil Driver consists of A7U1 Q17 Q18 and FM adjust R6 Selecting 1 MHz DIV and narrower frequency spans enables the YIG FM Coil Gate allowing the attenuated sweep to be applied to the YIG FM Coil Driver A7Q15 is on and Q16 is off A7U1 converts the sweep ramp voltage into current to drive the YIG FM coil Transistors A7Q17 Q18 biased at cutoff and provide additional current drive The FM adjust A7R6 sets the maximum FM coil current YIG Main and FM Coil Gates The YIG Coil Gates determine which YIG coil is used to control the YIG oscillator frequency The YIG Coil Gates are selected by the Scan Select which is controlled by FREQ SPAN DIV control A2S6 Main Coil Gate When 2 MHz DIV and wider frequency spans are selected the base of transistor A7U5C is returned to 12 6V through A7R11 and A8R131 A7USO is turned off and the collector rises to about 5V while the emitter drops to near 12 6V The collector of A
438. ted above Connect CAL OUTPUT to 8640B counter input connector through amplifier Frequency counter should indicate 280 MHz 300 kHz Use EXPAND X10 COUNTER MODE EXT 0 550 Set signal generator frequency to 280 MHz Connect output of signal generator to calibrated step attenuator and 75 ohm minimum loss adapter approximately 5 7 dB attenuation Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL to 5 aBm Set the step attenuator to 0 dB Connect minimum loss adapter through power sensor to power meter Set signal generator OUTPUT LEVEL for a 10 dBm Option 001 or 8 75 dBm Option 002 reading on power meter Leave the signal generator set at this level Set step attenuator to 20 dB and connect 30 dBm 20 dBm V reference signal from signal generator through step attenuator minimum loss adapter and 75 ohm cable to HP 8558B INPUT 75Q connector With Amplitude Scale switch set to 10 dB DIV adjust TUNING control to center signal on CRT display Peak amplitude of reference signal should be one division down from the top graticule line 4 57 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 4 25 PERFORMANCE TESTS CALIBRATOR ACCURACY Cont d Set Amplitude Scale switch to 1 dB DIV and adjust REF LEVEL FINE control so peak amplitude of reference signal is on seventh graticule line one division down from top Disconnect the reference signal and connect HP 85588 CAL OUTPUT through 75 ohm cable to INPUT 75g connector Signal peak amplitude should be one division
439. ted is given in the column The lists are designed to inventory all items in one TM 11 6625 3061 14 area of the major item before moving in to an adjacent area Usable on Code Not applicable I Quantity Required Qty Reqd This column lists the quantity of each item required for a complete major item g Quantity This column is left blank for use during the inventory Under the Rcvd column list the quantity you actually receive on your major item The Date columns are for your use when you inventory the major item B 2 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Section INTEGRAL COMPONENTS OF END ITEM a 2 3 4 5 ILLUSTRATION QUANTITY NATIONAL DESCRIPTION USUABLE FIG ITEM STOCK ON QTY NO NUMBER PART NUMBER CAGE LOCATION CODE REQD RCVD DATE SPECTRUM ANALYZER HP MODEL 8558B 28480 TM 11 6625 3061 14 APPENDIX D MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION Section 1 INTRODUCTION D 1 General This appendix provides a summary of the maintenance operations for Spectrum Analyzer HP Model 85588 authorizes categories of maintenance for specific maintenance function on repairable items and components and the tools and equipment required to perform each function This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance operations D 2 Maintenance Function Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows Inspect To determine the serviceability of an
440. th A15CR12 conducting the output of the blanking OR is held at a negative voltage level inhibiting blanking from the 8558B Vertical Baseline Comparator The vertical baseline comparator circuit consists of A15Q16 and Q8 The baseline clipping reference voltage is set by front panel BASELINE CLIPPER control A2R2 which varies the base voltage of A15Q16 The vertical preamplifier output signal is applied to the base of A15Q8 The signal voltage at the base of 1508 is compared to the dc reference on Q16 When the signal voltage becomes more negative than the reference Q8 turns on and the high input to its base turns A15Q4 on blanking the display Sweep Ramp High Low Limit Comparator Operational amplifier A15Q1A and Q1B is connected to form a comparator circuit A voltage divider made up of A15R6 R7 and R8 establishes a high and low voltage reference at UIA pin 2 and U1B pin 5 The switching limits are approximately 0 6V at U1B pin 5 low frequency blanking and 6 8V at U1A pin 2 high frequency blanking The signal to the other inputs of the comparator is the frequency analog voltage from the YIG main coil swept driver The frequency analog input voltage is proportional to the instantaneous frequency to which the analyzer is tuned and sweeps from 0 7V to 6 7V as the analyzer tunes from 0 to 1500 MHz If the YIG tuning voltage at U1B pin 6 goes below 0 6V the output of U1B rises to about 14V This turns on A15Q4 and blanks the display If the
441. th may be selected independently or coupled with frequency span Optimum ratio of frequency span to resolution bandwidth is indicated by alignment of markers on the two controls Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Individual resolution bandwidth 3 dB points 20 10 C to 40 C Selectivity 60 dB 3 dB resolution bandwidth ratio 15 1 Stability Residual FM 1 kHz p p in 0 1 second Noise Sidebands gt 65 dB down gt 50 kHz from center of CW signal with 1 kHz resolution bandwidth and full video filtering Video Filter Post detection low pass filter averages displayed noise for a smooth trace The MAX detent position selects a video filter bandwidth of approximately 1 5 Hz noise level measurement AMPLITUDE SPECIFICATIONS AMPLITUDE RANGE 117 dBm to 30 dBm 001 110 dBm to 30 002 63 dBm V to 80 dBm V Maximum Input Damage Levels Total Power 30 dBm 1W 7 1 Vrms 001 30 dBm 1W 8 7 Vrms 002 80 dBm V 1 3W 10 Vrms dc or ac lt 100 Hz 50V Peak Pulse Power 50 dBm 100W 10 usec pulse width 0 01 duty cycle with input attenuation gt 20 dB 002 100 dBm V 130W Average Noise Level The displayed average noise level determines sensitivity minimum discernible signal Signals at this input level peak approximately 3 dB above the displayed noise Maximum average noise level with 10 kHz resolution bandwidth 0 dB input attenuation and maximum MAX video filtering
442. the 8558B input attenuator accuracy SPECTRUM SIGNAL GENERATOR ANALYZER RF OUTPUT LJ ADAPTER ADAPTER STEP ATTENUATOR ADAPTER 001 AND 002 ADD 752 MINIMUM LOSS ADAPTER 750 CABLE AND ADAPTERS Figure 4 18 Input Attenuator Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Signal Generator HP 8640B Step Attenuator ai HP 355D Opt H82 Adapter m to f 2 required HP 1250 0780 Adapter BNG iride echo especie HP 1250 0216 BNG Cable 120 6m 48 In iiie toes tare sani C HC EUCH C CE EDO DH HP 10503A Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 50 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC HP 1250 0216 Adapter BNC f to SMA HP 1250 1200 Adapter 5 f to SMA 1 HP 1250 1158 BNC Cable 30cm 12 in 7 21 2 2 4 00000000 000 5 nnne nns ssi nnn nnns HP 11652 60012 4 43 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 22 INPUT ATTENUATOR ACCURACY Cont d PROCEDURE 1 Set controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer START
443. the final measurement of the 3 kHz bandwidth must be between 2700 Hz and 3300 Hz If the 10 kHz bandwidth cannot be brought within limits by adjustment of A8R72 XTL change the value of factory selected resistor 8 78 Set RESOLUTION BW to 1 kHz Tune signal generator to peak signal on display Adjust REF LEVEL FINE to place signal at 7 1 divisions Note the counter frequency Increase signal generator frequency until signal on CRT display peaks and then decreases to the fifth graticule line Record new counter frequency Compare new frequency with frequency originally noted in step 25 The difference between the two frequencies should be 450 Hz to 550 Hz Reconnect W7P2 to A9J1 5 32 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 ADJUSTMENTS 5 23 STEP GAIN ASSEMBLY RF GAIN ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE A12 Schematic DESCRIPTION The RF gain sensitivity of the Step Gain assembly is adjusted by injecting a 21 4 MHz signal at A16XA9 The Third Converter Assembly A9 is removed and replaced with a special extender board for applying the 21 4 MHz signal from the signal generator DIGITAL VOLTMETER SIGNAL GENERATOR POWER METER mm o o o o o ensena RF OUTPUT POWER ADAPTER El SENSOR dez EXTENDER BOARD ADAPTER BLACK LEAD TO PIN 1 EXTENDER BOARD WITH 51 12 RESISTOR IN AQ POSITION RESISTOR EXTENDER CABLE 5 ASSEMBLY SPECTRUM 9 O
444. through signal on display Press FREQUENCY CAL and readjust TUNING for peak Repeat reading of 00 0 3 Adjust TUNING for a FREQUENCY MHz reading of 5 0 MHz Adjust TUNING for peak and adjust FREQUENCY ZERO for a FREQUENCY MHz Press FREQUENCY CAL Set up equipment as shown in Figure 4 17 Connect the tracking generator 500 MHz LO OUTPUT to the THIRD LO INPUT rear panel 4 Set spectrum analyzer Amplitude Scale to 1 dB DIV and adjust REF LEVEL FINE to bring the trace on the display Peak the trace using tracking generator TRACK ADJ 4 38 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 20 FREQUENCY RESPONSE Cont d 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 15 Set power meter CAL FACTOR according to chart on power probe 5 MHz Set RANGE to 10 dBm Adjust tracking generator LEVEL to set a reference of 12 dBm on the power meter Adjust spectrum analyzer REF LEVEL FINE to position trace to fourth graticule line For each setting irl Table 4 5 a Adjust spectrum analyzer TUNING and press FREQUENCY CAL b Set power meter CAL FACTOR Adjust tracking generator TRACK ADJ to peak signal on display and adjust LEVEL to place signal on reference graticule d Record Power Meter Reading Disconnect Type N cable from power splitter Connect function generator LOW output to power splitter Set controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer FREQ SPAN DIV ccccccccccccseeccecceecccecuuecceccuaceeeuuecceecuaec
445. tion 001 Option 002 Resolution Bandwidth Option 910 1 9 Selectivity Accessories Supplied Average Noise Level i Termination Spurious Responses Cable Adapter Residual Responses Side Stop L Frequency Response Graticule Overlays 1 91 Bandwidth Switching Equipment Required But Amplitude Variation Not Supplied Input Attenuator Accuracy Display Mainframe Reference Level Accuracy Extender Cable Assembly Display Fidelity Measurement Accessories Calibrator Accuracy AC 240022 Modification Kit ADJUSTMENTS eee Option 807 Connections Introduction Oscilloscope Camera Equipment Service Accessories Adj
446. tions Rejection 50 dB for signals above 300 MHz Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1 5 GHz Input SWR 1 15 Frequency Range 100 kHz to 1 5 GHz Accuracy 0 5 dB Frequency Range 20 MHz to 305 MHz Attenuation 12 dB in I dB steps calibrated at 30 MHz by a standards lab Accuracy 0 25 dB Frequency Range 20 MHz to 305 MHz Attenuation 80 dB in 10 dB steps calibrated at 30 MHz and 280 MHz by a standards lab Accuracy 0 01 dB 0 02 10 dB step at calibrated frequencies Impedance 500 500 coaxial cable with m connectors on both ends 500 coaxial cable with BNC m connectors on both ends 500 coaxial cable with BNC m connectors on both ends BNC to Banana Plug SMC f to BNC m Banana Plug to Alligator Clips Banana plugs to BNC f N m to BNC f 3 required SMC m to BNC m BNC f to BNC f BNC Tee P Performance Test Adjustment T Troubleshooting 1 15 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Recommended Model Telonic TPL 3004AB HP 11667A HP 8491A Opt 010 HP 355C Opt H80 HP 355D Opt H82 HP 908A 11593A HP 11500A HP 10502A HP 10503A HP 11001A HP 11592 60001 HP 11102A HP 10111 HP 1250 0780 HP 1250 0831 HP 1250 0080 HP 1250 0781 Use P A P A Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 1 4 Hecommended Test Equipment 3 of 4 Recommended Equipme
447. tlement 2 5 PREPARATION FOR USE 2 6 Installation 2 7 When properly installed the spectrum analyzer obtains all necessary power from the display mainframe The rear panel connector provides the interface CAUTION BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT make sure it is adapted to the voltage of the ac power source to be used and the proper fuse is installed Failure to set the ac power input of the instrument 2 1 display mainframe Operation and Service Manual for line voltage and fuse selection 2 8 install the spectrum analyzer in the mainframe 1 Set display mainframe LINE switch to OFF 2 Pull out lock knob and slide plug in toward rear of compartment until it is seated firmly in place 3 Push in lock knob to secure spectrum analyzer in mainframe 2 9 Side Stop Kit 2 10 Installation of a Side Stop Kit HP part number 08558 60131 prevents the removal of the analyzer from the 180 series mainframe without the use of hand tools This kit contains two side stops mounting hardware label and installation instructions Refer to Table 2 1 for part numbers of individual items Table 2 1 Side Stop Kit 08558 60131 Description SIDE STOP MACHINE SCREW HP Part C Number D 08558 00094 7 2200 0168 9 440 438 IN LG 82 DEG FLATHEAD LABEL FRONT PANEL 7120 8131 7 LABEL INSTRUCTIONS 7120 8215 8 Model 8558B 2 11 To install side stops WARNING Before removing cover
448. troduction eeeeessssss 8 3 Service Information Index Figure Page 1 1 HP Model 8558B Spectrum Analyzer with Accessories Supplied Typical Serial Number Label Service Accessories Location of Side 5 HP 8558B Installed in HP 182T _ 1 1 3 m 3 5 3 2 Rear Panel Controls and Connectors 4 1 Frequency Span Accuracy Test Setup 4 3 4 2 Frequency Span Accuracy Measurement for Ninth Spectral 4 5 4 3 Frequency Span Accuracy Measurement for Seventeenth Spectral Line Tuning Accuracy Test Setup Residual FM Test Setup Example of Residual FM Noise Sideband Test Setup Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup 3 MHz to 100 kHz Resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Test Setup 1 kHz to 30 KHZ noiiire Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Test Setup 1 kHz to 30 KHz Resolution Bandwidth Selectivity Test Setup 100 kHz to 3 MHZ iei mie Average Noise Level Measurement Harmonic Distortion Test Setup Intermodulation Distortion Test Setup Intermodulation Disto
449. ts assemblies subassemblies D 2 TM 11 6625 3061 14 and modules with the next higher assembly b Column 2 Component Assembly Column 2 contains the noun names of components assemblies subassemblies and modules for which maintenance is authorized c Column 3 Maintenance Functions Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed column 2 When items are listed without maintenance functions it is solely for purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC and RPSTL coincide d Column 4 Maintenance Category Column 4 specifies by the listing of a work time figure in the appropriate subcolumn s the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3 This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories appropriate work time figures will be shown for each category The number of task hours specified by the work time figure represents the average time required to restore an item assembly subassembly components module end item or system to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions This time includes preparation time troubleshooting time and quality assurance quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks indentified for the mai
450. ubleshooting procedure provided in Table 8 2 can usually isolate the cause of residual FM to a particular circuit or circuit component Figure 8 3 shows how certain components affect FM in these procedures that the zener diode causes peaks which are sharp and extreme compared to the IC peaks leaky Model 8558B Table 8 1 Service Information Index 1 of 2 Subject General Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Hints Residual FM Sideband Noise Spurious Responses Baseline Step Troubleshooting Block Diagram General Principles of Operation Simplified Block Diagram DPM Driver Assembly A1A2 Schematic includes display Component Locations Circuit Description Front Switch Assembly A2 Schematic Board Assembly A2A1 Component Locations Disassembly and Repair Procedures Input Attenuator Assembly A3 Schematic Description First Converter Assembly A4 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Second Converter Assembly A5 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Frequency Control Assembly A7 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Sweep Generator Assembly A8 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description Third Converter Assembly A9 Schematic Component Locations Circuit Description 8 2 TM 11 6625 3061 14 Location Paragraph 8 10 o Follows Figure 8 14 Precedes Fiaure 8 18 Figure 8 18 Figure 8
451. ubminiature RF adapter so they will both turn with the body Be sure to space the nuts properly before soldering see 5 MAXIMUM SPACE PULL NUT TO END OF BODY BOTH SIDES SOLDER NUTS TO BODY Figure 5 2 Special Adapter Used in Second Converter LO and Bandpass Test Setup PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment as follows Spectrum Analyzer START REEERE EEEn CENTER 300 MHz FREQ SPAND V N 100 MHz 2 0 0 nn 1 MHz optimum iz WE 0 dB REFERENCE s t A nn at sess rn 30 dBm 002 20dBmV Amplitude 5 10 dB DIV SWEEP AUTO FREE RUN Frequency Counter 10 Hz 500 MHz 500 MHz 18 2 000 008800000 500 MHz 18 GHz SAMPLE a 7A l Full counter
452. um analyzer sweep might be triggered To stop the sweep turn SWEEP TRIGGER control clockwise Turn SWEEP TRIGGER control clockwise to initiate sweep Slowly turn BASELINE CLIPPER control until peaks of trace begin to appear on display It might be necessary to increase baseline clipping slightly near end of sweep to reduce blooming Trigger sweep at least one more time and check for residual responses from 1 to 1000 MHz Record frequency at which residual response of greatest amplitude appears MHz Set display to NORM mode Set spectrum analyzer BASELINE CLIPPER fully counterclockwise and SWEEP TRIGGER to FREE RUN Set FREQ SPAN DIV to 20 kHz and TUNING to center frequency of residual recorded in step 8 Narrow FREQ SPAN DIV and RESOLUTION BW using TUNING control to keep signal centered Use SWEEP TIME DIV control to reduce sweep speed until signal level does not rise when sweep speed is further reduced Residual response must be less than 100 dBm dBm 001 95 dBm 002 50 dBmV Repeat steps 1 through 5 Set START CENTER switch to START and repeat steps 6 and 7 4 35 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 19 RESIDUAL RESPONSES Cont d 14 Trigger sweep at least one more time and check for residual responses from 500 MHz to 1500 MHz Record frequency at which residual response of greatest amplitude appears MHz 15 Repeat step 9 16 Set spectrum analyzer FREQ SPAN DIV to 20 kHz and TUNING to center
453. used to calibrate NOISE LEVEL the frequency readout on a known signal or on the The following graphs show typical frequency response LO feedthrough and average noise level versus frequency _ FREQUENCY CAL 9 Removes tuning hysteresis from first LO YIG a cal Frenne nies oscillator FREQUENCY CAL button should be SM pressed to maintain FREQUENCY MHz readout accuracy whenever TUNING is changed by more vm than 50 MHz om FREQUENCY RANGE 8 0 OUT OF RANGE BLANKING 100 The CRT trace is automatically blanked whenever 10 LH the spectrum analyzer is swept or tuned beyond its 120 frequency range approximately 50 MHz and 1600 EE GOERS EM AU OOS MHz Frequency SPECTRAL RESOLUTION AND STABILITY Standard HP 8558B FREQUENCY DRIFT x At fixed start center frequency after 2 hour warmup Typical Frequency Response lt 50 kHz in 10 minutes 4 With temperature changes 200 kHz C RESOLUTION BANDWIDTH SHAPE 1 s Approximately gaussian synchronously tuned ie 4 pole filter i T MHz BW SPECTRAL RESOLUTION s 100xHz BW The following graph shows typical spectrum 201 BW analyzer resolution for different resolution M peer bandwidths us 10kHz ime 10MHz 100MHz 1GHz requancy Option 001 80 9 15 Typical Frequency Response 10 5 HI Noise Level 1MHz BW Amplitude Difference dB Amplitude dBmV m a
454. ustment Tools Recommended Test Equipment 1 11 Extender Cable Installation Related Adjustments Factory Selected Components Second Converter LO and Initial Bandpass Adjustments Preparation for Third Converter LO and CAL OUTPUT Adjustment Side Slope Graticule Overlays 5 20 Second IF Bandpass Amplifier and Mainframe Interconnections Bandpass Filter Adjustment Operating Environment 5 21 Crystal and LC Bandwidth 4 Filter Adjustments Storage and Shipment 3 dB Bandwidth Adjustment 5 29 Environment 5 23 Step Gain Assembly RF Gain Adjustment m RBRUM 5 24 Step Amplifier Gain PERATION Adjustments 5 35 Introduction ee 19 5V 5 39 Controls Indicators and Connectors 5 26 Log Amplifier Log and Control Grou
455. ute to give erroneous levels Figure 8 2 Conditions for Schematic Diagram Measurements 2 of 2 8 10 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Table 8 2 Residual FM Troubleshooting Procedure 1 of 2 Troubleshooting Step Probable FM Source Set 8558B controls as follows INPUT ATTEN REF LEVEL Option 002 30 dBm V FREQ SPAN DIV RESOLUTION BW SWEEP TIME DIV SWEEP TRIGGER AMPLITUDE SCALE VIDEO FILTER Tune LO feedthrough to the left edge of CHT display Main Coil Filter 704 and and make sure a double lobe 8 30 does not associated circuitry occur Center 280 MHz sianal on n CRT and d adjust F REF LEVEL FINE for a top of screen signal Coil Fitter A7Q4 and associated circuitry UIC hen center 280 MHz on CRT to step 11 Repeated operations should shift signal less than one major div ision stability A7TP6 6 A7VR2 A7TP7 14 5V A7NR1 Select a 10 kHz RESOLUTION BW and tune the spectrum analyzer so the 280 MHz signal skirt crosses the center frequency graticule line between the fourth and seventh horizontal graticule lines Switch to zero 0 span and select a 1 SEC DIV sweep time Peak to peak variations of the trace should not exceed one major vertical division for each major horizontal division Try FM step J TUNING id au dad TUNING potentiometer frequency with COARSE TUNING adjust FINE TUNING control for p
456. ward bias voltage of approximately 0 4V The gain of the amplifier is set by the ratio of R52 to the total resistance RT between the emitters of Q13 and Q8 example of gain computation is shown in Figure 8 36 RT is at a minimum approximately 150 ohms for small signals when the ac signal current in log diodes CR10 and CR11 is small compared to their dc bias current As the ac signal level is increased the ac signal current increases to the level of the dc bias current and RT increases because of current limiting in the diodes The initial maximum gain of the stage approximately 10 dB is set by the dc bias current through the log diodes The bias current is controlled by the temperature variable 8VT supply at the emitter of Q24 The final minimum gain of the stage 0 dB is set by the circuit configuration RT becomes very large and can be set further by the adjustment of R39 10 dB Q24 OFF R52 316 Vour 9VFI R52 1766 GAIN 48 20109 1 Rr Q24 ON e C30 316 29 R52 GAIN 48 20109 1 Figure 8 36 Simplified Log Amplifier Stage 8 81 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 Linear Mode of Operation Linear Gain In the linear mode the limiting action of the log diodes is removed from the seven amplifier stages The operation of the second stage is described 024 is turned off and the dc bias current through log diodes CR10 and CR11 is zero With zero dc bia
457. xtender Cable 5060 0303 Adapter SMC m to HP 1250 0831 Adapter BNC f to BNC f HP 1250 0080 Adapter Type m to BNC f 2 required HP 1250 0780 Cable HP 10503A Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 50Q nnns HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 750 201 2 441 0000000000000000000000 HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA 059889 1250 1200 PROCEDURE 1 Set equipment controls as follows Spectrum Analyzer START GENTER CENTER TONING 2 ee 50 2 FREQ 0 2 ananas 1 kHz 0 REFERENGE LEVEC 10 dBm 002 40 dBm V Amplitude Scale MEL 10 dB DIV SWEEP trana 5 mSEC SWEEP 7 FREE RUN BASELINE CLIPPER RE OFF VIBEOXEIETER eaten PD M D mM MM MM OFF Signal Generator COUNTER MODE 2 c EN INT EXPAND X10 nue OFF EM ne
458. y Failure of A7Q18 18 13 8 30 Simplified Block Diagram 8 31 Integrator and EOC Waveforms for FRE QUENCY MHz Display of 1296 MHz A1A2U1 Outputs for FREQUENCY MHz Display of 1296 2 A1A2 DPM Driver Component Locations 8 22 A1A2 DPM Driver and DPM Display 8 23 Front Switch Board Assembly 2 1 Component 8 26 A2 Front Switch Schematic Diagram 8 27 Input YIG 8 8 31 A4 First Converter Component LOCA ONS 8 32 8 42 A5 Second Converter Assembly Component Locations 8 33 Input Attenuator A4 First Converter A5 Second Converter and A6 YIG 8 44 Oscillator Schematic 8 35 8 45 A7 Frequency Control Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 42 8 46 A7 Frequency Control Schematic 8 43 8 47 LIST OF TABLES Page Table HP Model 85588 Specifications 1 3 Model 8558B 180 Series 2 1 Supplemental Characteristics 1 6 2 2 Parts Included in Modification Kit 00180 69503 1 10 4 1 Page Simplified Schematic of Sweep Generator AUTO
459. y using the output from a comb generator modulated by a function generator Since the comb generator produces frequency components separated by a precisely determined frequency interval the resultant spectral lines displayed on the CRT are evenly spaced when no span error exists in the instrument Thus span error is the cumulative variance of distance among the spectral line intervals displayed across the CRT The amount of span error is determined by comparing the distance of the first nine graticule divisions to the display distance of the corresponding spectral line intervals FUNCTION COMB SPECTRUM TIMER COUNTER GENERATOR GENERATOR ANALYZER QUTPUT ADAPTER BNC TEE Figure 4 1 Frequency Span Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Comb 40 8406 HP 5308A Function Generator HP 3310A BNC Cable 120 cm 48 nnns HP 10503A Adapter Type m to BNC f 2 required HP 1250 0780 BING uten es ud ette LM D M Ure TT M LM HP 1250 0781 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 750 HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA HP 1250 1200 Model 8558B TM 11 6625 3061 14 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 11 FREQUENCY SPAN ACCURACY
460. ystem in the spectrum analyzer A stable signal applied to the input of the spectrum analyzer is slope detected on the linear portion of the 10 kHz bandwidth filter in zero span fixed tuned receiver See Instability in the LO system in transferred to the IF signal the mixing process As the IF signal moves in relation to the center of the IF filter the attenuation of the signal changes in accordance with the skirt characteristics of the filter If the signal stays on the linear portion of the IF filter skirt the amplitude of the IF signal applied to the final detector and thus the level on the display is linearly related to the frequency of the IF signal See Figure 4 6 Therefore any variations in level seen on the display are linearly related to variations in LO frequency COMB SPECTRUM GENERATOR ANALYZER ADAPTER 7 OUTPUT ADAPTER 57 Figure 4 5 Residual FM Test Setup EQUIPMENT Comb Generator aD noce ae HP 8406A Cable 120 48 In eet i oo UR DP coded eere d HP 10503A Adapter m to BNC f 2 HP 1250 0780 Additional Equipment Options 001 and 002 Minimum Loss Adapter 750 to 500 2 1 02 200000000000000 15 HP 08558 60031 Adapter BNC m to BNC m 750 HP 1250 1288 Adapter SMA f to SMA HP 1250 1158 Adapter BNC f to SMA

TM-11-6625-3061-14 - Liberated Manuals

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents